<PAGE> 1
Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-14859
LOGO
Western Wireless Corporation
Offer to Exchange $1,000 in principal amount of 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes
Due 2007 for each $1,000 in principal amount of outstanding
10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007
that were issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
---------------------
Western Wireless Corporation (the "Company"), hereby offers to exchange (the
"Exchange Offer") $200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 10 1/2%
Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007 (the "Exchange Notes") for $200,000,000 in
aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
Due 2007 that were issued and sold in a transaction or series of transactions
exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Original Notes" and, together with the Exchange Notes, the "Notes"). There will
be no cash proceeds to the Company from the Exchange Offer.
The terms of the Exchange Notes are the same in all respects (including
principal amount, interest rate, maturity and ranking) as the terms of the
Original Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer,
except that the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and
therefore will not be subject to certain restrictions on transfer applicable to
the Original Notes and will not be entitled to registration rights. The Exchange
Notes will be issued under the indenture governing the Original Notes. For a
complete description of the terms of the Exchange Notes, see "Description of the
Notes."
The Exchange Notes will bear interest from and including their respective
dates of issuance. Holders whose Original Notes are accepted for exchange will
receive accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the date of issuance of
the Exchange Notes, such interest to be payable with the first interest payment
on the Exchange Notes, but will not receive any payment in respect of interest
on the Original Notes accrued after the issuance of the Exchange Notes.
The Original Notes were originally issued and sold on October 24, 1996 in a
transaction not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(2) of,
and Rule 144A and Regulation S under, the Securities Act (the "Offering").
Accordingly, the Original Notes may not be reoffered, resold or otherwise
pledged, hypothecated or transferred in the United States unless so registered
or unless an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act is available. Based upon their view of interpretations provided
to third parties by the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"), the Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to
the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Original Notes may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any holder which
is (i) an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act (an "Affiliate"), (ii) a broker-dealer who acquired Original
Notes directly from the Company or (iii) a broker-dealer who acquired Original
Notes as a result of market making or other trading activities) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holders' business and such holders are not engaged in, and do not
intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes. Each broker-dealer who
receives Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Original
Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities may be a statutory underwriter and must acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal
that is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part (the "Letter of Transmittal") states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
Broker-dealers who acquired Original Notes as a result of market making or other
trading activities may use this Prospectus, as supplemented or amended, in
connection with resales of the Exchange Notes. The Company has agreed that it
will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale for a period ending on the earlier of the 90th day after
the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as broker-dealers no longer
own any Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement,
defined below). Any holder that cannot rely upon such interpretations must
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.
The Original Notes and the Exchange Notes constitute new issues of
securities with no established public trading market. The Original Notes,
however, have traded on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.'s
PORTAL Market. Any Original Notes not tendered and accepted in the Exchange
Offer will remain outstanding. To the extent that Original Notes are tendered
and accepted in the Exchange Offer, a holder's ability to sell untendered, and
tendered but unaccepted, Original Notes could be adversely affected. Following
consummation of the Exchange Offer, the holders of Original Notes will continue
to be subject to the existing restrictions on transfer thereof and the Company
will have no further obligation to such holders to provide for the registration
under the Securities Act of the Original Notes except under certain limited
circumstances. See "Description of the Notes -- Registration Covenant; Exchange
Offer". No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for
either the Original Notes or the Exchange Notes.
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal
amount of Original Notes being tendered or accepted for exchange. The Exchange
Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December 4, 1996, unless
extended (the "Expiration Date"). The date of acceptance for exchange of the
Original Notes (the "Exchange Date") will be the first business day following
the Expiration Date, upon surrender of the Original Notes. Original Notes
tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to
the Expiration Date; otherwise such tenders are irrevocable.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 17 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
TO BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE NOTES.
---------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
---------------------
The date of this Prospectus is November 4, 1996.
<PAGE> 2
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-4 (the "Registration Statement," which term shall include all amendments,
exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) pursuant to the Securities Act, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, covering the Exchange Notes being
offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth
in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the Commission. Statements made in this
Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document
referred to in the Registration Statement are necessarily summaries of those
documents, and, with respect to each such contract, agreement or other document
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the
exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.
The Company is subject to the periodic reporting and other informational
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act").
Periodic reports, proxy statements and other information filed by the Company
with the Commission may be inspected at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549, or at its regional offices located at Citicorp Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade
Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can be
obtained from the Company upon request. The Commission maintains a Web site that
contains reports, proxy and information statements and other materials that are
filed through the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and
Retrieval system. This Web site can be accessed at http://www.sec.gov.
The Company is required by the terms of the indenture dated as of October
24, 1996 by and between the Company and Harris Trust Company of California, as
trustee (the "Trustee"), under which the Original Notes were issued, and under
which the Exchange Notes are to be issued (the "Indenture"), to furnish the
Trustee with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited
by their independent certified public accountants and with quarterly reports
containing unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for each of the
first three quarters of each fiscal year.
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE ISSUER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL,
OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE EXCHANGE NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION
WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATIONS THAT THERE HAS
NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS
OF THE ISSUER SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------------
WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY AND YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A
PROXY.
------------------------
This prospectus incorporates documents by reference which are not presented
herein or delivered herewith. These documents are available upon request from
Mr. Alan R. Bender, who may be contacted at 2001 N.W. Sammamish Road, Issaquah,
Washington (206) 313-5200. In order to ensure timely delivery of the documents,
any request should be made by five business days prior to the Expiration Date.
------------------------
Western Wireless(R) is a registered service mark and VoiceStreamSM is a
trademark of the Company. CELLULAR ONE(R) is a registered service mark of
Cellular One Group. See "Business -- Intellectual Property."
2
<PAGE> 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
SUMMARY............................................................................... 5
RISK FACTORS.......................................................................... 17
Consequences of Exchange and Failure to Exchange.................................... 17
High Leverage; Debt Service; Restrictive Covenants.................................. 17
Limited Operating History; Past and Future Operating Losses and Negative Cash
Flow............................................................................. 18
Competition......................................................................... 19
Risks Relating to GSM Technical Standard............................................ 20
Absence of PCS Operating History in the United States; Handset Availability......... 21
Intellectual Property and Branding.................................................. 21
Holding Company Structure; Subordination............................................ 21
PCS Build-out and Capital Expenditures.............................................. 22
Relocation of Fixed Microwave Licenses.............................................. 23
Governmental Regulation............................................................. 23
Radio Frequency Emission Concerns; Medical Device Interference...................... 24
Finality of PCS Auctions............................................................ 25
Dependence on Key Personnel......................................................... 25
Seasonality......................................................................... 26
Absence of a Public Market for the Notes; Possible Volatility of Note Price......... 26
Forward-Looking Statements.......................................................... 26
THE EXCHANGE OFFER.................................................................... 28
Purpose of the Exchange Offer....................................................... 28
Terms of the Exchange............................................................... 28
Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments................................ 29
How to Tender....................................................................... 29
Terms and Conditions of the Letter of Transmittal................................... 31
Withdrawal Rights................................................................... 32
Acceptance of Original Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes............... 32
Conditions to the Exchange Offer.................................................... 32
Exchange Agent...................................................................... 33
Solicitation of Tenders; Expenses................................................... 33
Federal Income Tax Consequences..................................................... 34
Other............................................................................... 34
THE COMPANY........................................................................... 35
USE OF PROCEEDS....................................................................... 35
CAPITALIZATION........................................................................ 36
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.................................................. 37
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS.......................................................................... 39
BUSINESS.............................................................................. 51
MANAGEMENT............................................................................ 76
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Summary Compensation Table.......................................................... 79
Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year............................................... 79
Option Exercises and Holdings....................................................... 80
Employment Agreements............................................................... 80
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation......................... 81
Compensation of Directors........................................................... 81
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS................................................................ 82
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.................................................................. 85
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES.............................................................. 88
General............................................................................. 88
Maturity, Interest and Principal.................................................... 88
Form, Denomination, Book-Entry Procedures and Transfer.............................. 89
Subordination....................................................................... 91
Optional Redemption................................................................. 92
Registration Covenant; Exchange Offer............................................... 93
Change of Control................................................................... 94
Covenants........................................................................... 95
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease................................ 99
Events of Default and Remedies...................................................... 100
Certain Definitions................................................................. 100
Modification and Waiver............................................................. 108
Defeasance.......................................................................... 108
Notices............................................................................. 109
Title............................................................................... 109
Governing Law....................................................................... 109
The Trustee......................................................................... 109
DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS........................................................... 109
Credit Facility..................................................................... 109
NORTEL Facility..................................................................... 111
10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006.......................................... 112
LEGAL MATTERS......................................................................... 112
EXPERTS............................................................................... 112
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.................................................................. 113
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................................ F-1
</TABLE>
4
<PAGE> 5
SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and the consolidated
financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Statements contained in this Prospectus that are not based on
historical fact are "forward looking statements" within the meaning of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The risk factors and
cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual
results, events or developments to differ materially from those in the forward
looking statements are detailed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term "Company" or
"Western Wireless" when used in this Prospectus refers to Western Wireless
Corporation, a Washington corporation which is the successor to a Delaware
corporation pursuant to a reincorporation merger that was effected in May 1996,
and its subsidiaries and predecessors. All share and per share data in this
Prospectus reflect the reclassification in May 1996 of each share of the
Company's outstanding common stock, par value $0.001 per share, into 3.1 shares
of the Company's Class B Common Stock, no par value (the "Class B Common
Stock"), which together with the Company's Class A Common Stock, no par value
(the "Class A Common Stock"), is referred to herein as the "Common Stock." In
addition, all references to the Class B Common Stock prior to the date of the
reclassification refer to the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of
Western Wireless Corporation. Unless the context otherwise requires, when used
herein with respect to a licensed area, "persons" and "population" are
interchangeable and refer to the aggregate number of persons located in such
licensed area, and "pops" refers to the number of such persons in a licensed
area multiplied by a company's ownership interest in the license for such
licensed area. Persons, population and pops data are estimated for 1996 based
upon 1995 estimates by Equifax Marketing Decision Systems, Inc. ("Equifax")
adjusted by the Company by applying Equifax's growth factors from 1990 to 1995
to the 1990 U.S. Census Bureau population figures, unless otherwise specified.
THE COMPANY
Western Wireless provides wireless communications services in the western
United States. The Company owns an aggregate of 80 cellular and PCS licenses for
a geographic area covering approximately 25.5 million pops and 41% of the
continental United States. In its cellular and PCS markets, the Company served
270,600 subscribers at June 30, 1996.
The Company owns and operates cellular communications systems in 57 Rural
Service Areas ("RSAs") and 16 Metropolitan Statistical Areas ("MSAs") with an
aggregate population of approximately 6.0 million persons. In its cellular
markets, the Company uses the CELLULAR ONE brand name. The Company holds
broadband personal communications services ("PCS") licenses for seven Major
Trading Areas ("MTAs") covering 19.5 million persons-- Honolulu, Salt Lake City,
El Paso/Albuquerque, Portland, Oklahoma City, Des Moines/Quad Cities and Denver.
The Company's PCS markets are operated under the Company's proprietary
VoiceStream brand name. In February 1996, the Company's PCS system in the
Honolulu MTA became the first auction-awarded PCS system to commence commercial
operations. Four of the Company's PCS systems are currently operational
utilizing internationally-proven Global System for Mobile Communications ("GSM")
technology as the network standard. See "Business -- Introduction," "-- Markets
and Systems" and "-- PCS Operations."
Western Wireless Corporation was formed in July 1994 as the result of a
business combination (the "Business Combination") among various companies,
including MARKETS Cellular Limited Partnership d/b/a Pacific Northwest Cellular,
a Delaware limited partnership ("MCLP"), and General Cellular Corporation, a
Delaware corporation ("GCC"). GCC commenced operations in 1989 and MCLP was
formed in 1992. As a result of the Business Combination and a series of related
transactions, Western Wireless Corporation became the owner of all of the issued
and outstanding shares of common stock of GCC and the owner of all of the assets
of MCLP. The
5
<PAGE> 6
Business Combination constituted an acquisition of MCLP by GCC for accounting
purposes. As a result, all financial data relating to the Company herein with
respect to periods after the date of the Business Combination reflect the
combined operations of GCC and MCLP and all such data with respect to prior
periods reflect only the operations of GCC, which, for accounting purposes, is
considered Western Wireless Corporation's predecessor. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business."
STRATEGY
The Company believes that its combination of cellular and PCS licenses
creates a unique opportunity in the wireless communications industry. The
Company has focused on the acquisition and operation of cellular communications
systems in RSAs and small MSAs in the western United States, which the Company
believes it has acquired at attractive prices. The Company's acquisition of PCS
licenses enables it to significantly expand both its customer base and
geographic coverage and to offer enhanced wireless communications services. The
Company's initial focus with its PCS licenses has been, and will continue to be,
to commence operations in the more densely populated areas. The Company believes
that cellular is the optimum technology for rural, less densely populated areas
and that PCS is the optimum technology for more densely populated urban areas
where analog cellular systems are more expensive to deploy and face potential
capacity constraints. The Company and, prior to the Business Combination, MCLP
entered markets at a relatively low cost, having purchased cellular licenses for
an average of $45.68 per pop and MTA PCS licenses for an average of $10.81 per
pop.
The Company's operating strategy is to (i) achieve a critical
time-to-market advantage by rapidly constructing and commencing operations of
PCS systems in urban areas within its PCS markets; (ii) continue to expand its
operations through increased subscriber growth and usage; (iii) utilize its
centralized management and back office functions to support the combined needs
of its cellular and PCS subscribers, thereby further improving operating
efficiencies and generating greater economies of scale; and (iv) selectively
acquire cellular and PCS properties primarily in contiguous markets. The Company
is implementing its strategy by aggressively building its PCS systems, offering
a wide range of products and services at competitive prices, continually
upgrading the quality of its network, establishing strong brand recognition,
creating a strong sales and marketing program tailored to local markets and
providing a superior level of customer service.
The Company believes the wireless communications industry will continue to
grow due to enhanced service offerings, the emergence of PCS systems, increased
awareness of the productivity, convenience and security benefits associated with
wireless communications services and anticipated declines in service prices. The
Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage of these growth
opportunities as a result of its existing operations and systems infrastructure,
its wide geographic coverage and the experience and expertise of its management
team. See "Business -- Strategy," "-- Cellular Operations," "-- PCS Operations,"
"-- Products and Services" and "-- System Equipment, Development and Expansion."
CELLULAR OPERATIONS
The Company owns and operates high quality cellular systems in 15 western
states and generally owns 100% of each of its cellular licenses. The Company
focuses on RSAs and small MSAs because it perceives such markets, which are less
densely populated, to be less susceptible to competition and to have greater
capacity for future growth than most major markets. Cellular service was
generally introduced later in RSAs and small MSAs than in major markets. As a
result, cellular penetration is currently lower and subscriber growth rates are
significantly higher than in major markets. Although two cellular operators
exist in all markets, the Company's competitor in many of its markets tends to
be smaller and less well capitalized than the large market operators.
6
<PAGE> 7
The Company's cellular markets exhibit positive characteristics for
wireless communications, including a high percentage of business customers with
substantial needs for wireless communications, such as those employed in
agriculture, mining, oil and gas, and populations accustomed to long travel
times. Additionally, the Company's service areas cover over 20,000 highway miles
and the popular destination areas of Yellowstone National Park, Glacier National
Park and Mount Rushmore National Monument, providing attractive sources of
roaming revenues.
In its rural markets, the Company believes that its cellular systems, which
can cover large geographic areas with relatively few cell sites, provide the
optimum cost efficient wireless service technology. In contrast, PCS technology
requires more closely located cell sites to broadcast over extended geographic
areas. Accordingly, PCS service will be less efficient and more expensive to
deploy in rural markets than cellular service, making it likely that PCS
competitors will delay or avoid entry into such markets.
The Company has experienced rapid growth of its cellular operations during
the last three years. The Company's cellular subscriber base grew to 264,200
subscribers at June 30, 1996 from 13,700 subscribers at January 1, 1993. Service
(subscriber and roamer) revenues grew to $135.1 million in 1995 from $18.4
million in 1993 and operating income (loss) from cellular operations before
interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization increased to $28.9 million in
1995 from $0.5 million in 1993. The Company believes these results reflect the
strong demand for wireless services in its markets, the success of its marketing
and acquisition strategy and its management capabilities. In addition, during
the three year period ended December 31, 1995, the average monthly cellular
subscriber revenue per subscriber in the industry declined while the Company's
average monthly cellular subscriber revenue per subscriber increased to $57.25
for 1995 from $49.72 for 1993. During the six months ended June 30, 1996, the
Company's average monthly cellular subscriber revenue per subscriber declined
1.9% compared to the same period in 1995, which the Company believes is
significantly less than the decline in the industry average. See "Risk
Factors -- Seasonality," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
The Company offers its subscribers high quality cellular service, as well
as custom calling services such as call forwarding, call waiting, conference
calling, voice message storage and retrieval and no-answer transfer. The Company
also acts as a retail distributor of wireless handsets. The Company sells its
products and services primarily through its direct sales force and 137 retail
locations, as well as through a network of independent agents and national
retailers. In addition, the Company recently began providing wireless services
for rural customers in sparsely populated areas where the cost of providing
wired telephone services is relatively high. The Company markets its cellular
services under the CELLULAR ONE brand name, allowing it to enjoy the strength of
a nationally recognized service mark in its cellular markets.
The Company has roaming arrangements with virtually every cellular carrier
in North America and has entered into agreements or letters of intent with a
number of PCS carriers which, when the technology is available, will enable PCS
subscribers of these carriers to roam on the Company's cellular systems. The
Company is also a member of North American Cellular Network ("NACN"), a wireless
network linking cellular operations throughout the United States, Canada, Puerto
Rico and the Virgin Islands. NACN participation allows the Company to offer
convenient access to the Company's subscribers when roaming throughout the
United States and Canada. See "Business -- Strategy," "-- Cellular Operations"
and "-- Products and Services - Cellular."
PCS OPERATIONS
The Company has completed initial construction and commenced commercial
operations of its PCS systems in the Honolulu, Salt Lake City, El
Paso/Albuquerque and Portland MTAs and is constructing the initial phase of its
PCS systems in the Oklahoma City, Des Moines/Quad Cities and Denver MTAs. When
completed, the Company's PCS systems will cover a substantial geographic
7
<PAGE> 8
area in the western United States complementary to the Company's cellular
operations. The Company expects to extend its PCS systems based on economic
factors, customer demand and FCC licensing requirements. PCS service offerings
include all of the services typically provided by cellular systems, as well as
paging, caller identification, text messaging, smart cards, over-the-air
activation and over-the-air subscriber profile management.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the "A" and
"B" Block MTAs in which the Company operates or intends to operate PCS systems:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MTA POPULATION SYSTEM STATUS
----------------------------------------------- ---------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Honolulu....................................... 1,215,729 commercial service
Salt Lake City................................. 2,999,636 commercial service
El Paso/Albuquerque............................ 2,387,710 commercial service
Portland....................................... 3,460,182 commercial service
Oklahoma City.................................. 1,945,271 construction
Des Moines/Quad Cities......................... 3,067,795 construction
Denver......................................... 4,411,211 construction
</TABLE>
In addition, the Company holds a 49.9% limited partnership interest in Cook
Inlet Western Wireless PV/SS PCS, L.P. ("Cook Inlet PCS"), which holds "C" Block
PCS licenses in 14 Basic Trading Areas ("BTAs") in five states, covering
approximately 3.4 million persons. These BTAs are contiguous with the Company's
existing licensed areas and will be operated under the VoiceStream brand name.
The Company is currently participating in the FCC's 10 MHz broadband "D"
and "E" Block BTA PCS auction and Cook Inlet PCS is participating in the 10 MHz
"F" Block BTA PCS auction.
The Company believes that being the first to offer PCS services in a market
is a key competitive advantage. The Company's goal is to achieve significant
market penetration by aggressively marketing competitively priced PCS services
under its proprietary VoiceStream brand name, offering certain enhanced services
not currently provided by analog or digital cellular operators and providing
superior customer service. In addition, the Company believes it can become a
low-cost provider of PCS services by taking advantage of the existing business
infrastructure established for its cellular operations, including centralized
management, marketing, billing and customer service functions, and by focusing
on efficient customer acquisition and retention.
The Company uses internationally-proven GSM technology as the network
standard for its PCS systems. GSM is the leading digital wireless standard
worldwide, with approximately 200 systems operating in 100 countries serving
over 21 million subscribers. In the United States, GSM has been chosen by six
other MTA licensees which, together with the Company's MTAs and C Block PCS
licensees who have announced their intent to deploy GSM-based systems, cover
markets containing approximately 200 million persons, representing approximately
75% of the U.S. population. The Company has entered into roaming agreements or
letters of intent with all of the companies in the United States that have
chosen to deploy the GSM standard in their PCS markets, which will provide for
roaming by the Company's PCS subscribers into these carriers' PCS markets, and
vice versa, as such systems are operational. The Company currently has
reciprocal roaming agreements or letters of intent with 28 international
carriers who have chosen to deploy the GSM standard. The Company anticipates
entering into similar agreements with other domestic and international carriers
who deploy the GSM standard. The Company will seek to enter into reciprocal
roaming agreements with cellular carriers in markets where the GSM standard will
not be initially deployed to enable the Company's PCS subscribers to roam in
such markets when dual-mode handsets are available. See "Risk Factors -- Risks
Relating to GSM Technical Standard," "-- Absence of PCS Operating History in the
United States; Handset Availability," "Business -- Markets and Systems,"
" -- PCS Operations" and "-- Products and Services - PCS."
8
<PAGE> 9
FINANCING PLAN
The Company believes that access to capital and financial flexibility are
necessary to successfully implement its strategy. In May 1996, the Company
completed public offerings of its Class A Common Stock and 10 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes Due 2006 (the "2006 Notes"), raising net aggregate proceeds
of $233.9 million and $193.0 million, respectively (the "May 1996 Offerings").
The Company has a credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with a consortium of
lenders providing for $750 million of revolving credit and a $200 million term
loan. A subsidiary of the Company also has a $200 million credit facility (the
"NORTEL Facility" and, together with the Credit Facility, the "Senior Secured
Facilities") with Northern Telecom Inc. ("NORTEL"). As of June 30, 1996, $243.8
million was outstanding under the Senior Secured Facilities. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of
Indebtedness."
On October 24, 1996 the Company completed its offering of $200 million
principal amount of the Original Notes (the "Offering") for estimated aggregate
net proceeds to the Company of $194.3 million. The Company believes these
proceeds, in combination with the proceeds from the May 1996 Offerings and the
Senior Secured Facilities, will be sufficient to fund the build-out of its PCS
systems (including related operating losses), the continued growth of its
cellular operations and its debt service requirements through December 31, 1998
and will enable the Company to take advantage of selected wireless acquisition
opportunities (including those that may arise through current or future FCC
auctions). The Company currently anticipates that it will require approximately
$425 million to finance the build-out of its PCS systems from June 30, 1996
through the end of 1998. The Company will also expend additional funds to expand
its cellular operations, fund operating losses, service debt and finance
acquisitions opportunities. To the extent that the build-out of the PCS systems
is faster than expected, the costs are greater than anticipated or the Company
takes advantage of acquisition opportunities, the Company may require additional
funding to implement its business strategy. See "Risk Factors -- High Leverage;
Debt Service; Restrictive Covenants," "-- PCS Build-out and Capital
Expenditures," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources".
There will be no cash proceeds to the Company from the Exchange Offer.
9
<PAGE> 10
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Company....................... Western Wireless Corporation, a Washington corporation. The
principal offices of the Company are located at 2001 N.W.
Sammammish Road, Issaquah, Washington 98027, and its
telephone number at that address is (206) 313-5200.
The Exchange Offer............ The Company is offering to exchange up to $200,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes Due 2007 (the "Exchange Notes") for up to $200,000,000
aggregate principal amount of their outstanding 10 1/2%
Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007 that were issued and sold
on October 24, 1996 in a transaction (the "Offering") exempt
from registration under the Securities Act (the "Original
Notes" and, collectively with the Exchange Notes, the
"Notes"). The terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially
identical in all respects (including principal amount,
interest rate, maturity and ranking) to the terms of the
Original Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to
the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes have been
registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not
be subject to certain restrictions on transfer except as
provided herein (see "The Exchange Offer -- Terms of the
Exchange" and "-- Terms and Conditions of the Letter of
Transmittal") and will not be entitled to registration
rights.
Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
exchange for the Original Notes may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other
than any holder which is (i) an Affiliate of the Company,
(ii) a broker-dealer who acquired Original Notes directly
from the Company or (iii) a broker-dealer who acquired
Original Notes as a result of market making or other trading
activities) without compliance with the registration and
Prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act
provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the
ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders
are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, and have
no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes.
Minimum Condition............. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum
aggregate principal amount of Original Notes being tendered
for exchange.
Expiration Date............... The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on December 4, 1996 unless extended (the "Expiration
Date").
Exchange Date................. The first date of acceptance for exchange for the Original
Notes will be the first business day following the
Expiration Date.
Withdrawal Rights............. Tenders may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration
Date. Any Original Notes not accepted for any reason will be
returned without expense to the tendering holders thereof as
promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination
of the Exchange Offer.
Procedures for Tendering
Original Notes.............. See "The Exchange Offer -- How to Tender."
</TABLE>
10
<PAGE> 11
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Federal Income Tax
Consequences................ The exchange of Original Notes for Exchange Notes by holders
will not be a taxable exchange for federal income tax
purposes, and holders should not recognize any taxable gain
or loss or any interest income as a result of such exchange.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Federal Income Tax Consequences".
Effect on Holders of Original
Notes....................... As a result of the making of this Exchange Offer, and upon
acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered Original
Notes pursuant to the terms of this Exchange Offer, the
Company will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the
terms of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the
"Registration Rights Agreement") dated as of October 24,
1996, among the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Salomon Brothers
Inc and Toronto Dominion Securities (USA) Inc.
(collectively, the "Purchasers") and, accordingly, the
holders of the Original Notes will have no further
registration or other rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement, except that under certain limited circumstances,
the Company shall file with the Commission a shelf
registration statement on an appropriate form under Rule 415
under the Securities Act (the "Shelf Registration
Statement"). See "Description of the Notes -- Registration
Covenant; Exchange Offer". Holders of the Original Notes who
do not tender their Original Notes in the Exchange Offer
will continue to hold such Original Notes and will be
entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable
thereto under the Indenture. All untendered, and tendered
but unaccepted, Original Notes will continue to be subject
to the restrictions on transfer provided for in the Original
Notes and the Indenture. To the extent that Original Notes
are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading
market, if any, for the Original Notes could be adversely
affected. See "Risk Factors -- Consequences of Exchange and
Failure to Exchange".
</TABLE>
TERMS OF THE NOTES
The Exchange Offer applies to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
the Original Notes. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the
form and terms of the Original Notes except that the Exchange Notes have been
registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends
restricting the transfer thereof. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt
as the Original Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. See
"Description of the Notes".
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Exchange Notes................ $200.0 million principal amount of 10 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes Due 2007 (the "Exchange Notes").
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Exchange
Notes will be payable in immediately available funds.
</TABLE>
11
<PAGE> 12
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Interest and Maturity Date.... The Exchange Notes will bear interest from and including
their respective dates of issuance. Holders whose Original
Notes are accepted for exchange will receive accrued
interest thereon to, but not including, the date of issuance
of the Exchange Notes, such interest to be payable with the
first interest payment on the Exchange Notes, but will not
receive any payment in respect of interest on the Original
Notes accrued after the issuance of the Exchange Notes. The
Exchange Notes will mature on February 1, 2007.
Interest Payment Dates........ February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing February 1,
1997.
Ranking....................... The Exchange Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of
the Company and will be subordinated in right of payment to
the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness and
senior in right of payment to any future subordinated
Indebtedness of the Company. In addition, all existing and
future Indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company's
subsidiaries will be effectively senior in right of payment
to the Exchange Notes. At June 30, 1996, Senior Indebtedness
aggregated approximately $243.8 million. At June 30, 1996,
the total outstanding Indebtedness of the Company's
subsidiaries not eliminated in the Company's consolidated
financial statements was approximately $46.5 million. The
Exchange Notes will rank pari passu with $200.0 million
principal amount of outstanding 2006 Notes. See "Risk
Factors -- Holding Company Structure; Subordination" and
"Description of the Notes -- Subordination."
Optional Redemption........... Prior to February 1, 2002, the outstanding Notes may be
redeemed at the option of the Company in whole or, from time
to time, in part at a redemption price equal to the sum of
(i) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus
accrued interest to but excluding the redemption date and
(ii) the Make-Whole Amount. On or after February 1, 2002 the
outstanding Notes may be redeemed as a whole or, from time
to time, in part at the option of the Company at the
following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount), in each case together with accrued
interest to but excluding the date fixed for redemption, if
redeemed during the 12-month period beginning February 1 of
each of the years indicated: 2002 at 105.25%, 2003 at
103.50%, 2004 at 101.75% and 2005 and thereafter at 100%. In
addition, on or before February 1, 1999, the Company may, at
its option, apply Qualified Capital Stock Proceeds and
Affiliate and Related Person Proceeds to redeem up to $66.0
million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated
Notes at 110.5% of the stated principal amount thereof,
together with accrued interest. See "Description of the
Notes -- Optional Redemption." In addition, the Company may
be required to offer to repurchase the Notes upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control or upon certain Asset
Dispositions. See "Description of the Notes -- Change of
Control" and "-- Covenants - Limitation on Certain Asset
Dispositions." The Credit Facility prohibits the repayment
of all or any portion of the principal amount of the Notes
prior to the repayment of all indebtedness under the Credit
Facility. See "Description of Indebtedness -- Credit
Facility."
Sinking Fund.................. The Exchange Notes will not be entitled to any sinking fund.
</TABLE>
12
<PAGE> 13
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Change of Control............. Upon a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the
right to have the Company repurchase all or a portion of
such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to
101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes plus
accrued interest to but excluding the Purchase Date. The
Company will not be able to so repurchase Notes without
obtaining written consents from or repaying the lenders
under the Credit Facility.
Certain Covenants............. The indenture under which the Original Notes were issued and
the Exchange Notes will be issued (the "Indenture") contains
limitations on, among other things, (a) the Incurrence of
additional Indebtedness, (b) the issuance of Preferred Stock
by Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) the making of Restricted
Payments, (d) the Incurrence of certain Liens, (e) certain
Asset Dispositions, (f) dividend and other payment
restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries, (g) the sale
or issuance of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary's
Capital Stock, (h) transactions with Affiliates and (i)
certain consolidations, mergers and transfers of assets. See
"Description of the Notes -- Covenants."
Use of Proceeds............... There will be no cash proceeds.
</TABLE>
For additional information regarding the Exchange Notes and for definitions
of certain capitalized terms used herein, see "Description of the Notes."
RISK FACTORS
Certain factors should be considered in connection with the Exchange Notes.
See "Risk Factors."
13
<PAGE> 14
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth certain summary consolidated financial data
for the Company for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1995, which was derived from the Company's consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto that have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP. The table also sets
forth certain unaudited summary consolidated financial data as of June 30, 1996
and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995. The Company has experienced
rapid growth in its revenues and assets during the periods set forth below,
which rate of growth will not necessarily continue over the next few years. In
addition, the Company has made and expects to make substantial capital
expenditures in connection with its wireless communications systems.
Accordingly, the operating results set forth below will not necessarily be
indicative of future performance.
The summary consolidated financial and operating data set forth below
should be read in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto and other financial and operating information included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. All financial data relating to the Company herein with respect to
periods after the date of the Business Combination reflect the combined
operations of GCC and MCLP and all such data with respect to prior periods
reflect only the operations of GCC, which, for accounting purposes, is
considered Western Wireless Corporation's predecessor. Accordingly, the
financial data of the Company for the periods subsequent to the Business
Combination are not comparable to financial data for prior periods. See Note 12
to the Company's consolidated financial statements for pro forma information
presenting the results of operations of the Company as if the Business
Combination occurred on January 1, 1993, and see the consolidated financial
statements of MCLP included herein for financial information of MCLP prior to
the Business Combination.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------- ---------------------------------------
1996 1995 1995 1994 1993
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenues.............................................. $104,604 $ 60,697 $146,555 $ 63,108 $ 20,734
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Operating expenses:
Cost of service........................................... 19,554 12,132 27,686 13,303 4,310
Cost of equipment sales................................... 14,792 8,890 20,705 11,446 3,533
General and administrative................................ 28,409 13,153 31,253 15,226 6,253
Sales and marketing....................................... 32,078 16,411 41,390 18,553 6,101
Depreciation and amortization............................. 33,434 21,900 49,456 25,670 5,399
Provision for restructuring costs......................... 2,478
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total operating expenses................................ 128,267 72,486 170,490 86,676 25,596
-------- -------- --------
Operating loss.............................................. (23,663) (11,789) (23,935) (23,568) (4,862)
Interest and financing expense, net......................... (17,014) (11,329) (25,428) (10,659) (2,242)
Other, net(1)............................................... 507 (6,135) (6,591) 8,267 10,433
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)......................................... $(40,170) $(29,253) $(55,954) $(25,960) $ 3,329
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Net income (loss) per common share before extraordinary
item...................................................... $(0.66) $(0.43) $(0.87) $(0.59) $0.10
Net income (loss) per common share(2)....................... $(0.66) $(0.55) $(0.99) $(0.59) $0.10
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Weighted average common shares and common equivalent shares
outstanding............................................... 60,925,000 53,574,000 56,470,000 43,949,000 32,253,000
======== ======== ======== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1996
---------------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED(3)
-------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................................ $ 90,729 $ 284,988
Property and equipment, net...................................................................... 296,769 296,769
Licensing costs and other intangible assets, net................................................. 538,816 544,557
Total assets..................................................................................... 979,964 1,179,964
Long-term debt................................................................................... 446,471 646,471
Common stock and paid-in capital................................................................. 568,624 568,624
Total shareholders' equity....................................................................... 443,226 443,226
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Includes an extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt of $6.6
million for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and the year ended December
31, 1995.
(2) The Company has never paid dividends on its Common Stock and does not
anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company's
Senior Secured Facilities, the 2006 Notes Indenture and the Indenture
contain certain restrictions on the Company's ability to declare and pay
dividends on the Common Stock.
(3) Adjusted to give effect to the Offering of the Original Notes on October 24,
1996 and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, as if the
Offering had occurred on June 30, 1996. See "Capitalization."
14
<PAGE> 15
SUMMARY OPERATING DATA
The following table sets forth summary operating data of the Company for
its cellular operations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
JUNE 30, ----------------------------------------
1996 1995 1994 1993
--------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cellular pops(1)...................... 6,041,172 5,764,152 5,240,702 2,190,104
Cellular subscribers.................. 264,200 209,500 112,800 30,000
Penetration level(2).................. 4.4% 3.6% 2.2% 1.4%
Average monthly cellular service
revenue per subscriber(3)........... $ 67.02 $ 73.36 $ 77.79 $ 82.34
Average monthly cellular subscriber
revenue per subscriber(4)........... $ 54.60 $ 57.25 $ 54.35 $ 49.72
Cellular EBITDA (thousands)(5)........ $ 27,969 $ 28,929 $ 2,102 $ 537
Cellular capital expenditures
(thousands)......................... $ 30,772 $ 62,573 $ 47,423 $ 25,113
Cellular cash flows provided by
(used in):
Operating activities............. $ 8,523 $ 3,370 $ (988) $ (255)
Investing activities............. $ (72,076) $ (140,332) $ (70,190) $ (32,535)
Financing activities............. $ 141,794 $ 137,724 $ 70,777 $ 36,212
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Based upon 1995 estimates by Equifax. For 1994 and 1993, the Company has
evenly applied Equifax's growth factors from 1990 to 1995 to the 1990 U.S.
Census Bureau population figures. See "Business -- Markets and Systems."
(2) Determined by dividing the aggregate number of cellular subscribers by
cellular pops.
(3) Cellular service revenues include subscriber, roamer and, beginning in 1996,
other revenues. Average monthly service revenue per subscriber is determined
for each of the periods by dividing cellular service revenues by the average
monthly cellular subscribers, and dividing the result by the number of
months in the period. Average monthly subscribers for the period is computed
by adding the average of monthly subscribers, which is computed by adding
beginning and ending monthly subscribers and dividing by two, and dividing
the result by the number of months in the period.
(4) Determined for each of the periods by dividing cellular subscriber revenues
by the average monthly cellular subscribers for the period, and dividing the
result by the number of months in the period.
(5) EBITDA represents operating income (loss) from operations before interest,
taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is a measure commonly used
in the industry but is not prepared in accordance with United States
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and should not be
considered as a measurement of net cash flows from operating activities.
Cellular EBITDA represents EBITDA from cellular operations. In 1994, the
Company recorded a provision for restructuring costs of $2.5 million. EBITDA
before such provision for restructuring costs would have been $4.6 million
in 1994.
15
<PAGE> 16
The following table sets forth summary consolidated operating and financial
data of the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
JUNE 30, ----------------------------------
1996 1995 1994 1993
--------- -------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EBITDA(1).................................... $ 9,771 $ 25,521 $ 2,102 $ 537
Ratio of earnings to
fixed charges(2)........................... * * * 2.22
Capital expenditures......................... $ 89,825 $ 79,464 $ 47,423 $ 25,113
Cash interest expense........................ 19,600 21,700 10,900 200
Cash and cash equivalents.................... 90,729 8,572 7,787 8,188
Total debt................................... 446,471 362,487 211,528 60,788
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Not meaningful
(1) EBITDA represents operating income (loss) from operations before interest,
taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is a measure commonly used
in the industry but is not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not
be considered as a measurement of net cash flows from operating activities.
In 1994, the Company recorded a provision for restructuring costs of $2.5
million. EBITDA before such provision for restructuring costs would have
been $4.6 million in 1994.
(2) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is determined by dividing the sum of
earnings (loss) before extraordinary items, interest and financing expense,
amortization of deferred financing costs and the portion of rents
representative of the interest factor by fixed charges. Fixed charges
consist of the sum of interest and financing expense, amortization of
deferred financing costs, capitalized interest and the portion of rents
representative of the interest factor. The ratio of earnings to fixed
charges is not meaningful for periods that result in a deficit. For the
periods indicated above, earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges and
the deficiencies of earnings to fixed charges were $42.6 million, $49.7
million and $26.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. See "Risk
Factors -- High Leverage; Debt Service; Restrictive Covenants."
16
<PAGE> 17
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, before
tendering their Original Notes for the Exchange Notes offered hereby, holders of
Original Notes should consider carefully the following factors, which (other
than "Consequences of Exchange and Failure to Exchange" and "Absence of Public
Market") are generally applicable to the Original Notes as well as the Exchange
Notes:
CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGE AND FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
Holders of Original Notes who do not exchange their Original Notes for
Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer of such Original Notes as set forth in the legend
thereon as a consequence of the issuance of the Original Notes pursuant to
exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In
general, the Original Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an
exemption therefrom. Except under certain limited circumstances, the Company
does not intend to register the Original Notes under the Securities Act. In
addition, any holder of Original Notes who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the
purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes may be deemed
to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale transaction. To the extent Original Notes are
tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market, if any, for the
Original Notes could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange Offer" and
"Description of the Notes -- Registration Covenant; Exchange Offer."
HIGH LEVERAGE; DEBT SERVICE; RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
The Company is, and will continue to be, highly leveraged and subject to
significant financial restrictions and limitations. As of June 30, 1996, on an
as adjusted basis after giving effect to the Offering of the Original Notes on
October 24, 1996 and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the
Company's total indebtedness would have been $646.5 million or approximately
59.3% of its total capitalization. Indebtedness under the Credit Facility and
the NORTEL Facility matures on March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2003,
respectively, and bears interest at variable rates. Substantially all the assets
of the Company are pledged as security for such indebtedness. The $200 million
principal amount of the 2006 Notes bear interest at 10 1/2% and mature on June
1, 2006. See "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources" and "Description of Indebtedness."
For the six months ended June 30, 1996 and the year ended December 31,
1995, the Company had negative ratios of earnings to fixed charges and earnings
coverage deficiencies of approximately $42.6 million and $49.7 million,
respectively. There can be no assurance that the Company will generate
sufficient cash flow from operating activities to meet its debt service and
working capital requirements. In such event, the Company may need to seek
additional financing. There can be no assurance that any such financing or
refinancing could be obtained on terms that are acceptable to the Company. In
the absence of such financing or refinancing, the Company could be materially
limited in its ability to build out its existing cellular and PCS systems or be
forced to dispose of assets in order to make up for any shortfall in the
payments due on its indebtedness under circumstances that might not be favorable
to the realization of the highest price for such assets. Given that a
substantial portion of the Company's assets consists of intangible assets,
principally licenses granted by the FCC, the value of which will depend upon a
variety of factors (including the success of the Company's PCS and cellular
businesses and the wireless communications industry in general), there can be no
assurance that the Company's assets could be sold quickly enough, or for
sufficient amounts, to enable the Company to meet its obligations.
17
<PAGE> 18
The Company intends to continue pursuing opportunities to acquire
additional wireless communications systems that complement its existing systems.
The Company believes the proceeds from the Offering of the Original Notes, in
combination with the proceeds from the May 1996 Offerings and the Senior Secured
Facilities, will be sufficient to fund the build-out of its PCS systems
(including related operating losses), the continued growth of its cellular
operations and its debt service requirements through December 31, 1998, and will
enable the Company to take advantage of selected wireless acquisition
opportunities (including those that may arise through current or future FCC
auctions). At June 30, 1996, the amounts available for borrowings under the
Credit Facility and the NORTEL Facility were $185 million and $33 million,
respectively. To the extent that the build-out of the PCS systems is faster than
expected, the costs are greater than anticipated or the Company takes advantage
of acquisition opportunities, including those that may arise through current or
future FCC auctions, the Company may require additional funding to implement its
business strategy. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
obtain such financing on acceptable terms and in adequate amounts to accomplish
its objectives.
The Senior Secured Facilities, the indenture entered into in connection
with the 2006 Notes (the "2006 Notes Indenture") and the Indenture contain, and
any additional financing agreements may contain, certain restrictive covenants.
The Senior Secured Facilities, the 2006 Notes Indenture and the Indenture
require the Company to comply with certain financial and operational performance
covenants, and, while the Company expects to remain in compliance with such
covenants, there can be no assurance to that effect. The restrictions contained
in the Senior Secured Facilities, the 2006 Notes Indenture and the Indenture
affect, and in some cases will significantly limit or prohibit, among other
things, the ability of the Company to incur indebtedness, make prepayments of
certain indebtedness, pay dividends, make investments, create liens, sell assets
and engage in mergers and consolidations. In addition to such covenants, the
Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain certain financial ratios. The
financial ratio covenants in the Credit Facility include, among others, a
limitation on the incurrence of indebtedness based on the ratio of the Company's
indebtedness to operating cash flow (as defined in the Credit Facility) and a
requirement that the Company's ratio of operating cash flow to cash interest
expense be not less than specified levels. The NORTEL Facility contains, among
others, covenants of Western PCS II Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company and
the borrower thereunder, relating to minimum gross revenues and the ratio of
cash coverage (as defined in the NORTEL Facility) to operating cash flow (as
defined in the NORTEL Facility). Each of the 2006 Notes Indenture and the
Indenture contains a limitation, among others, on the incurrence of indebtedness
based on the ratio of the Company's indebtedness to EBITDA. See "Description of
Indebtedness" and "Description of the Notes" for a more detailed description of
the restrictive covenants and other terms of the Senior Secured Facilities, the
2006 Notes Indenture, and the Indenture. An event of default under the Senior
Secured Facilities, the 2006 Notes Indenture, or the Indenture would allow the
acceleration of the maturities of the indebtedness thereunder. In such event, it
is likely that all of the Company's indebtedness would become immediately due
and payable. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Description of
the Notes" and "Description of Indebtedness."
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; PAST AND FUTURE OPERATING LOSSES AND NEGATIVE CASH
FLOW
Western Wireless Corporation was formed in July 1994 as a result of the
Business Combination among various companies, including MCLP and GCC. The
Business Combination constituted an acquisition of MCLP by GCC for accounting
purposes. As a result, all financial data relating to the Company herein with
respect to periods after the date of the Business Combination reflect the
combined operations of GCC and MCLP and all such data with respect to prior
periods reflect only the operations of GCC, which, for accounting purposes, is
considered Western Wireless Corporation's predecessor. GCC commenced operations
in 1989, and MCLP was formed in 1992. As a result of an inability to service
then-existing debt requirements, GCC filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy
under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in October 1991 and,
pursuant
18
<PAGE> 19
to a prepackaged plan, emerged from bankruptcy in March 1992. Certain
individuals who currently serve as executive officers of the Company were, at
the time of such filing, executive officers of GCC. As a result of the Business
Combination and a series of related transactions, the Company became the owner
of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of GCC and all of
the assets of MCLP. See "Business -- Introduction," "Management," "Principal
Shareholders" and "Certain Transactions."
The Company sustained operating losses of approximately $23.7 million
(including $20.1 million of losses attributable to the Company's PCS
operations), $23.9 million (including $3.7 million of losses attributable to the
Company's PCS operations), $23.6 million and $4.9 million in the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. At June 30, 1996, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $124.3
million. The Company expects to incur significant operating losses and to
generate negative cash flow from operating activities during the next several
years, while it develops and constructs its PCS systems and builds a PCS
subscriber base. There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve or
sustain profitability or positive cash flow from operating activities in the
future or that it will generate sufficient cash flow to service its debt
requirements. See "-- High Leverage; Debt Service; Restrictive Covenants" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
COMPETITION
Competition for subscribers among wireless licensees is based principally
upon the services and enhancements offered, the technical quality of the system,
customer service, system coverage, capacity and price. In the future, the
Company expects to face increased competition from entities providing similar
services using other communications technologies and services. While some of
these technologies and services are currently operational, others are being
developed or may be developed in the future. As the Company enters the PCS
business in new markets, its principal competitors initially will be providers
of cellular service. The Company will face additional competition in these
markets as other providers of PCS services enter the markets. Under current FCC
rules, there may be up to six PCS licenses granted in each geographic area in
addition to the two existing cellular licenses. Also, the FCC has licensed
Specialized Mobile Radio ("SMR") dispatch system operators to construct digital
mobile communications systems on existing SMR frequencies, referred to as
Enhanced Specialized Mobile Radio ("ESMR"), in many cities throughout the United
States, including some of the markets in which the Company operates. ESMR
systems, including those operated by Nextel Communications, Inc., could be
competitive with the Company's cellular and PCS systems. The Company has one
cellular competitor in each of its cellular markets, including CommNet Cellular,
Inc. ("CommNet"), Lincoln Telecommunications Company, Kansas Cellular,
Southwestern Bell Mobile Systems ("Southwestern Bell") and U S WEST Media Group.
("U S WEST"), and there will be up to six PCS licensees in each of its markets.
The Company's principal competitors in its PCS business are PCS PrimeCo L.P.
("PrimeCo"), Sprint Spectrum L.P. ("Sprint Spectrum") and AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc. ("AT&T Wireless"), as well as the two existing cellular providers
in its PCS markets. These cellular competitors include AT&T Wireless, U S WEST
and United States Cellular Corporation ("U.S. Cellular"). The Company also
competes with paging, dispatch and conventional mobile telephone companies,
resellers and landline telephone service providers.
All of such competition may be intense. Given the rapid advances in the
wireless communications industry, there can be no assurance that new
technologies will not evolve that will compete with the Company's products and
services. In addition, a number of the Company's competitors have substantially
greater financial, technical, marketing, sales, manufacturing and distribution
resources than those of the Company and have significantly greater experience
than the Company in testing new or improved communications products and services
and obtaining regulatory approvals. Some competitors are expected to market
other services, such as landline telephone and
19
<PAGE> 20
cable services, with their wireless communications service offerings. Several of
the Company's competitors are operating, or planning to operate, through joint
ventures and affiliation arrangements, wireless communications systems that
encompass most of the continental United States. See "-- Absence of PCS
Operating History in the United States; Handset Availability," "-- Risks
Relating to GSM Technical Standard" and "Business -- Competition."
RISKS RELATING TO GSM TECHNICAL STANDARD
When the FCC first licensed cellular systems in the United States, it
specified the technical standards of analog cellular system operation to ensure
nationwide compatibility between all analog cellular carriers. In contrast, the
FCC has not mandated the technology standard for digital cellular or PCS
operations, leaving each licensee free to select among several competing
technologies that have sufficient technological differences to preclude their
interoperability. The Company has chosen the GSM technical standard in its PCS
markets and believes that GSM offers the Company significant advantages over the
other competing technologies. There are, however, certain risks with respect to
the deployment of GSM.
As of the date hereof, six other MTA PCS licensees (Pacific Telesis Mobile
Services Corp., American Portable Telecom, Inc. ("APT"), BellSouth Personal
Communications, Inc., InterCel, Inc., Omnipoint Corporation and American PCS,
L.P. ("APC")) have announced that they intend to deploy GSM-based PCS systems.
The Company, together with the other MTA and BTA PCS licensees who have
announced their intent to deploy GSM-based systems, collectively cover markets
containing approximately 200 million persons, representing approximately 75% of
the U.S. population. PCS licensees in several markets adjacent to the Company's
PCS markets, including California, Minnesota, Missouri and Nevada, have
announced that they intend to use the GSM standard. In order for the Company's
PCS subscribers to roam in other markets, and vice versa, at least one PCS
licensee in the other market must utilize the GSM standard, or the subscribers
must use dual-mode handsets that would permit the subscriber to use the cellular
system in the other market. Dual-mode handsets which would permit such usage are
not currently available. See "-- Absence of PCS Operating History in the United
States; Handset Availability."
The Company's principal PCS competitors have committed to standards other
than GSM and, as a result, without PCS handsets that can access both GSM and
competing systems, there is a risk that customers of the Company's PCS services
may not be able to conveniently use PCS services while roaming in certain
geographic areas outside the Company's PCS markets. PrimeCo and Sprint Spectrum
have publicly announced that they intend to deploy PCS systems based on a Code
Division Multiple Access ("CDMA") standard. AT&T Wireless and Southwestern Bell
have selected the Time Division Multiple Access ("TDMA") standard. It is
anticipated that together, CDMA-based PCS providers, including competitors in
several of the Company's markets, own licenses covering approximately 87% of the
U.S. population (based on 1990 U.S. Census Bureau figures used by the FCC for
auction purposes) and AT&T Wireless and Southwestern Bell, with their TDMA
standard, own PCS licenses which contain approximately 45% of the U.S.
population (based on 1990 U.S. Census Bureau figures used by the FCC for auction
purposes). Licensees in the FCC's completed C Block auction and in the current
D, E & F Block auction of PCS licenses may or may not select GSM technology;
certain purchasers of licenses in the C Block auction have announced their
intention not to utilize the GSM standard in such markets. Accordingly, certain
major metropolitan areas will not be served by GSM-based PCS systems. The
Company's ability to establish a PCS subscriber base and to compete successfully
in the PCS business with those operators offering greater roaming capabilities
may be adversely affected by the fact that the Company's PCS subscribers will
only be able to roam into regions served by GSM-based PCS systems until
dual-mode handsets permitting them to use the existing cellular system become
available. See "Business -- PCS Operations."
20
<PAGE> 21
ABSENCE OF PCS OPERATING HISTORY IN THE UNITED STATES; HANDSET AVAILABILITY
PCS systems have no significant operating history in the United States and
there can be no assurance that these businesses will become profitable. In
addition, the extent of potential demand for PCS in the Company's markets cannot
be estimated with any degree of certainty. The inability of the Company to
establish PCS services or to obtain appropriate equipment for the PCS business
could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Handsets used for GSM-based PCS systems cannot currently be used with
cellular systems, and vice versa. While the Company believes that dual-mode
handsets that allow a user to access both GSM networks and analog cellular
networks will be commercially available in sufficient quantities by the end of
1997, there can be no assurance that such handsets can be successfully
manufactured or that the Company can obtain such handsets at competitive prices.
Such dual-mode handsets are not yet commercially available and are expected to
be larger and more expensive than single-mode handsets. The lack of
interoperability or the comparatively higher cost of such handsets may impede
the Company's ability to retain current cellular subscribers or attract
potential new wireless communications subscribers. See "Business -- PCS
Operations" and "-- System Equipment, Development and Expansion - PCS."
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND BRANDING
The Company currently uses the registered service mark CELLULAR ONE to
market its cellular services. The Company's use of this service mark is governed
by five-year contracts between the Company and Cellular One Group, the owner of
the service mark. Each of these agreements may be renewed at the Company's
option for three additional five-year terms. Under these agreements, the Company
has agreed to meet operating and service quality standards for its cellular
service areas. If these agreements were not renewed upon expiration or if the
Company were to fail to meet the applicable operating or service quality
standards, and therefore were no longer permitted to use the CELLULAR ONE
service mark, the Company's ability to attract new subscribers and retain
existing subscribers could be materially impaired. AT&T Wireless, which had been
the single largest user of the CELLULAR ONE brand name, has reduced its use of
the brand as a primary service mark. In addition, if for some reason beyond the
Company's control the name CELLULAR ONE were to suffer diminished marketing
appeal, the Company's ability both to attract new subscribers and retain
existing subscribers could be materially impaired. In such circumstances or
otherwise, the Company may explore development or acquisition of a new service
mark.
The Company has an application pending to obtain federal trademark
registration for the name "VoiceStream" which the Company uses in all of its PCS
markets. There can be no assurance that such registration will be granted or, if
granted, that it will provide any meaningful benefit to the Company. Competitors
of the Company possess, and others may develop over time, branding with
significantly greater name recognition than that of the Company. A failure by
the Company to maintain existing rights to its current cellular branding, to
successfully develop value in its "VoiceStream" mark or to develop suitable
alternatives thereto would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
ability to market its products and services and could require the Company to
invest significant additional funds to develop such alternatives. See
"Business -- Intellectual Property."
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; SUBORDINATION
Substantially all of the Company's assets and operations are held by or
conducted through subsidiaries and, to that extent, the Company is effectively a
holding company. The Company relies on dividends, loan repayments and other
intercompany cash flows from its subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to
meet its debt service obligations, including the payment of principal, premium,
if any, and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes. The payment of dividends
and the repayment of loans and advances by the Company to its subsidiaries are
subject to statutory,
21
<PAGE> 22
contractual and other restrictions, are dependent upon the earnings of such
subsidiaries and are subject to various business considerations. In addition,
the Notes are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness
and other liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries. As of June 30, 1996, the
total outstanding indebtedness of the Company's subsidiaries not eliminated in
the Company's consolidated financial statements was approximately $46.5 million.
Moreover, claims of creditors of the Company's subsidiaries, including tax
authorities and trade creditors, will generally have a priority claim to the
assets of such subsidiaries over the claims of the Company and the holders of
indebtedness of the Company, including holders of the Notes. See "Description of
the Notes."
PCS BUILD-OUT AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
The Company currently operates PCS systems in the Honolulu, Salt Lake City,
El Paso/Albuquerque and Portland MTAs, and is in the construction phase of the
initial build-out of its remaining three MTA PCS systems. The Company's PCS
licenses are subject to a requirement that the Company construct network
facilities that offer coverage to at least one-third of the population in the
relevant MTA by June 2000, five years from the grant of the license (the
"Five-Year Build-out Requirement"), and to at least two-thirds of the population
by June 2005, 10 years from the grant of the license (the "10-Year Build-out
Requirement"). In each of the Honolulu, Salt Lake City, El Paso/Albuquerque and
Portland MTAs, the Company currently has sufficient coverage to satisfy the
Five-Year Build-out Requirement. The Company anticipates that its build-out in
all of its MTA markets, if completed as currently planned by the end of 1998,
will satisfy the 10-Year Build-out Requirement. Should the Company fail to meet
these coverage requirements, it may be subject to forfeiture of the license or
the imposition of fines by the FCC. See "Business -- Governmental Regulation."
The PCS build-out in each MTA is subject to successful completion of the network
design, site and facility acquisitions, the purchase and installation of the
network equipment, network testing and satisfactory accommodation of microwave
users currently using the spectrum. Delays in any of these areas could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's ability to complete the build-out in a
timely manner.
The successful build-out of the Company's PCS systems will depend to a
significant degree upon the Company's ability to lease or acquire appropriate
sites for the location of its base station equipment. The Company has begun the
site selection and acquisition process. The site selection process will require
the continued successful negotiation of use agreements for or acquisitions of
numerous additional sites, and may require the Company to obtain zoning
variances or other governmental or local regulatory approvals, which are beyond
the Company's control. Delays in the site selection process, as well as
construction delays and other factors, could adversely affect the timing of the
commencement of commercial service in the Company's PCS systems. See
"-- Relocation of Fixed Microwave Licensees" and "Business -- Governmental
Regulation."
The Company believes the proceeds from the Offering, in combination with
the proceeds from the May 1996 Offerings and the Senior Secured Facilities, will
be sufficient to fund the build-out of its PCS systems (including related
operating losses), the continued growth of its cellular operations and its debt
service requirements through December 31, 1998, and will enable the Company to
take advantage of selected wireless acquisition opportunities (including those
that may arise through current or future FCC auctions). The build-out of the
Company's PCS systems will require substantial additional funds and the capital
cost of completing the project in any particular MTA and overall could vary
materially from such estimates. If adequate funds are not available from its
existing capital resources, the Company may be required to curtail its service
operations or to obtain additional funds on terms less favorable than those
contained in the Company's current arrangements.
In addition, the implementation of the PCS build-out plan is subject to the
availability from suppliers of the infrastructure equipment and subscriber
equipment the Company plans to use. Accordingly, there are risks associated with
the completion of development, timely manufacture and
22
<PAGE> 23
successful implementation of newly developed wireless equipment in the build-out
of the Company's PCS systems. The Company has entered into agreements for the
supply of infrastructure equipment with NORTEL, Nokia Telecommunications Inc.
and Lucent Technologies Inc. In addition, the Company has entered into an
agreement with Nokia Mobile Phones, Inc. (together with its affiliate, Nokia
Telecommunications Inc., "Nokia"), pursuant to which the Company has committed
to purchase PCS and dual-mode handsets totaling approximately $43.7 million
through October 1, 1999. See "-- Absence of PCS Operating History in the United
States; Handset Availability," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources" and "Business -- Products and Services."
The cost to the Company of PCS handsets is higher than its cost of cellular
handsets. In order to compete effectively with sellers of analog cellular
handsets, the Company is subsidizing the sale of its PCS handsets. There can be
no assurance it will be able to sell such handsets on commercially favorable
terms. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
RELOCATION OF FIXED MICROWAVE LICENSEES
For a period of up to five years after the grant of a PCS license (subject
to extension), a PCS licensee will be required to share spectrum with existing
licensees that operate certain fixed microwave systems, which exist within each
of the Company's MTAs. To secure a sufficient amount of unencumbered spectrum to
operate its PCS systems efficiently, the Company may need to negotiate
agreements to relocate many of these existing licensees. In such places where
relocation is necessary to permit operation of the Company's PCS systems, any
delay in the relocation of such licensees may adversely affect the Company's
ability to commence timely commercial operation of its PCS systems. In an effort
to balance the competing interests of existing microwave users and newly
authorized PCS licensees, the FCC has adopted (i) a transition plan to relocate
such microwave operators to other spectrum blocks and (ii) a cost sharing plan
so that if the relocation of an incumbent benefits more than one PCS licensee,
the benefitting PCS licensees will share the costs of the relocation. This
transition plan allows most microwave users to operate in the PCS spectrum for a
two-year voluntary negotiation period and an additional one-year mandatory
negotiation period. For public safety entities dedicating a majority of their
system communications for police, fire or emergency medical services operations,
the voluntary negotiation period is three years, with a two-year mandatory
negotiation period. Parties unable to reach agreement within these time periods
may refer the matter to the FCC for resolution, but the existing microwave user
is permitted to continue its operations until final FCC resolution of the
matter. The transition and cost sharing plans expire on April 4, 2005, at which
time remaining incumbents in the PCS spectrum will be responsible for their
costs to relocate to alternate spectrum locations. Currently, the FCC is
considering shortening the voluntary negotiation period to one year (two for
public safety entities) and lengthening the mandatory negotiation period to two
years (three for public safety entities) for all Blocks other than A and B.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in reaching timely
agreements with the existing microwave licensees or that any such agreements
will be on terms favorable to the Company. Further, depending on the terms of
such agreements, the Company's ability to operate its PCS systems profitably may
be adversely affected. The Company estimates that to complete its construction
schedule through December 31, 1997 it may be required to relocate approximately
130 microwave links. Through June 30, 1996, the Company has relocated or reached
agreement to relocate 110 microwave links. See "Business -- Governmental
Regulation."
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION
The licensing, construction, operation, acquisition and sale of cellular
and PCS systems, as well as the number of cellular and other wireless licensees
permitted in each market, are regulated by the FCC. Changes in the regulation of
such activities, such as a decision by the FCC to issue new
23
<PAGE> 24
licenses or permit more than two licenses in each market for cellular
communications services, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
operations. The FCC has a proceeding in progress that could open up other
frequency bands for wireless communications and PCS-like services. In addition,
all cellular licenses in the United States, including the Company's licenses,
were granted for an initial 10-year term and are subject to renewal. Licenses
may be revoked by the FCC at any time for cause. One of the Company's cellular
licenses expired on October 1, 1996, and a timely request for renewal was filed
and is pending before the FCC. Four others expire on October 1, 1997. While the
Company believes that each of its cellular licenses will be renewed based upon
FCC rules establishing a presumption in favor of licensees that have provided
"substantial" service during their past license term and have substantially
complied with their regulatory obligations during the initial license period,
there can be no assurance that all of the Company's cellular licenses will be
renewed.
All PCS licenses are granted for a 10-year period, at the end of which
period the licensee must apply for renewal. Licenses may be revoked by the FCC
at any time for cause. All 30 MHz broadband PCS licenses, including those of the
Company, are subject to the Five-Year Build-out Requirement and the 10-Year
Build-out Requirement. While the Company believes that each of its PCS licenses
will be renewed based upon FCC rules establishing a presumption in favor of
licensees that have provided "substantial" service during the past license term
and have substantially complied with their regulatory obligations during the
initial license period, there can be no assurance that all of the Company's PCS
licenses will be so renewed. See "-- PCS Build-out and Capital Expenditures."
The Company also must obtain a number of approvals, licenses and permits in
the operation of its business, including licenses from the Federal Aviation
Administration (the "FAA") in connection with cellular and PCS towers.
Additionally, the wireless communications industry is subject to certain state
and local governmental regulation. Operating costs are also affected by other
governmental actions that are beyond the Company's control. There is no
assurance that the various federal, state and local agencies responsible for
granting such licenses, approvals and permits will do so or that, once granted,
will not revoke or fail to renew them. The absence of such licenses, approvals
and permits would adversely affect existing operations and could delay
commencement of or prohibit certain business operations proposed by the Company.
See "Business -- Governmental Regulation."
Because the Company has controlling interests in cellular markets that
overlap the Denver MTA, the Company must comply with FCC rules that limit the
aggregate amount of cellular and PCS spectrum that a single entity may own or
control in a given territory. Current rules would require divestiture of certain
cellular or PCS holdings. However, pending rulemakings and judicial or
administrative challenges may result in additional compliance options.
The wireless communications industry also is subject to continually
evolving regulation. There are a number of issues on which regulation has been
or in the future may be suggested, including the effect of wireless
communications equipment on medical equipment and devices, electromagnetic
interference and cancer, as well as interference between types of wireless
systems. As new regulations are promulgated on these subjects or other subjects,
the Company may be required to modify its business plans or operations in order
to comply with any such regulations. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to do so in a cost effective manner, if at all. See "-- Radio
Frequency Emission Concerns; Medical Device Interference" and
"Business -- Governmental Regulation."
RADIO FREQUENCY EMISSION CONCERNS; MEDICAL DEVICE INTERFERENCE
Media reports have suggested that certain radio frequency ("RF") emissions
from wireless handsets may be linked to various health concerns, including
cancer, and may interfere with various electronic medical devices, including
hearing aids and pacemakers. Concerns over RF emissions
24
<PAGE> 25
may have the effect of discouraging the use of wireless handsets, which could
have an adverse effect upon the Company's business. On August 1, 1996, the FCC
updated the guidelines and methods it uses for evaluating RF emissions from
radio equipment, including wireless handsets. While the update imposes more
restrictive standards on RF emissions from lower power devices such as wireless
handsets, it is believed that all wireless handsets currently marketed by the
Company and in use by the Company's subscribers already comply with the new
proposed standards.
Certain interest groups have requested that the FCC investigate claims that
the GSM technology poses health concerns and causes interference with hearing
aids and other medical devices. The Center for the Study of Electromagnetic
Compatibility at the University of Oklahoma, which was founded in 1994 with
funds from the wireless industry, is studying this issue and recently released
its findings with respect to the first phase of its study. Such phase of the
study, which was designed to examine extreme conditions, found that digital
technologies cause interference with hearing aids in certain instances. In
addition, the Personal Communications Industry Association ("PCIA") announced in
July 1995 that it was undertaking an industry-wide study to gather information
on possible PCS interference with medical devices for all PCS standards.
Currently, PCIA is conducting negotiations between representatives of persons
with disabilities and industry officials to decide on industry-wide standards of
compatibility. There can be no assurance that the findings of such studies will
not have an adverse effect on the Company's business (including its use of GSM
technology) or that such findings will not lead to governmental regulations that
will have an adverse effect on the Company's business. See
"Business -- Governmental Regulation."
FINALITY OF PCS AUCTIONS
All of the MTA PCS licenses, including those of the Company, have been
awarded by the FCC and the holders of the licenses are permitted to construct
their PCS systems and commence operations. The Order granting the licenses is
final and non-appealable. Nevertheless, there are certain unresolved actions
before the FCC and in a federal court challenging the validity of certain
spectrum aggregation limits which affected eligibility for the auction. As a
result of the challenges, although it currently appears unlikely, the Company
could lose its PCS licenses or have adverse conditions imposed on them, and in
such event the loss resulting from any adverse conditions or, in the case of
license revocation, from its costs and expenses in bidding for and obtaining the
licenses and in beginning the site acquisition and build-out for its PCS systems
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, all licenses
which were the subject of the C Block auction are subject to completion of
acquisition requirements and FCC grant. See "Business -- Governmental
Regulation."
DEPENDENCE UPON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company will be dependent to a large degree on the services of Mr.
Stanton, as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, and other current
members of management. The Company and Mr. Stanton have entered into an
employment agreement which provides that Mr. Stanton's employment may be
terminated at any time by the Company, specifies base compensation of $180,000
per year with a targeted annual bonus of 100% of the base compensation, as
determined by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its
discretion, increase Mr. Stanton's compensation, either permanently or for a
limited period, if the Board of Directors shall deem it advisable in order to
fairly compensate Mr. Stanton for the value of his services. Severance is
payable under the agreement in the event Mr. Stanton's employment with the
Company is involuntarily terminated for other than Cause (as defined in the
agreement) in an amount equal to any accrued targeted bonus through the date of
termination, 12 months base salary and 12 months annual targeted bonus. The
Company will also make specified insurance benefit payments on behalf of Mr.
Stanton and his dependents for 12 months following involuntary termination. In
addition, in such event unvested stock options become vested in accordance with
a schedule provided in the
25
<PAGE> 26
agreement; however, Mr. Stanton currently holds no stock options. In the event
of a voluntary termination or a termination for Cause, no severance is payable
by the Company. In addition, the agreement provides that during the term of the
agreement and for one year following the termination of Mr. Stanton's employment
for any reason, Mr. Stanton may not engage in a business which is substantially
the same as or similar to the business of the Company; provided, that such
prohibition shall not preclude Mr. Stanton's investment in other companies
engaged in the wireless communications business or his ability to serve as a
director of other companies in the wireless communications business, in each
case subject to his fiduciary obligations as a director of the Company.
Loss of the services of Mr. Stanton or other members of management could
have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company and qualified
replacements may be difficult or impossible to find or retain. An event of
default under the Credit Facility would occur if Mr. Stanton (or a suitable
replacement) ceases, for any reason, to be the Chairman of the Company's Board
of Directors. See "Description of Indebtedness" and "Management -- Employment
Agreements."
SEASONALITY
The Company, and the wireless communications industry in general, have
historically experienced significant subscriber growth during the fourth
calendar quarter. Accordingly, during such quarter the Company experiences
greater losses on equipment sales and increases in sales and marketing expenses.
The Company has historically experienced highest usage and revenue per
subscriber during the summer months. The Company expects these trends to
continue. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Seasonality."
ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF NOTE PRICE
The Exchange Notes are new securities for which there is currently no
market. The Company does not intend to apply for listing of the Exchange Notes
on any securities exchange or for the inclusion of the Exchange Notes in any
automated quotation system. Although the Company has been advised by the
Purchasers that, following completion of the Offering, the Purchasers intended
to make a market in the Notes, they are not obligated to do so and any such
market making activities may be discontinued at any time without notice.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any
market for the Exchange Notes. If a market for the Exchange Notes were to
develop, the Exchange Notes could trade at prices that may be higher or lower
than their initial offering price depending upon many factors, including
prevailing interest rates, the Company's operating results and the markets for
similar securities. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has
been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the
prices of securities similar to the Exchange Notes. There can be no assurance
that, if a market for the Exchange Notes were to develop, such a market would
not be subject to similar disruptions.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements contained in this Prospectus that are not based on historical
fact, including without limitation statements containing the words "believes,"
"anticipates," "intends," "expects" and words of similar import, constitute
"forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements involve known and
unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual
results, events or developments to be materially different from any future
results, events or developments expressed or implied by such forward-looking
statements. Such factors include, among others, the following: general economic
and business conditions, both nationally and in the regions in which the Company
operates; technology changes; competition; changes in business strategy or
development plans; the high leverage of the Company; the ability to attract and
retain qualified personnel; existing governmental regulations and changes in, or
the failure to comply with, governmental regulations; liability and other claims
asserted against the Company; and other factors referenced in this
26
<PAGE> 27
Prospectus, including without limitation under the captions "Summary," "Risk
Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business." GIVEN THESE UNCERTAINTIES, PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS. The Company disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or
to publicly announce the result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking
statements contained herein to reflect future results, events or developments.
27
<PAGE> 28
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The sole purpose of the Exchange Offer is to fulfill the obligations of the
Company with respect to the Registration Rights Agreement.
The Original Notes were originally issued and sold on October 24, 1996 (the
"Issue Date"). Such sales were not registered under the Securities Act in
reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of, and Rule 144A and
Regulation S under, the Securities Act. In connection with the sale of the
Original Notes, the Company agreed to file with the Commission a registration
statement relating to an exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer Registration
Statement") pursuant to which another series of senior subordinated notes of the
Company covered by such registration statement and containing the same terms as
the Original Notes, except as set forth in this Prospectus, would be offered in
exchange for Original Notes tendered at the option of the holders thereof.
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE
The Company hereby offers to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal accompanying this
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), $1,000 in principal amount of Exchange Notes for each $1,000 in
principal amount of Original Notes. The terms of the Exchange Notes are
identical in all respects to the terms of the Original Notes for which they may
be exchanged pursuant to this Exchange Offer, except that (i) the Exchange Notes
will generally be freely transferable by holders thereof and (ii) the holders of
the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to registration rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement. See "Description of the Notes -- Registration
Covenant; Exchange Offer." The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the
Original Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. See
"Description of the Notes."
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal
amount of Original Notes being tendered or accepted for exchange.
Based on their view of interpretations set forth in no-action letters
issued to third parties by the Staff (the "Staff") of the Commission, the
Company believes that Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
exchange for the Original Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
transferred by holders thereof (other than any holder which is (i) an Affiliate
of the Company, (ii) a broker-dealer who acquired Original Notes directly from
the Company or (iii) a broker-dealer who acquired Original Notes as a result of
market making or other trading activities) without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act provided
that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders'
business, and such holders are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in,
and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a
distribution of such Exchange Notes. Each broker-dealer who receives Exchange
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Original Notes acquired for
its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities may be a statutory underwriter and must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by so acknowledging, and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act. Broker-dealers who acquired Original Notes as a result of
marketing making or other trading activities may use this Prospectus, as
supplemented or amended, in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes. The
Company has agreed that it will make this Prospectus available to any
broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale for a period ending on
the earlier of the 90th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such
time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities (as defined
in the Registration Rights Agreement). Any holder that cannot rely upon such
interpretations must comply with the registration
28
<PAGE> 29
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction.
Tendering holders of Original Notes will not be required to pay brokerage
commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter of
Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of the Original Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
The Exchange Notes will bear interest from and including their respective
dates of issuance. Holders whose Original Notes are accepted for exchange will
receive accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the date of issuance of
the Exchange Notes, such interest to be payable with the first interest payment
on the Exchange Notes, but will not receive any payment in respect of interest
on the Original Notes accrued after the issuance of the Exchange Notes.
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; TERMINATION; AMENDMENTS
The Exchange Offer will expire on the Expiration Date. The term "Expiration
Date" means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December 4, 1996 unless the
Company in its sole discretion extends the period during which the Exchange
Offer is open, in which event the term "Expiration Date" means the latest time
and date on which the Exchange Offer, as so extended by the Company, expires.
The Company reserves the right to extend the Exchange Offer at any time and from
time to time prior to the Expiration Date by giving written notice to Harris
Trust Company of California (the "Exchange Agent") and by timely public
announcement communicated by no later than 5:00 p.m. on the next business day
following the Expiration Date, unless otherwise required by applicable law or
regulation, by making a release to the Dow Jones News Service. During any
extension of the Exchange Offer, all Original Notes previously tendered pursuant
to the Exchange Offer will remain subject to the Exchange Offer.
The initial Exchange Date will be the first business day following the
Expiration Date. The Company expressly reserves the right to (i) terminate the
Exchange Offer and not accept for exchange any Original Notes for any reason,
including if any of the events set forth below under "-- Conditions to the
Exchange Offer" shall have occurred and shall not have been waived by the
Company and (ii) amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner, whether
before or after any tender of the Original Notes. If any such termination or
amendment occurs, the Company will notify the Exchange Agent in writing and will
either issue a press release or give written notice to the holders of the
Original Notes as promptly as practicable. Unless the Company terminates the
Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date,
the Company will exchange the Exchange Notes for the Original Notes on the
Exchange Date.
If the Company waives any material condition to the Exchange Offer, or
amends the Exchange Offer in any other material respect, and if at the time that
notice of such waiver or amendment is first published, sent or given to holders
of Original Notes in the manner specified above, the Exchange Offer is scheduled
to expire at any time earlier than the expiration of a period ending on the
fifth business day from, and including, the date that such notice is first so
published, sent or given, then the Exchange Offer will be extended until the
expiration of such period of five business days.
This Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal and other relevant
materials will be mailed by the Company to record holders of Original Notes and
will be furnished to brokers, banks and similar persons whose names, or the
names of whose nominees, appear on the lists of holders for subsequent
transmittal to beneficial owners of Original Notes.
HOW TO TENDER
The tender to the Company of Original Notes by a holder thereof pursuant to
one of the procedures set forth below will constitute an agreement between such
holder and the Company in accordance with the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal.
29
<PAGE> 30
General Procedures. A holder of a Original Note may tender the same by (i)
properly completing and signing the Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof
(all references in this Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed
to include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the
certificate of certificates representing the Original Notes being tendered and
any required signature guarantees (or a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") pursuant to the procedure described
below), to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the back cover of this
Prospectus on or prior to the Expiration Date or (ii) complying with the
guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
If tendered Original Notes are registered in the name of the signer of the
Letter of Transmittal and the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange therefor
are to be issued (and any untendered Original Notes are to be reissued) in the
name of the registered holder, the signature of such signer need not be
guaranteed. In any other case, the tendered Original Notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by written instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and duly executed by the registered holder and the signature on the
endorsement or instrument of transfer must be guaranteed by a bank, broker,
dealer, credit union, savings association, clearing agency or other institution
(each an "Eligible Institution") that is a member of a recognized signature
guarantee medallion program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the
Exchange Act. If the Exchange Notes and/or Original Notes not exchanged are to
be delivered to an address other than that of the registered holder appearing on
the note register for the Original Notes, the signature on the Letter of
Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
Any beneficial owner whose Original Notes are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender Original Notes should contact such holder promptly and instruct such
holder to tender Original Notes on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such
beneficial owner wishes to tender such Original Notes himself, such beneficial
owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and
delivering such Original Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the Original Notes in such beneficial owner's name or follow the
procedures described in the immediately preceding paragraph. The transfer of
record ownership may take considerable time.
Book-Entry Transfer. The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish
an account with respect to the Original Notes at The Depository Trust Company
(the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") for purpose of the Exchange Offer within
two business days after receipt of this Prospectus, and any financial
institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems
may make book-entry delivery of Original Notes by causing the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility to transfer such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent's
account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of
Original Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility, the Letter of Transmittal, with any required signature
guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted
to and received by the Exchange Agent at the address specified on the back cover
page of this Prospectus on or prior to the Expiration Date or the guaranteed
delivery procedures described below must be complied with.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ORIGINAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS IS AT THE
ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER. IF SENT BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT
REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED, PROPER INSURANCE BE
OBTAINED, AND THE MAILING BE MADE SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION DATE
TO PERMIT DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. If a holder desires to accept the Exchange
Offer and time will not permit a Letter of Transmittal or Original Notes to
reach the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date, a tender may be effected if
the Exchange Agent has received at its office listed on the back cover hereof on
or prior to the Expiration Date a letter, telegram or facsimile transmission
from an Eligible Institution setting forth the name and address of the tendering
holder, the principal amount of the Original Notes being tendered, the names in
which the Original Notes are registered
30
<PAGE> 31
and, if possible, the certificate numbers of the Original Notes to be tendered,
and stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within
three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of such
letter, telegram or facsimile transmission by the Eligible Institution, the
Original Notes, in proper form for transfer, will be delivered by such Eligible
Institution together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (and any other required documents). Unless Original Notes being
tendered by the above-described method (or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation) are
deposited with the Exchange Agent within the time period set forth above
(accompanied or preceded by a properly completed Letter of Transmittal and any
other required documents), the Company may, at its option, reject the tender.
Copies of a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery which may be used by Eligible
Institutions for the purposes described in this paragraph are available from the
Exchange Agent.
A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when the
tendering holder's properly completed and duly signed Letter of Transmittal
accompanied by the Original Notes (or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation) is
received by the Exchange Agent. Issuances of Exchange Notes in exchange for
Original Notes tendered pursuant to a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or letter,
telegram or facsimile transmission to similar effect (as provided above) by an
Eligible Institution will be made only against deposit of the Letter of
Transmittal (and any other required documents) and the tendered Original Notes
(or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation).
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of Original Notes will be
determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding. The
Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders not in proper
form or the acceptances for exchange of which may, in the opinion of counsel to
the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive
any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or any defect or irregularities in
tenders of any particular holder whether or not similar defects or
irregularities are waived in the case of other holders. Neither the Company, the
Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification
of any defects or irregularities in tenders or shall incur any liability for
failure to give any such notification. The Company's interpretation of the terms
and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the Letter of Transmittal and
the instructions thereto) will be final and binding.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
The Letter of Transmittal contains, among other things, the following terms
and conditions, which are part of the Exchange Offer.
The party tendering Original Notes for exchange (the "Transferor")
exchanges, assigns and transfers the Original Notes to the Company and
irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the Transferor's
agent and attorney-in-fact to cause the Original Notes to be assigned,
transferred and exchanged. The Transferor represents and warrants that it has
full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Original
Notes and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered
Original Notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Company
will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered Original Notes, free
and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject
to any adverse claim. The Transferor also warrants that it will, upon request,
execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company to be
necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of
tendered Original Notes. The Transferor further agrees that acceptance of any
tendered Original Notes by the Company and the issuance of Exchange Notes in
exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Company of
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement and that the Company shall
have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder (except in certain limited
circumstances). All authority conferred by the Transferor will survive the death
or incapacity of the Transferor and every obligation of the Transferor shall be
binding upon the heirs, legal representatives, successors, assigns, executors
and administrators of such Transferor.
31
<PAGE> 32
By tendering Original Notes and executing the Letter of Transmittal, the
Transferor certifies that it is not an Affiliate of the Company within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, that it is not a broker-dealer
that owns Original Notes acquired directly from the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company, it is acquiring the Exchange Notes offered hereby in the ordinary
course of such Transferor's business and that such Transferor has no arrangement
with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes.
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at
any time prior to the Expiration Date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission
notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Exchange Agent at its
address set forth on the back cover of this Prospectus prior to the Expiration
Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the person named in the Letter
of Transmittal as having tendered Original Notes to be withdrawn, the
certificate numbers of Original Notes to be withdrawn, the principal amount of
Original Notes to be withdrawn, a statement that such holder is withdrawing his
election to have such Original Notes exchanged, and the name of the registered
holder of such Original Notes, and must be signed by the holder in the same
manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal (including any
required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the
Company that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial
ownership of the Original Notes being withdrawn. The Exchange Agent will return
the properly withdrawn Original Notes promptly following receipt of notice of
withdrawal. All questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawal, including
time of receipt, will be determined by the Company, and such determination will
be final and binding on all parties.
ACCEPTANCE OF ORIGINAL NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE NOTES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
acceptance for exchange of Original Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn and
the issuance of the Exchange Notes will be made on the Exchange Date. For the
purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted for
exchange validly tendered Original Notes when, as and if the Company has given
written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.
The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of Original
Notes for the purposes of receiving Exchange Notes from the Company and causing
the Original Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. Upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, delivery of Exchange Notes to
be issued in exchange for accepted Original Notes will be made by the Exchange
Agent promptly after acceptance of the tendered Original Notes. Original Notes
not accepted for exchange by the Company will be returned without expense to the
tendering holders (or in the case of Original Notes tendered by book-entry
transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility
pursuant to the procedures described above, such non-exchanged Original Notes
will be credited to an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer
Facility) promptly following the Expiration Date or, if the Company terminates
the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration Date, promptly after the Exchange
Offer is so terminated.
CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer, or any extension
of the Exchange Offer, the Company will not be required to issue Exchange Notes
in respect of any properly tendered Original Notes not previously accepted and
may terminate the Exchange Offer (by oral or written notice to the Exchange
Agent and by timely public announcement, unless otherwise required by applicable
law or regulation, by making a release to the Dow Jones News Service) or, at
their option, modify or otherwise amend the Exchange Offer, if (a) there shall
be threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding before, or any
injunction, order or decree shall have been issued
32
<PAGE> 33
by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or
administrative agency or commission, (i) seeking to restrain or prohibit the
making or consummation of the Exchange Offer or any other transaction
contemplated by the Exchange Offer, (ii) assessing or seeking any damages as a
result thereof, or (iii) resulting in a material delay in the ability of the
Company to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of the Original Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer; (b) any statute, rule, regulation, order or
injunction shall be sought, proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed
applicable to the Exchange Offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the
Exchange Offer by any government or governmental authority, domestic or foreign,
or any action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened, by any government,
governmental authority, agency or court, domestic or foreign, that in the sole
judgment of the Company might directly or indirectly result in any of the
consequences referred to in clauses (a)(i) or (ii) above or, in the sole
judgment of the Company, might result in the holders of Exchange Notes having
obligations with respect to resales and transfers of Exchange Notes which are
greater than those described in the interpretations of the Commission referred
to on the cover page of this Prospectus, or would otherwise make it inadvisable
to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or (c) a material adverse change shall have
occurred in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, or
prospects of the Company.
The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may be
asserted by the Company with respect to all or any portion of the Exchange Offer
regardless of the circumstances (including any action or inaction by the
Company) giving rise to such condition or may be waived by the Company in whole
or in part at any time or from time to time in their sole discretion. The
failure by the Company at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will
not be deemed a waiver of any such right, and each right will be deemed an
ongoing right which may be asserted at any time or from time to time. In
addition, the Company has reserved the right, notwithstanding the satisfaction
of each of the foregoing conditions, to terminate or amend the Exchange Offer.
Any determination by the Company concerning the fulfillment or
non-fulfillment of any conditions will be final and binding upon all parties.
In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Original Notes
tendered and no Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Original
Notes, if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with
respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
constitutes a part, or the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act").
EXCHANGE AGENT
Harris Trust Company of California has been appointed as the Exchange Agent
for the Exchange Offer. Letters of Transmittal must be addressed to the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth on the back cover page of this Prospectus.
Delivery to an address other than as set forth herein, or transmissions of
instructions via a facsimile or telex number other than the ones set forth
herein, will not constitute a valid delivery.
SOLICITATION OF TENDERS; EXPENSES
The Company has not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in
connection with the Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers,
dealers or others for soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company
will, however, pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its
services and will reimburse it for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
connection therewith. The Company will also pay brokerage houses and other
custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by them in forwarding tenders for their customers. The expenses to be
incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer, including the fees and expenses
of the Exchange Agent and printing, accounting and legal fees, will be paid by
the Company and are estimated at approximately $200,000.
33
<PAGE> 34
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations in connection with the Exchange Offer other than those contained
in this Prospectus. If given or made, such information or representations should
not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company. Neither the
delivery of this Prospectus nor any exchange made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of the Company since the respective dates as of which information is
given herein. The Exchange Offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be
accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Original Notes in any jurisdiction in
which the making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in
compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction. However, the Company may, at its
discretion, take such action as it may deem necessary to make the Exchange Offer
in any such jurisdiction and extend the Exchange Offer to holders of Original
Notes in such jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction the securities laws or blue sky
laws of which require the Exchange Offer to be made by a licensed broker or
dealer, the Exchange Offer is being made on behalf of the Company by one or more
registered brokers or dealers which are licensed under the laws of such
jurisdiction.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
Based upon the opinion of Preston Gates & Ellis, counsel to the Company,
the material federal income tax consequences of participating in the Exchange
Offer are that the exchange for Exchange Notes by holders of Original Notes will
not be a taxable exchange for federal income tax purposes, and such holders will
not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any interest income as a result of
such exchange. Such opinion is based on Treasury Regulation Section 1.1001-3.
OTHER
Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary, and holders should
carefully consider whether to accept the Exchange Offer and tender their
Original Notes. Holders of the Original Notes are urged to consult their
financial and tax advisors in making their own decisions on what action to take.
As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all
validly tendered Original Notes pursuant to the terms of this Exchange Offer,
the Company will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the terms of the
Registration Rights Agreement. Holders of the Original Notes who do not tender
their certificates in the Exchange Offer will continue to hold such certificates
and will be entitled to all the rights, and subject to all the limitations
applicable thereto, under the Indenture, such holders will have no further
rights to registration of Original Notes under the Registration Rights
Agreement. See "Description of the Notes -- Registration Covenant; Exchange
Offer." All untendered Original Notes will continue to be subject to the
restriction on transfer set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that Original
Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market, if
any, for the Original Notes could be adversely affected. See "Risk Factors --
Consequences of Failure to Exchange."
The Company may in the future seek to acquire untendered Original Notes in
the open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent
exchange offers or otherwise. The Company has no present plan to acquire any
Original Notes which are not tendered in the Exchange Offer.
34
<PAGE> 35
THE COMPANY
Western Wireless provides wireless communications services in the western
United States. The Company owns an aggregate of 80 cellular and PCS licenses for
a geographic area covering approximately 25.5 million pops and 41% of the
continental United States. In its cellular and PCS markets, the Company served
270,600 subscribers at June 30, 1996.
The Company owns and operates cellular communications systems in 57 RSAs
and 16 MSAs with an aggregate population of approximately 6.0 million persons.
In its cellular markets, the Company uses the CELLULAR ONE brand name. The
Company holds broadband PCS licenses for seven MTAs covering 19.5 million
persons -- Honolulu, Salt Lake City, El Paso/Albuquerque, Portland, Oklahoma
City, Des Moines/Quad Cities and Denver. The Company's PCS markets are operated
under the Company's proprietary VoiceStream brand name. In February 1996, the
Company's PCS system in the Honolulu MTA became the first auction-awarded PCS
system to commence commercial operations in the United States. Four of the
Company's PCS systems are currently operational utilizing internationally-proven
GSM technology as the network standard. See "Business -- Introduction,"
"-- Markets and Systems" and "-- PCS Operations."
The wireless communications industry is in a period of tremendous growth in
the United States. Since its introduction in 1983, commercial cellular telephone
service has grown dramatically and now dominates the wireless communications
market. The Company has experienced rapid growth of its cellular operations,
having increased its cellular subscriber base to 264,200 at June 30, 1996 from
13,700 at January 1, 1993. Service revenues grew to $135.1 million in 1995 from
$18.4 million in 1993. The Company believes the wireless communications market
will continue to grow due to enhanced service offerings, the emergence of PCS
systems, increased awareness of the productivity, convenience and security
benefits associated with wireless communications services and anticipated
declines in pricing for its services. The Company believes it is well positioned
to take advantage of these growth opportunities as a result of its existing
operations and systems infrastructure, wide geographic coverage area and the
experience and expertise of its management team. See "Business" and
"Management."
The Company is a Washington corporation which is the successor to a
Delaware corporation incorporated in January 1994. The Company's principal
executive offices are located at 2001 N.W. Sammamish Road, Issaquah, Washington
98027, and its telephone number is (206) 313-5200.
USE OF PROCEEDS
There will be no cash proceeds to the Company from the Exchange Offer.
35
<PAGE> 36
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at June
30, 1996, and as adjusted to give effect to the Offering of the Original Notes
on October 24, 1996 as if the Offering had occurred on June 30, 1996 and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1996
-------------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED
--------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents......................................... $ 90,729 $ 284,988
========= =========
Long-term debt:
Credit Facility:
Revolver.....................................................
Term......................................................... $ 200,000 $ 200,000
NORTEL Facility................................................. 43,800 43,800
10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006...................... 200,000 200,000
10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007...................... 200,000
Other........................................................... 2,671 2,671
--------- ---------
Total long-term debt......................................... 446,471 646,471
--------- ---------
Shareholders' equity(1):
Preferred Stock, no par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; no
shares issued and outstanding................................
Common Stock, no par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized
Class A, 12,734,190 shares issued and outstanding and as
adjusted and Class B, 56,661,721 shares issued and
outstanding and as adjusted................................. 568,624 568,624
Deferred compensation........................................... (1,104) (1,104)
Deficit......................................................... (124,294) (124,294)
--------- ---------
Total shareholders' equity................................... 443,226 443,226
--------- ---------
Total capitalization.............................................. $ 889,697 $ 1,089,697
========= =========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Does not include (i) 3,630,260 shares of Class B Common Stock and 42,500
shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
options, (ii) 2,178,478 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance
pursuant to future option grants under the Company's stock option plan,
(iii) up to 372,441 shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
exchange rights exercisable no sooner than 2001 issued to the Company's
partners in Cook Inlet PCS or (iv) 8,860 shares of Class A Common Stock
(based on the fair market value of the stock of Western Wireless
International Corporation on the date hereof) issuable under the Horwitz
Agreement (as defined in "Certain Transactions"). See "Certain Transactions"
and "Description of Capital Stock."
36
<PAGE> 37
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth certain selected consolidated financial and
operating data for the Company as of and for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995, which was derived from the Company's
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto that have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants. The table also sets forth
certain unaudited selected consolidated financial and operating data for the
Company as of June 30, 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995,
as of and for the nine months ended December 31, 1992, as of and for the three
months ended March 31, 1992 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 1991.
The information as of June 30, 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996
and 1995 is unaudited but in the opinion of the Company reflects all adjustments
necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's financial position and
results of operations for such periods, and may not be indicative of the results
of operations for a full year. MCLP, a predecessor of the Company, was not
formed until October 1992. In March 1992, GCC reorganized under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and, as part of the reorganization, GCC adopted
fresh-start reporting in conformity with procedures specified by the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7.
Accordingly, the financial data of the Company prepared as of March 31, 1992 and
for subsequent periods are stated on a basis different from, and are not
comparable to, financial data for prior dates and periods. All financial data
relating to the Company herein with respect to periods after the date of the
Business Combination reflect the combined operations of GCC and MCLP and all
such data with respect to prior periods reflect only the operations of GCC,
which, for accounting purposes, is considered Western Wireless Corporation's
predecessor. Accordingly, the financial data of the Company for periods
subsequent to the Business Combination are not comparable to financial data for
prior periods. All the data should be read in conjunction with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. See Note 12
to the Company's consolidated financial statements for pro forma information
presenting the results of operations of the Company as if the Business
Combination occurred on January 1, 1993, and see the consolidated financial
statements of MCLP included herein for financial information of MCLP prior to
the Business Combination.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS NINE THREE
ENDED MONTHS MONTHS YEAR
JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED ENDED ENDED
----------------------- ---------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1995 1995 1994 1993 1992 1992 1991
--------- --------- -------- -------- -------- ------------ --------- ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
Subscriber revenues..... $ 79,151 $ 43,551 $105,430 $ 38,838 $ 11,105 $ 4,861 $ 1,072 $ 3,392
Roamer revenues......... 15,871 11,967 29,660 16,746 7,285 4,468 881 2,760
Equipment sales and
other revenue......... 9,582 5,179 11,465 7,524 2,344 1,208 262 883
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Total revenues........ 104,604 60,697 146,555 63,108 20,734 10,537 2,215 7,035
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Operating expenses:
Cost of service......... 19,554 12,132 27,686 13,303 4,310 2,730 655 2,840
Cost of equipment
sales................. 14,792 8,890 20,705 11,446 3,533 1,818 400 1,113
General and
administrative........ 28,409 13,153 31,253 15,226 6,253 5,048 1,156 5,226
Sales and marketing..... 32,078 16,411 41,390 18,553 6,101 3,074 812 2,948
Depreciation and
amortization.......... 33,434 21,900 49,456 25,670 5,399 3,746 2,787 12,276
Provision for
restructuring costs... 2,478 3,137
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Total operating
expenses............ 128,267 72,486 170,490 86,676 25,596 16,416 5,810 27,540
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Operating loss............ (23,663 ) (11,789 ) (23,935) (23,568) (4,862) (5,879) (3,595) (20,505)
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Other income (expense):
Interest and financing
expense, net.......... (17,014 ) (11,329 ) (25,428) (10,659) (2,242) (1,666) (169) (8,273)
Gain (loss) on
dispositions, net..... (255 ) (8 ) (573) 6,202 10,102 1,876 4,024 (14,404)
Other, net.............. 762 518 627 2,065 331 130 (189) (1,116)
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary items..... (40,170 ) (22,608 ) (49,309) (25,960) 3,329 (5,539) 71 (44,298)
Extraordinary items....... (6,645 ) (6,645) 63,569
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Net income (loss)..... $(40,170 ) $(29,253 ) $(55,954) $(25,960) $ 3,329 $ (5,539) $63,640 $(44,298)
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
37
<PAGE> 38
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS NINE THREE
ENDED MONTHS MONTHS YEAR
JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED ENDED ENDED
------------------------- ---------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1995 1995 1994 1993 1992 1992 1991
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ --------- ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Share data:
Income (loss)
per common
share before
extraordinary
item.......... $ (0.66) $ (0.43) $ (0.87) $ (0.59) $ 0.10 $ (0.22) * *
Per common share
effect of
extraordinary
item.......... (0.12) (0.12) * *
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Net income
(loss) per
common
share....... $ (0.66) $ (0.55) $ (0.99) $ (0.59) $ 0.10 $ (0.22) * *
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= ======= ========
Weighted average
common shares
and common
equivalent
shares
outstanding... 60,925,000 53,574,000 56,470,000 43,949,000 32,253,000 25,665,000 * *
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Not meaningful
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
JUNE 30, --------------------------------------------------- MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 1992 1991
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
SHEETS DATA:
Current assets..................... $ 138,197 $ 37,508 $ 36,769 $ 14,686 $ 8,098 $ 4,685 $ 2,469
Property and equipment, net........ 296,769 193,692 120,648 48,591 27,528 20,984 23,076
Licensing costs and other
intangible assets, net........... 538,816 417,971 211,309 86,270 43,873 41,941 11,945
Other assets....................... 6,182 9,857 1,468 6,219 5,522 2,083 8,133
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- --------
Total assets................... $ 979,964 $ 659,028 $ 370,194 $ 155,766 $ 85,021 $ 69,693 $ 45,623
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========= ========
Current liabilities................ $ 90,267 $ 55,936 $ 39,214 $ 16,447 $ 5,806 $ 5,373 $ 19,580
Long-term debt, net of current
portion.......................... 446,471 362,487 200,587 53,430 14,893 20,086 85,460
Minority interests in equity of
consolidated subsidiary.......... 3,376
Shareholders' equity
(deficiency)..................... 443,226 240,605 127,017 85,889 64,322 44,234 (59,417)
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- --------
Total liabilities and
shareholders' equity......... $ 979,964 $ 659,028 $ 370,194 $ 155,766 $ 85,021 $ 69,693 $ 45,623
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========= ========
OTHER DATA:
Cellular pops(1)................... 6,041,172 5,764,152 5,240,702 2,190,104 1,749,999 1,579,051 1,712,519
Ending cellular subscribers........ 264,200 209,500 112,800 30,000 13,700 8,300 7,700
EBITDA(2).......................... $ 9,771 $ 25,521 $ 2,102 $ 537 $ (2,133) $ (808) $ (8,229)
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(3)....................... * * * 2.22 * 1.33 *
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN):
Operating activities............. $ (20,551) $ (745) $ (988) $ (255) $ (1,490) $ (2,376) $ (11,284)
Investing activities............. $ (203,295) $ (293,579) $ (70,190) $ (32,535) $ (13,159) $ 12,953 $ (7,412)
Financing activities............. $ 306,003 $ 295,109 $ 70,777 $ 36,212 $ 16,552 $ (8,131) $ 18,397
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Not meaningful
(1) Based upon 1995 estimates by Equifax for 1995. For periods between 1990 and
1995, the Company has evenly applied Equifax's growth factors from 1990 to
1995 to the 1990 U.S. Census Bureau population figures. See
"Business -- Markets and Systems."
(2) EBITDA represents operating income (loss) from operations before interest,
taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is a measure commonly used
in the industry but is not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not
be considered as a measurement of net cash flows from operating activities.
In 1994 and 1991, the Company recorded provisions for restructuring costs of
$2.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively. EBITDA before such provisions
for restructuring costs would have been $4.6 million and $5.1 million in
1994 and 1991, respectively.
(3) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is determined by dividing the sum of
earnings (loss) before extraordinary items, interest and financing expense,
amortization of deferred financing costs and the portion of rents
representative of the interest factor by fixed charges. Fixed charges
consist of the sum of interest and financing expense, amortization of
deferred financing costs, capitalized interest and the portion of rents
representative of the interest factor. The ratio of earnings to fixed
charges is not meaningful for periods that result in a deficit. For the
periods indicated above, earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges and
the deficiency of earnings to fixed charges was $42.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 and $49.7 million and $26.0 million for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and $5.5 million for the
nine months ended December 31, 1992 and $44.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1991. See "Risk Factors -- High Leverage; Debt Service;
Restrictive Covenants."
38
<PAGE> 39
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and other
financial information included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
The Company provides wireless communications services in the western United
States through the ownership and operation of cellular communications systems in
73 RSAs and MSAs. The Company has acquired broadband PCS licenses in seven MTAs.
During 1996, the Company commenced commercial operations in four of its PCS
MTAs. A partnership in which the Company holds a 49.9% limited partnership
interest has acquired broadband PCS licenses in 14 BTAs.
Western Wireless Corporation was formed in July 1994 as the result of the
Business Combination among various companies, including MCLP and GCC. GCC
commenced operations in 1989 and MCLP was formed in 1992. As a result of the
Business Combination and a series of related transactions, Western Wireless
Corporation became the owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares of
common stock of GCC and the owner of all of the assets of MCLP. The Business
Combination constituted an acquisition of MCLP by GCC for accounting purposes.
As a result, all financial data relating to the Company herein with respect to
periods after the date of the Business Combination reflects the combined
operations of GCC and MCLP and all such data with respect to prior periods
reflects only the operations of GCC, which, for accounting purposes, is
considered Western Wireless Corporation's predecessor. Accordingly, the
financial data of the Company for periods subsequent to the Business Combination
are not comparable to financial data for prior periods. See Note 12 to the
Company's consolidated financial statements for pro forma information presenting
the results of operations of the Company as if the Business Combination occurred
on January 1, 1993, and see the consolidated financial statements of MCLP
included herein for financial information of MCLP prior to the Business
Combination.
The Company has operated the cellular systems in its markets, on average,
for over three years and has experienced rapid growth during such periods. The
Company's cellular subscribers and penetration were 264,200 and 4.4%,
respectively, at June 30, 1996 compared to 13,700 and 0.8%, respectively, at
January 1, 1993. The Company intends to continue to increase its total number of
subscribers in its cellular markets, but expects the rate of growth in
subscriber penetration to slow.
The Company's revenues primarily consist of subscriber revenues (including
access charges and usage charges), roamer revenues (fees charged for providing
services to subscribers of other cellular communications systems when such
subscribers, or "roamers," place or receive a phone call within one of the
Company's service areas) and equipment sales. The majority of the Company's
revenues are derived from subscriber revenues. The Company had no revenues from
its paging or PCS systems prior to February 1, 1996 and February 29, 1996,
respectively. Revenues from paging systems, which are included in other revenue,
are expected to account for less than 3% of the Company's total revenues in
1996. The Company expects to continue to sell cellular and PCS handsets below
cost and regards these losses as a cost of building its subscriber base.
Average monthly subscriber revenue per subscriber from its cellular
operations increased to $57.25 in 1995 compared to $49.72 in 1993. The Company
believes its generally favorable average monthly subscriber revenue per
subscriber reflects its efforts to expand its geographic coverage and focus
subscribers on higher-end rate plans, and reflects the positive characteristics
for wireless communications in RSAs and small MSAs. The Company expects that the
average monthly subscriber revenue per subscriber from its cellular operations
may decline due to a number of factors, including the addition of new
subscribers which may have lower usage rates, potential price decreases and
increased competition.
39
<PAGE> 40
Cost of service consists of the cost of providing wireless service to
subscribers, primarily including costs to access local exchange and long
distance carrier facilities and maintain the Company's wireless network. General
and administrative expenses include the costs associated with billing a
subscriber and the administrative cost associated with maintaining subscribers,
including customer service, accounting and other centralized functions. General
and administrative expenses also include provisions for unbillable fraudulent
roaming charges and subscriber bad debt. Sales and marketing costs include costs
associated with acquiring a subscriber, including direct and indirect sales
commissions, salaries, all costs of sales offices and retail locations,
advertising and promotional expenses. Depreciation and amortization includes
primarily depreciation expense associated with the Company's property and
equipment in service and amortization associated with its wireless licenses for
operational markets. The Company amortizes licensing costs associated with PCS
systems once they become operational.
Certain headquarter costs, including customer service, accounting and other
centralized functions, are incurred on behalf of all of the Company's
operations. These costs are allocated to those operations in a manner which
reflects management's judgment as to the nature of the activity causing those
costs to be incurred.
Cellular EBITDA was $28.9 million in 1995 compared to $0.5 million in 1993.
However, the Company expects a decline in consolidated EBITDA as it develops,
constructs and operates its PCS systems and seeks aggressively to build its PCS
subscriber base. To the extent that the time to complete the PCS build-out is
faster or the costs are greater than expected, operating losses will increase
and consolidated EBITDA may be negative for some periods. The Company has
experienced rapid growth in its revenues and assets during the periods set forth
below, which rates of growth will not necessarily continue over the next few
years. The Company has made and expects to make substantial capital expenditures
in connection with the expansion of its wireless communications systems. The
Company's results of operations for the periods described herein will not be
indicative of future performance.
EBITDA represents operating income (loss) from operations before interest,
taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is a measure commonly used in
the industry but is not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be
considered as a measurement of net cash flows from operating activities.
Cellular EBITDA represents EBITDA from the Company's cellular operations.
In the comparisons that follow, the Company has separately set forth
certain information relating to cellular operations (including paging) and PCS
operations. The Company believes that this is appropriate because its cellular
systems have been operating for a number of years while its PCS systems had not
commenced commercial operations until 1996, although the Company incurred
start-up costs beginning in the third quarter of 1995 in connection with such
operations.
40
<PAGE> 41
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
The Company had 264,200 cellular subscribers at June 30, 1996. The 26.1%
increase in subscribers during the six months ended June 30, 1996 results
primarily from a net increase of 50,000 subscribers generated through the
Company's distribution channels. At June 30, 1995, the Company had 154,000
cellular subscribers representing a net increase of 35,500 or 31.4% from
December 31, 1994. The Company had 6,400 PCS subscribers at June 30, 1996.
REVENUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------------
1996 1995
------------------- -------
CELLULAR PCS CELLULAR
-------- ------ -------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Subscriber revenues......................................... $ 78,297 $ 854 $43,551
Roamer revenues............................................. 15,871 11,967
Equipment sales............................................. 5,999 1,633 5,179
Other revenues(1)........................................... 1,950
-------- ------ -------
Total revenues.................................... $102,117 $2,487 $60,697
========= ====== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Primarily revenues from paging services.
Cellular subscriber revenues increased to $78.3 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996, from $43.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
This $34.7 million or 79.8% increase is primarily due to continued growth in the
number of subscribers added through the Company's distribution channels during
the twelve months ended June 30, 1996. Average monthly cellular subscriber
revenue per subscriber was $54.60 for the six months ended June 30, 1996,
compared to $55.63 for the six months ended June 30, 1995. Whereas the Company
has experienced relatively stable average monthly cellular subscriber revenue
per subscriber, the industry in general has experienced consistent declines for
a number of years. The 1.9% decline during the six month period ended June 30,
1996 may reflect the beginning of a downward trend in the Company's average
monthly cellular subscriber revenue per subscriber.
PCS subscriber revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1996, were $0.9
million. Average monthly PCS subscriber revenue per subscriber was $61.00 for
the six months ended June 30, 1996. As the Company's PCS operations only began
generating revenue during 1996, these results are not necessarily representative
of future operations.
Roamer revenues were $15.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996,
compared to $12.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995, an increase of
$3.9 million or 32.6%. Growth in the Company's roamer revenue generally reflects
increases in the Company's geographic coverage and the general subscriber growth
in the industry. Roamer revenues as a percentage of total cellular revenues
declined to 15.5% for the six months ended June 30, 1996, from 19.7% for the six
months ended June 30, 1995, as a result of the 79.8% growth in subscriber
revenues, which exceeded the 32.6% increase in roamer revenues. While the
Company expects total roamer revenues to continue to increase, it expects its
roamer revenues as a percentage of total revenues to continue to decline. This
trend should continue based upon the above mentioned factors and from the
effects of the decline in reciprocal per minute roamer rates charged by carriers
in the industry.
41
<PAGE> 42
OPERATING EXPENSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
--------------------------------
1996 1995
-------------------- -------
CELLULAR(1) PCS CELLULAR
-------- ------- -------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cost of service............................................ $ 17,977 $ 1,577 $12,132
Cost of equipment sales.................................... 11,552 3,240 8,890
General and administrative................................. 20,802 7,607 13,153
Sales and marketing........................................ 23,817 8,261 16,411
Depreciation and amortization.............................. 31,549 1,885 21,900
-------- ------- -------
Total operating expenses......................... $105,697 $22,570 $72,486
========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Includes expenses attributable to paging services.
The comparisons below only relate to the Company's cellular operations
(which include paging operations for 1996).
Cost of service increased to $18.0 million for the six months ended June
30, 1996, from $12.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995. This
increase is primarily attributable to the increased number of subscribers which
resulted in increased costs to access local exchange and long distance carrier
facilities and maintain the Company's expanding wireless network. While cost of
service increased $5.9 million or 48.2%, it decreased as a percentage of service
revenues to 18.7% for the six months ended June 30, 1996, from 21.9% for the six
months ended June 30, 1995, which is due primarily to efficiencies gained from
the growing subscriber base. Service revenues include subscriber, roamer and
other revenues.
General and administrative costs increased to $20.8 million, which includes
a one-time charge of $0.5 million for deferred compensation expense, for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 from $13.2 million for the six months ended June 30,
1995, an increase of $7.6 million or 58.2%. This increase is primarily
attributable to the increase in costs associated with supporting the increased
subscriber base. The increase in general and administrative costs exclusive of
the one-time charge was $7.2 million or 54.7% over the six months ended June 30,
1995. Exclusive of the one-time charge, these costs continue to decline as a
percentage of service revenues to 21.2% for the six months ended June 30, 1996,
from 23.7% for the six months ended June 30, 1995, primarily due to improved
efficiency and as a result of continuing economies of scale.
Sales and marketing costs increased to $23.8 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996, from $16.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995,
primarily due to net subscriber additions. Sales and marketing costs per net
subscriber added increased to $476 for the six months ended June 30, 1996, from
$460 for the six months ended June 30, 1995. Including the losses on equipment
sales, the costs per net subscriber added increased to $587 for the six months
ended June 30, 1996, from $564 for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
Depreciation expense increased to $19.8 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1996, from $13.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995. This
increase of $6.1 million or 44.5%, is attributable to the continuing expansion
of the Company's cellular systems. Amortization expense increased to $11.7
million for the six months ended June 30, 1996, from $8.2 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1995. This $3.5 million or 42.7%, increase is primarily
attributable to an increase in gross cellular licensing costs and other
intangible assets.
The majority of the PCS operating expenses of $22.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 consist of start-up costs in the non-operating PCS
MTAs of the Company. Accordingly, the operating expenses for PCS are not
representative of future operations.
42
<PAGE> 43
OPERATING LOSS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------
1996 1995
------------------------ --------
CELLULAR(1) PCS CELLULAR
----------- -------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating loss.......................................... $(3,580) $(20,083) $(11,789)
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Includes paging operations.
Total operating loss increased to $23.7 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1996, from $11.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995,
primarily as a result of the $20.1 million operating loss attributable to PCS
operations. Cellular operating loss improved to $3.6 million for six months
ended June 30, 1996, from $11.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995,
due to increased revenues, which exceeded increases in operating expenses.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Interest and financing expense increased to $17.0 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996, from $11.3 million for the six months ended June 30,
1995. The increase of $5.7 million or 50.2%, is primarily attributable to an
increase in long-term debt, which increased to $446.5 million at June 30, 1996,
from $287.8 million at June 30, 1995, to fund the Company's expansion, partially
offset by a decrease in the weighted average interest rate to 8.5% for the six
months ended June 30, 1996, from 9.2% for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
The Company anticipates interest and financing expense to continue to increase
due to the issuance of its 2006 Notes which were only outstanding for one month
during the six months ended June 30, 1996 and the Senior Subordinated Notes
offered hereby.
EBITDA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------
1996 1995
------------------------ --------
CELLULAR(1) PCS CELLULAR
----------- -------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
EBITDA.................................................... $27,969 $(18,198) $ 10,111
========= ========= ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Includes paging operations.
Total EBITDA decreased to $9.8 million for the six months ended June 30,
1996, from $10.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995, as a result of
increased cellular EBITDA offset by the $(18.2) million EBITDA attributable to
PCS operations. Cellular EBITDA increased 177% to $28.0 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996, from $10.1 million for the six months ended June 30,
1995, primarily as a result of increased revenues due to the increased
subscriber base and the related cost efficiencies. As a result, cellular
operating margin (cellular EBITDA as a percentage of cellular service revenues)
increased to 29.1% for the six months ended June 30, 1996, from 18.2% for the
six months ended June 30, 1995. EBITDA is a measure commonly used in the
industry but is not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be
considered as a measurement of net cash flows from operating activities.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
The Company had 209,500 cellular subscribers at December 31, 1995, an
increase of 96,700 or 85.7% during 1995. At December 31, 1994, the Company had
112,800 cellular subscribers, an increase of 82,800 or 276% during 1994. In 1995
and 1994, the net number of subscribers added through system acquisitions was
approximately 3,300 and 37,500 (including 29,000 through the acquisition of
MCLP), respectively. Excluding such acquired subscribers, the percentage of such
43
<PAGE> 44
net subscriber additions through independent agents and retailers was 35% in
1995, which reflects the Company's efforts to further expand distribution
channels.
REVENUES
All revenues below are from cellular operations. The Company commenced
paging operations and PCS commercial operations in February 1996 and therefore
had no PCS or paging revenues in prior years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------
1995 1994
-------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Subscriber revenues............................................. $105,430 $ 38,838
Roamer revenues................................................. 29,660 16,746
Equipment sales................................................. 11,465 7,524
-------- --------
Total revenues................................................ $146,555 $ 63,108
========= ========
</TABLE>
Subscriber revenues increased to $105.4 million in 1995 from $38.8 million
in 1994. This $66.6 million or 172% increase is due primarily to the 85.7%
growth in the number of subscribers (including as a result of the Business
Combination). Average monthly cellular subscriber revenue per subscriber was
$57.25 in 1995, compared to $54.35 in 1994. This $2.90 or 5.3% increase is a
result of the Company's efforts to expand its geographical coverage and focus
subscribers on higher-end rate plans, and reflects the positive characteristics
for wireless communications services in RSAs and small MSAs.
Roamer revenues were $29.7 million in 1995 compared to $16.7 million in
1994, an increase of $13.0 million or 77.8%. Growth in the Company's roamer
revenues generally reflects increases in the Company's geographical coverage
(including as a result of the Business Combination) and market penetration
levels in adjacent markets and the cellular industry as a whole. Roamer revenues
as a percentage of total revenues declined to 20.3% in 1995 from 26.5% in 1994,
as a result of the 172% increase in subscriber revenues which exceeded the 77.8%
increase in roamer revenues.
Equipment sales, which consist primarily of handset sales, increased to
$11.5 million in 1995 from $7.5 million in 1994. This $4.0 million or 53.3%
increase is primarily due to the increase in net subscriber additions (including
as a result of the Business Combination), partially offset by a decrease in the
average handset sales price. The Company anticipates continued growth in
equipment sales as a result of increases in net cellular subscriber additions
and the commencement of commercial operations of its PCS systems.
OPERATING EXPENSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------
1995 1994
------------------- --------
CELLULAR PCS CELLULAR
-------- ------ --------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cost of service............................................ $ 27,686 $ 13,303
Cost of equipment sales.................................... 20,705 11,446
General and administrative................................. 28,184 $3,069 15,226
Sales and marketing........................................ 41,051 339 18,553
Depreciation and amortization.............................. 49,187 269 25,670
Provision for restructuring costs.......................... 2,478
-------- ------ --------
Total operating expenses................................. $166,813 $3,677 $ 86,676
======== ====== ========
</TABLE>
Operating expenses in 1995 include $3.7 million of costs relating to the
start-up of PCS commercial operations.
44
<PAGE> 45
The comparisons below refer only to the Company's cellular operations.
Cost of service increased to $27.7 million in 1995 from $13.3 million in
1994, primarily as a result of the 85.7% increase in the number of subscribers
(including as a result of the Business Combination), which resulted in increased
costs to access local exchange and long distance carrier facilities and to
maintain the Company's wireless network. While this represents a $14.4 million
or 108% increase for the year, it represents a decrease as a percentage of
service revenues to 20.5% in 1995 from 23.9% in 1994, which is primarily due to
efficiencies gained from the growing subscriber base.
General and administrative costs increased to $28.2 million in 1995 from
$15.2 million in 1994, an increase of $13.0 million or 85.5%, which is primarily
attributable to the increase in the costs associated with supporting the
increased subscriber base (including as a result of the Business Combination).
However, these costs continued to decline as a percentage of service revenues to
20.9% in 1995 from 27.3% in 1994, primarily attributable to improved efficiency.
While the Company has not incurred material fraud or bad debt expenses to date
and continues to develop and invest in measures to minimize such expenses, there
can be no assurance that such expenses will not increase in the future in the
aggregate or as a percentage of total revenues.
Sales and marketing costs increased to $41.1 million in 1995 from $18.6
million in 1994 primarily due to net subscriber additions (including as a result
of the Business Combination), an increase in the Company's use of indirect sales
channels and an increase in churn (subscriber base attrition). For these
reasons, sales and marketing costs per net subscriber added increased to $446 in
1995 from $411 in 1994. Including the losses on equipment sales, the costs per
net subscriber added increased to $546 in 1995 from $497 in 1994.
Depreciation expense was $30.1 million in 1995 compared to $17.0 million in
1994. This $13.1 million or 77.1% increase is attributable to the expansion of
the Company's cellular systems (including as a result of the Business
Combination). Amortization expense increased to $19.1 million in 1995 from $8.7
million in 1994. This $10.4 million or 120% increase is attributable to an
increase in gross cellular licensing costs and other intangible assets to $300.5
million at December 31, 1995 from $223.0 million at December 31, 1994.
Provision for restructuring costs of $2.5 million in 1994 consists of costs
relating to the Business Combination, which primarily relates to the elimination
of duplicative headquarters and other facilities.
OPERATING LOSS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------
1995 1994
-------------------- ------------
CELLULAR PCS CELLULAR
-------- ------- ------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating loss......................................... $(20,258) $(3,677) $(23,568)
</TABLE>
Total operating loss increased to $23.9 million in 1995 from $23.6 million
in 1994 as a result of the $3.7 million operating loss attributable to PCS
operations offset by the improved cellular operating loss. Cellular operating
loss decreased to $20.3 million in 1995 from $23.6 million in 1994. Cellular
operating loss in 1994 included a one-time provision for restructuring costs of
$2.5 million.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE); EXTRAORDINARY LOSS; NET OPERATING LOSS
CARRYFORWARDS
Interest and financing expense increased to $25.4 million in 1995 from
$10.7 million in 1994. The $14.7 million or 137% increase is primarily
attributable to an increase in borrowings to $362.5 million at December 31, 1995
from $211.5 million at December 31, 1994, to fund the Company's expansion and
capital expenditures. The weighted average interest rate was 9.2% in 1995 and
1994.
45
<PAGE> 46
The $6.2 million gain in 1994 on dispositions represents gains associated
with the exchange or sale of certain cellular systems. Such gains are
nonrecurring.
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt of $6.6 million in 1995
represents the charge for the unamortized portion of financing costs incurred in
connection with the refinancing of the Company's then outstanding credit
facility.
The Company had available at December 31, 1995 net operating loss
carryforwards ("NOLs") of approximately $94 million which will expire in the
years 2002 through 2010. The Company may be limited in its ability to use these
carryforwards in any one year due to ownership changes that preceded the
Business Combination. Approximately $17 million of such NOLs are subject to such
limitations, which under current rules will result in an annual limit of $2.8
million. Any amount of NOLs subject to such limitation that the Company is not
able to use in any one year may be used in subsequent years prior to the
expiration thereof. There is currently no limitation on the remaining $77
million. Therefore, in the opinion of management, all NOLs will be utilized
prior to their expiration. See Note 10 of notes to the Company's consolidated
financial statements.
EBITDA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------
1995 1994
-------------------- --------
CELLULAR PCS CELLULAR
-------- ------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
EBITDA....................................................... $ 28,929 $(3,408) $ 2,102
</TABLE>
EBITDA improved to $25.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 from
$2.1 million for the year end December 31, 1994, as a result of increased
cellular EBITDA offset by the negative $3.4 million EBITDA attributable to PCS
operations. Cellular EBITDA increased to $28.9 million in 1995 from $2.1 million
in 1994, primarily as a result of the increased subscriber base and the related
cost efficiencies (including as a result of the Business Combination). As a
result, cellular operating margin (cellular EBITDA as a percentage of cellular
service revenues) increased to 21.4% in 1995 from 3.8% in 1994. EBITDA is a
measure commonly used in the industry but is not prepared in accordance with
GAAP and should not be considered as a measurement of net cash flows from
operating activities. In 1994, the Company recorded a provision for
restructuring costs of $2.5 million. EBITDA before provision for restructuring
costs would have been $4.6 million in 1994.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
The Company had 112,800 cellular subscribers at December 31, 1994 an
increase of 82,800 or 276% during 1994. At December 31, 1993, the Company had
30,000 subscribers, an increase of 16,300 or 119% during 1993. In 1994 and 1993,
the number of net subscribers added through system acquisitions was
approximately 37,500 (including 29,000 through the acquisition of MCLP) and
2,600, respectively.
REVENUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------
1994 1993
---------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Subscriber revenues............................................. $ 38,838 $ 11,105
Roamer revenues................................................. 16,746 7,285
Equipment sales................................................. 7,524 2,344
------- -------
Total revenues........................................ $ 63,108 $ 20,734
======= =======
</TABLE>
Subscriber revenues increased to $38.8 million in 1994 from $11.1 million
in 1993. This $27.7 million or 250% increase is primarily due to the 276% growth
in the number of subscribers (including as a result of the Business
Combination). Average monthly cellular subscriber revenue per subscriber was
$54.35 in 1994, compared to $49.72 in 1993. This $4.63 or 9.3% increase is a
result
46
<PAGE> 47
of the Company's efforts to expand its geographical coverage and focus
subscribers on higher-end rate plans, and reflects the positive characteristics
for wireless communications services in RSAs and MSAs.
Roamer revenues were $16.7 million in 1994 compared to $7.3 million in
1993, an increase of $9.4 million or 129%. Growth in the Company's roamer
revenues generally reflects increases in the Company's geographical coverage
(including as a result of the Business Combination) and market penetration
levels in adjacent markets and the cellular industry as a whole. Roamer revenues
as a percentage of total revenues declined to 26.5% in 1994 from 35.3% in 1993
as a result of the 250% increase in subscriber revenues, which exceeded the 129%
increase in roamer revenues.
Equipment sales revenues increased to $7.5 million in 1994 from $2.3
million in 1993. This $5.2 million or 226% increase is primarily due to the
increase in net subscriber additions (including as a result of the Business
Combination).
OPERATING EXPENSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1994 1993
------- -------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cost of service.................................................. $13,303 $ 4,310
Cost of equipment sales.......................................... 11,446 3,533
General and administrative....................................... 15,226 6,253
Sales and marketing.............................................. 18,553 6,101
Depreciation and amortization.................................... 25,670 5,399
Provision for restructuring costs................................ 2,478
------- -------
Total operating expenses............................... $86,676 $25,596
======= =======
</TABLE>
Cost of service increased to $13.3 million in 1994 from $4.3 million in
1993 primarily as a result of the 276% increase in the number of subscribers
(including as a result of the Business Combination), which resulted in increased
costs to access local exchange and long distance carrier facilities and to
maintain the Company's wireless network. This represents a $9.0 million or 209%
increase for the year, and 23.9% and 23.4% of service revenues for 1994 and
1993, respectively.
General and administrative costs increased to $15.2 million in 1994 from
$6.3 million in 1993, an increase of $8.9 million or 141%, which is primarily
attributable to the increase in the costs associated with supporting the
increased subscriber base (including as a result of the Business Combination).
However, these costs declined as a percentage of service revenues to 27.3% in
1994 from 34.2% in 1993, primarily attributable to improved efficiency.
Sales and marketing costs increased to $18.6 million in 1994 from $6.1
million in 1993 primarily due to net subscriber additions (including as a result
of the Business Combination). Sales and marketing costs per net subscriber added
were $411 in 1994 and $445 in 1993. Including the losses on equipment sales, the
costs per net subscriber added were $497 in 1994 and $533 in 1993. The decrease
in costs per net subscriber added from 1993 to 1994 is a result of the
efficiencies gained during 1994 from the ability to spread certain fixed costs
associated with the Company's retail stores and advertising over a larger number
of net subscriber additions.
Depreciation expense increased to $17.0 million in 1994 from $4.1 million
in 1993. This $12.9 million or 315% increase is attributable to the expansion of
the Company's cellular systems (including as a result of the Business
Combination). Amortization expense increased to $8.7 million in 1994 from $1.3
million in 1993. This $7.4 million or 569% increase is attributable to an
increase in gross cellular licensing costs and other intangible assets
(including as a result of the Business Combination) to $223.0 million at
December 31, 1994 from $88.2 million at December 31, 1993.
Provision for restructuring costs of $2.5 million in 1994 consists of costs
relating to the Business Combination, which primarily relates to the elimination
of duplicative headquarters and other facilities.
47
<PAGE> 48
OPERATING LOSS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
1994 1993
-------- -------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Operating loss.................................................. $(23,568) $(4,862)
</TABLE>
Operating loss increased to $23.6 million in 1994 from $4.9 million in
1993. Operating loss in 1994 included a one-time provision for restructuring
costs of $2.5 million.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Interest and financing expense increased to $10.7 million in 1994 from $2.2
million in 1993. This $8.5 million or 386% increase is primarily attributable to
an increase in borrowings to $211.5 million at December 31, 1994 from $60.8
million at December 31, 1993 to fund the Company's expansion and capital
expenditures, partially offset by a decrease in the weighted average interest
rate to 9.2% in 1994 from 9.4% in 1993.
The $6.2 million gain in 1994 on dispositions represents gains associated
with the exchange or sale of certain cellular systems. The $10.1 million gain in
1993 is attributable to the sale of certain cellular systems and minority
interests. Such gains are nonrecurring.
EBITDA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31,
---------------------
1994 1993
------ ----
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
EBITDA............................................................... $2,102 $537
</TABLE>
EBITDA increased to $2.1 million in 1994 from $0.5 million in 1993,
primarily as a result of increased subscriber base and the related cost
efficiencies. EBITDA is a measure commonly used in the industry but is not
prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a measurement
of net cash flows from operating activities. In 1994, the Company recorded a
provision for restructuring costs of $2.5 million. EBITDA before such provision
for restructuring costs would have been $4.6 million in 1994.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company believes the proceeds from the Offering of $200 million
principal amount Original Notes completed on October 24, 1996, in combination
with the proceeds from the May 1996 Offerings and the Senior Secured Facilities,
will be sufficient to fund the build-out of its PCS systems (including related
operating losses), the continued growth of its cellular operations and its debt
service requirements through December 31, 1998, and will enable the Company to
take advantage of selected wireless acquisition opportunities (including those
that may arise through current or future FCC auctions). The Company currently
anticipates that it will require approximately $425 million to finance the
build-out of its PCS systems from June 30, 1996 through the end of 1998. The
Company will also expend additional funds to expand its cellular operations,
fund operating losses, service debt and finance acquisition opportunities. To
the extent that the build-out of the PCS systems is faster than expected, the
costs are greater than anticipated or the Company takes advantage of acquisition
opportunities, the Company may require additional funding to implement its
business strategy. See "Risk Factors -- High Leverage; Debt Service; Restrictive
Covenants," and "-- PCS Build-out and Capital Expenditures."
The amount of the Company's outstanding long-term debt increased to $446.5
million at June 30, 1996 from $53.4 million at December 31, 1993. In addition to
the $200.0 million principal amount of the 2006 Notes, at June 30, 1996 $200
million and $43.8 million were outstanding under the Credit Facility and the
NORTEL Facility, respectively, and the amounts available for borrowing under the
Credit Facility and the NORTEL Facility were $185 million and $33 million,
respectively. Indebtedness under the Credit Facility and the NORTEL Facility
matures on March 31, 2005 and
48
<PAGE> 49
December 31, 2003, respectively, and bears interest at variable rates.
Substantially all the assets of the Company are pledged as security for such
indebtedness. See "Description of Indebtedness."
The Company uses various financial instruments as part of its overall
strategy to manage the Company's exposure to market risks associated with
interest rate fluctuations. The Company has only limited involvement with these
financial instruments, and does not use them for trading purposes. Interest rate
swaps allow the Company to raise long-term borrowings at variable rates and swap
them into fixed rates for shorter durations. This enables the Company to
separate interest rate management from debt funding decisions. Interest rate cap
agreements are used to reduce the potential impact of increases in interest
rates on borrowings based upon variable interest rates. These transactions do
not subject the Company to risk of loss because gains and losses on these
contracts are offset against losses and gains on the underlying liabilities. No
collateral is held in relation to the Company's financial instruments.
At June 30, 1996, the Company had entered into interest rate caps and swaps
with a total notional amount of $205 million. Such caps and swaps expire between
August 1997 and March 1999. The amount of net unrealized loss attributable to
changing interest rates at June 30, 1996 was immaterial.
The NORTEL Facility finances the purchase of PCS switching and transmission
system equipment pursuant to a PCS Project and Supply Agreement that commits the
Company to purchase $200 million in equipment prior to June 30, 2000. Also as
part of its capital expenditure plan and in order to ensure adequate supply of
certain inventory requirements, the Company has entered into two agreements with
Nokia under which the Company has committed to purchase (i) a minimum number of
PCS and dual-mode handsets totaling approximately $43.7 million through October
1, 1999 and (ii) a minimum of $50 million of wireless communications equipment
and services for the Company's PCS systems prior to December 31, 1998.
Additionally, the Company has entered into an agreement with Lucent Technologies
Inc. to purchase at least $50 million of cellular products and services prior to
December 31, 2000, of which at least $17 million must be purchased by December
31, 1996.
Net cash used in operating activities was $20.6 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996. Adjustments to the $40.2 million net loss for such period
to reconcile to net cash used in operating activities consisted primarily of
$34.0 million of depreciation and amortization. Other adjustments included
changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from consolidating
acquired interests, consisting primarily of a $4.9 million increase in accounts
receivable primarily as a result of the increased subscriber base, an increase
of $11.0 million in inventories primarily as a result of the purchase of PCS
handsets for sale in the Honolulu, Salt Lake City, El Paso/Albuquerque and
Portland MTAs, and an increase of $3.2 million in prepaid expenses and other
current assets primarily as a result of prepaid costs for the Honolulu MTA. Net
cash used in operating activities was $0.7 million in 1995. Adjustments to the
$56.0 million net loss for 1995 to reconcile to net cash used in operating
activities consisted primarily of $49.5 million of depreciation and amortization
and $6.6 million with respect to the extraordinary loss on early extinguishment
of debt. Other adjustments included changes in operating assets and liabilities,
net of effects from consolidating acquired interests, consisting primarily of an
increase of $5.7 million in accounts receivable primarily as a result of the
increase in the subscriber base, and a $6.4 million increase in accrued
liabilities primarily as a result of accrued payroll and interest. Net cash used
in operating activities was $1.0 million and $0.3 million in 1994 and 1993,
respectively.
Net cash used in investing activities was $203.3 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996. Investing activities for such period consisted primarily of
cellular capital expenditures, which used cash of $30.7 million, PCS capital
expenditures, which used cash of $59.1 million, the purchase of wireless
licenses, which used cash of $77.3 million, and the acquisition of wireless
properties, which used cash of $40.1 million. Net cash used in investing
activities was $293.6 million in 1995, consisting primarily of cellular capital
expenditures, which used cash of $62.6 million, PCS capital expenditures, which
used cash of $16.9 million, the purchase of PCS wireless licenses, which used
49
<PAGE> 50
cash of $137.8 million, and the acquisition of wireless properties, which used
cash of $60.7 million. Net cash used in investing activities was $70.2 million
and $32.5 million in 1994 and 1993, respectively.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $306.0 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996. Financing activities for such period consisted
primarily of additions to long-term debt (including the issuance of $200 million
aggregate principal amount of the 2006 Notes), which provided cash of $71.1
million net of $465.0 million in repayments and $12.7 million in fees, and
proceeds from the issuance of Common Stock which provided cash of $234.9
million, net of expenses. Net cash provided by financing activities was $295.1
million in 1995, consisting primarily of proceeds from issuance of Common Stock,
which provided cash of $143.1 million, and additions to long-term debt, net of
$277.0 million in repayments and fees, which provided cash of $148.2 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $70.8 million and $36.2 million in
1994 and 1993, respectively.
The Company anticipates that it will expend approximately $50 million
during the remainder of 1996 for cellular system and capacity expansion, new
market build-out and centralized infrastructure improvements. In addition, the
development, construction and operation of the Company's PCS systems will
require substantial capital expenditures over the next several years, which the
Company expects will result in significant operating losses in both its PCS and
consolidated operations. The Company currently anticipates that the funds
required to complete the build-out of its seven PCS MTAs from June 30, 1996
through December 31, 1998 will total approximately $425 million. The build-out
costs include microwave relocation, site acquisition and transmission and
switching equipment. The build-outs are designed to cover approximately 80% of
the population within the Company's seven PCS MTAs, which satisfies the 10-Year
Build-out Requirement. The Company may be required to make expenditures sooner
than anticipated or in greater amounts than expected based on a number of
variables, including increased subscriber growth, increased losses resulting
from equipment sales and increased construction costs associated with expanding
coverage areas. In addition, delays in network design, site and facility
acquisitions, construction or the purchase and installation of network equipment
and other factors may increase the total cost of such expenditures. See "Risk
Factors -- PCS Build-out and Capital Expenditures."
The Company holds a 49.9% limited partnership interest in Cook Inlet PCS,
an entity which is the licensee for 13 BTAs won in the C Block auction and is
the high bidder for an additional BTA in the C Block reauction. As a result of
the successful bids of Cook Inlet PCS in the C Block auction, the Company was
obligated to fund up to approximately $4.0 million of the license acquisition
costs of Cook Inlet PCS. Cook Inlet PCS is subject to the Five Year Build-out
Requirement and will therefore require significant additional amounts to
complete the build-out of its PCS systems. The potential sources of such
additional amounts include vendor loans, loans or capital contributions by the
partners of Cook Inlet PCS or other third party financing. There are no current
agreements or plans with respect thereto. In the ordinary course of its
business, the Company continuously reviews potential acquisition opportunities
and has entered into various joint development agreements with respect to
international interests. Any such prospective acquisition would be financed with
proceeds from the Offering, borrowings under the Senior Secured Facilities or
additional financings.
SEASONALITY
The Company, and the wireless communications industry in general, have
historically experienced significant subscriber growth during the fourth
calendar quarter. Accordingly, during such quarter the Company experiences
greater losses on equipment sales and increases in sales and marketing expenses.
The Company has historically experienced highest usage and revenue per
subscriber during the summer months. The Company expects these trends to
continue.
50
<PAGE> 51
BUSINESS
INTRODUCTION
Western Wireless provides wireless communications services in the western
United States. The Company owns an aggregate of 80 cellular and PCS licenses for
a geographic area covering approximately 25.5 million pops and 41% of the
continental United States. In its cellular and PCS markets, the Company served
270,600 subscribers at June 30,1996.
The Company owns and operates cellular communications systems in 57 Rural
Service Areas and 16 Metropolitan Statistical Areas with an aggregate population
of approximately 6.0 million persons. In its cellular markets, the Company uses
the CELLULAR ONE brand name. The Company holds broadband personal communications
services licenses for seven Major Trading Areas covering 19.5 million
persons-- Honolulu, Salt Lake City, El Paso/Albuquerque, Portland, Oklahoma
City, Des Moines/Quad Cities and Denver. The Company's PCS markets are operated
under the Company's proprietary VoiceStream brand name. In February 1996, the
Company's PCS system in the Honolulu MTA became the first auction-awarded PCS
system to commence commercial operations. Four of the Company's PCS systems are
currently operational utilizing internationally-proven GSM technology as the
network standard. See "Business -- Introduction," "-- Markets and Systems" and
"-- PCS Operations."
In addition, the Company is engaged in activities complementary to its
principal wireless communications business. In 1995, the Company began pursuing
licenses for wireless services in markets outside the United States. The Company
has joined partnerships which have made wireless license applications in foreign
countries. The Company is a partner in a partnership that has an interest in a
joint venture which has obtained the GSM cellular license in Latvia. In
addition, since their acquisition in February 1996, the Company has operated
paging systems in eight states and currently serves approximately 27,000
customers. The Company has reached reciprocal development or reseller agreements
for paging services with AT&T Wireless, AirTouch Paging, Paging Network Inc.
("PageNet"), MobileMedia Corporation ("MobileMedia") and others.
Western Wireless Corporation was formed in July 1994 as the result of the
Business Combination among various companies, including MCLP and GCC. GCC
commenced operations in 1989 and MCLP was formed in 1992. As a result of the
Business Combination and a series of related transactions, Western Wireless
Corporation became the owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares of
common stock of GCC and the owner of all of the assets of MCLP. The Business
Combination constituted an acquisition of MCLP by GCC for accounting purposes.
As a result, all financial data relating to the Company herein with respect to
periods after the date of the Business Combination reflect the combined
operations of GCC and MCLP and all such data with respect to prior periods
reflect only the operations of GCC, which, for accounting purposes, is
considered Western Wireless Corporation's predecessor. Since the Business
Combination, Western Wireless Corporation has successfully integrated the
management and operations of GCC and MCLP and raised significant equity capital
to acquire PCS licenses in additional territories in the western United States
and thereby extend its coverage area for the provision of wireless
communications services.
THE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY
OVERVIEW
Wireless communications systems use a variety of radio frequencies to
transmit voice and data. Broadly defined, the wireless communications industry
includes one-way radio applications, such as paging or beeper services, and
two-way radio applications, such as cellular telephone, PCS and ESMR networks.
Historically, each application has been licensed and operates in a distinct
radio frequency block.
51
<PAGE> 52
Since its introduction in 1983, cellular service has grown dramatically and
now dominates the wireless communications market. As of June 30, 1996, according
to CTIA there were over 38.2 million cellular subscribers in the United States,
representing a penetration rate of 14.5% and a growth rate of 35.4% from June
30, 1995. The following chart illustrates the annual growth in United States
cellular subscribers through December 31, 1995.
U.S. CELLULAR SUBSCRIBERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR MILLIONS OF SUBSCRIBERS
<S> <C>
1984 .5
1985 1
1986 1.5
1987 2
1988 2.5
1989 4.5
1990 6
1991 7.5
1992 12.5
1993 17
1994 25
1995 33.8
</TABLE>
Source: Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association ("CTIA")
The following table sets forth certain domestic cellular industry
statistics derived from the Data Survey Results published semi-annually by CTIA:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CELLULAR INDUSTRY STATISTICS
Total Service Revenues
(in billions).......................... $ 5.8 $ 7.8 $10.9 $14.2 $19.0
Ending Cellular Subscribers
(in millions).......................... 7.6 11.0 16.0 24.1 33.8
Subscriber Growth........................ 43.0% 46.0% 45.1% 50.8% 40.0%
Average Monthly Service Revenue per
Subscriber............................. $74.10 $70.13 $67.13 $59.08 $54.90
Average Monthly Subscriber Revenue per
Subscriber............................. $64.96 $61.40 $58.74 $51.48 $47.59
Ending Penetration....................... 3.0% 4.4% 6.2% 9.4% 13.0%
</TABLE>
These statistics represent results for the industry as a whole. Average
Monthly Service Revenue per Subscriber reflects per subscriber revenue including
roaming revenue, and Average Monthly Subscriber Revenue per Subscriber reflects
per subscriber revenue excluding roaming revenue. In general, rural markets,
where the Company concentrates its cellular operations, were licensed later by
the FCC than urban markets and, consequently, have a shorter operating history.
The Company has operated the cellular systems in its markets, on average, for
approximately three years. As a result, while the Company's cellular subscriber
base is growing more rapidly than the industry average, the Company's level of
penetration is lower than the overall industry average.
In the wireless communications industry, there are two principal services
licensed by the FCC for transmitting voice and data signals, "cellular services"
and "personal communications services." Cellular service is the predominant form
of wireless voice communications service currently
52
<PAGE> 53
available. The FCC has made available for cellular service a portion of the
radio spectrum from 830-870 MHz. Cellular service is capable of providing high
quality, high capacity service to and from mobile, portable and stationary
telephones. Cellular handsets are affordable and easy to use and offer important
benefits to both business and residential consumers. Fully equipped, multi-cell
cellular systems are capable of handling thousands of calls at any given time
and thus are capable of providing service to hundreds of thousands of
subscribers in a given market. See "-- Products and Services."
Cellular systems are primarily analog based systems, although digital
technology has been introduced in certain markets. Analog technology currently
has several limitations, including lack of privacy and limited capacity. Digital
systems convert voice or data signals into a stream of digits that is compressed
before transmission, enabling a single radio channel to carry multiple
simultaneous signal transmissions. This enhanced capacity, along with
improvements in digital signaling, allows digital-based wireless technologies to
offer new and enhanced services, such as greater call privacy, and robust data
transmission features, such as "mobile office" applications (including
facsimile, electronic mail and wireless connections to computer/data networks,
including the Internet). See "-- Operation of Wireless Communications Systems."
PCS is a term commonly used in the United States to describe a portion of
radio spectrum (1850-1990 MHz). PCS spectrum was auctioned by the FCC beginning
with the A and B Blocks, which were auctioned by the FCC in late 1994 and 1995.
In late 1995 and 1996 the C Block was auctioned (and certain BTAs were
reauctioned following the defaults of participants) and the FCC is currently
conducting simultaneous auctions of the D, E and F Blocks. This portion of radio
spectrum is to be used by PCS licensees to provide wireless communications
services. PCS will initially compete directly with existing cellular telephone,
paging and specialized mobile radio services. PCS will also include features
which are not generally offered by cellular providers, such as data
transmissions to and from portable computers, advanced paging services and
facsimile services. The Company believes that PCS providers will be the first
direct wireless competitors to cellular providers. In addition, PCS providers
may offer mass market wireless local loop applications in competition with wired
local communications services. See "-- Governmental Regulation" for a discussion
of the FCC auction process and allocation of wireless licenses.
OPERATION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Wireless communications system service areas, whether cellular or PCS, are
divided into multiple cells. Due to the frequencies in which they operate,
cellular cells generally have a wider transmission radius than PCS cells. In
both cellular and PCS systems, each cell contains a transmitter, a receiver and
signaling equipment (the "Cell Site"). The Cell Site is connected by microwave
or landline telephone lines to a switch that uses computers to control the
operation of the cellular communications system for the entire service area. The
system controls the transfer of calls from cell to cell as a subscriber's
handset travels, coordinates calls to and from handsets, allocates calls among
the cells within the system and connects calls to the local landline telephone
system or to a long distance telephone carrier. Wireless communications
providers establish interconnection agreements with local exchange carriers and
interexchange carriers, thereby integrating their system with the existing
landline communications system.
Because the signal strength of a transmission between a handset and a Cell
Site declines as the handset moves away from the Cell Site, the switching office
and the Cell Site monitor the signal strength of calls in progress. When the
signal strength of a call declines to a predetermined level, the switching
office may "hand off" the call to another Cell Site where the signal strength is
stronger. If a handset leaves the service area of a cellular or PCS system, the
call is disconnected unless there is a technical connection with the adjacent
system.
Analog cellular handsets are functionally compatible with cellular systems
in all markets within the United States. As a result, analog cellular handsets
may be used wherever a subscriber is located, as long as a cellular system is
operational in the area. Cellular system operators normally
53
<PAGE> 54
agree to provide service to subscribers from other cellular systems who are
temporarily located in or traveling through their service areas. Agreements
among system operators provide that the carrier that normally provides services
to the roaming subscriber pays the serving carrier at rates prescribed by the
serving carrier.
While PCS and cellular systems utilize similar technologies and hardware,
they operate on different frequencies and may use different technical and
network standards. As a result, as discussed further below, it initially will
not be possible for users of one type of system to "roam" on a different type of
system outside of their service area, or to hand off calls from one type of
system to another. This is also true for PCS subscribers seeking to roam in a
PCS service area served by operators using different technical standards.
PCS systems are expected to operate under one of three principal digital
signal transmission technologies, or standards, that have been proposed by
various operators and vendors for use in PCS systems: GSM, CDMA or TDMA. GSM and
TDMA are both "time division-based" standards but are incompatible with each
other and with CDMA. Accordingly, a subscriber of a system that utilizes GSM
technology will be unable to use a GSM handset when traveling in an area not
served by GSM-based PCS operators, unless the subscriber carries a dual-mode
handset that permits the subscriber to use the analog cellular system in that
area. Such dual-mode handsets are not yet commercially available and may be
larger and more expensive than single-mode handsets.
Each of the three principal PCS signaling standards has been adopted by at
least two MTA licensees and offers certain advantages and disadvantages. GSM is
the leading digital wireless technology in the world, with approximately 200
systems operating in 100 countries serving over 21 million subscribers.
GSM-based systems also offer features and services not currently offered by
cellular systems or immediately contemplated by other PCS digital standards,
including private call transmission. An additional benefit associated with GSM
technology is its use of an open system architecture that will allow operators
to purchase network equipment from a variety of vendors that share standard
interfaces for operation. This open architecture provides significant
flexibility by the operator in vendor cost leveraging, and provisioning of
features, products and services.
The CDMA standard is expected to be the most widely adopted PCS technology
in the United States. Proponents of CDMA claim that CDMA-based systems will
require fewer Cell Sites and offer greater capacity, call quality and hand-off
advantages. CDMA-based PCS systems are expected initially to offer the same
features and services offered by CDMA-based cellular systems. CDMA will
initially use a closed system architecture that will limit PCS operators'
choices of equipment vendors.
The TDMA-based PCS standard is an "up-banded" version of the time
division-based digital cellular standard currently in limited use by cellular
operators in the United States. The TDMA-based PCS standard will initially use a
closed system architecture that will also limit PCS operators' choices of
equipment vendors.
54
<PAGE> 55
MARKETS AND SYSTEMS
The Company holds or has the rights to acquire FCC licenses to provide
wireless communications services in 80 separate markets. Within such markets,
the Company's PCS pops total approximately 19.5 million and the Company's
cellular pops total approximately 6.0 million. The Company's PCS MTAs and
cellular markets are summarized in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OWNERSHIP THE COMPANY'S
PCS MTAS(1) POPULATION(2) PERCENTAGE POPS(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Honolulu......................................................... 1,215,729 100 1,215,729
Salt Lake City................................................... 2,999,636 100 2,999,636
El Paso/Albuquerque.............................................. 2,387,710 100 2,387,710
Portland......................................................... 3,460,182 100 3,460,182
Oklahoma City.................................................... 1,945,271 100 1,945,271
Des Moines/Quad Cities(3)........................................ 3,067,795 100 3,067,795
Denver........................................................... 4,411,211 100 4,411,211
------------- -------------
PCS MTA TOTAL................................................ 19,487,534 19,487,534
============== ===============
CELLULAR MARKETS(4)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
California
Mono (CA-6)...................................................... 29,414 100 29,414
------------- -------------
California Total............................................. 29,414 29,414
------------- -------------
Colorado
Pueblo........................................................... 126,699 100 126,699
Elbert (CO-5).................................................... 27,412 100 27,412
Saguache (CO-7).................................................. 45,783 100 45,783
Kiowa (CO-8)..................................................... 44,195 100 44,195
Costilla (CO-9).................................................. 27,322 100 27,322
------------- -------------
Colorado Total............................................... 271,411 271,411
------------- -------------
Idaho
Idaho (ID-2)..................................................... 71,146 100 71,146
------------- -------------
Idaho Total.................................................. 71,146 71,146
------------- -------------
Iowa
Sioux City....................................................... 118,475 100 118,475
Monona (IA-8).................................................... 53,834 100 53,834
------------- -------------
Iowa Total................................................... 172,309 172,309
------------- -------------
Kansas
Jewell (KS-3).................................................... 50,801 100 50,801
Marshall (KS-4).................................................. 143,546 100 143,546
Ellsworth (KS-8)................................................. 128,226 100 128,226
Morris (KS-9).................................................... 56,851 100 56,851
Franklin (KS-10)................................................. 106,245 100 106,245
Reno (KS-14)..................................................... 170,241 100 170,241
------------- -------------
Kansas Total................................................. 655,910 655,910
------------- -------------
Minnesota
Kittson (MN-1)................................................... 49,803 100 49,803
Lake of the Woods (MN-2-A1)...................................... 25,465 100 25,465
------------- -------------
Minnesota Total.............................................. 75,268 75,268
------------- -------------
Missouri
Bates (MO-9)..................................................... 74,562 100 74,562
------------- -------------
Missouri Total............................................... 74,562 74,562
------------- -------------
</TABLE>
55
<PAGE> 56
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OWNERSHIP THE COMPANY'S
CELLULAR MARKETS(4) POPULATION(2) PERCENTAGE POPS(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Montana
Billings......................................................... 129,956 97 126,409
Great Falls...................................................... 81,964 100 81,964
Lincoln (MT-1)................................................... 147,957 100 147,957
Toole (MT-2)..................................................... 38,721 100 38,721
Daniels (MT-4)................................................... 39,463 100 39,463
Mineral (MT-5)................................................... 191,414 100 191,414
Deer Lodge (MT-6)................................................ 64,805 100 64,805
Fergus (MT-7).................................................... 28,746 100 28,746
Beaverhead (MT-8)................................................ 93,272 100 93,272
Carbon (MT-9).................................................... 33,758 100 33,758
Prairie (MT-10).................................................. 20,098 100 20,098
------------- -------------
Montana Total................................................ 870,154 866,607
------------- -------------
Nebraska
Lincoln.......................................................... 230,041 100 230,041
Cherry (NE-2).................................................... 30,507 100 30,507
Knox (NE-3)...................................................... 113,417 100 113,417
Grant (NE-4)..................................................... 35,202 100 35,202
Keith (NE-6)..................................................... 107,775 100 107,775
Hall (NE-7)...................................................... 89,955 100 89,955
Chase (NE-8)..................................................... 56,156 100 56,156
Adams (NE-9)..................................................... 79,860 100 79,860
Cass (NE-10)..................................................... 84,216 100 84,216
------------- -------------
Nebraska Total............................................... 827,129 827,129
------------- -------------
Nevada
Humboldt (NV-1).................................................. 44,192 100 44,192
Lander (NV-2).................................................... 56,427 100 56,427
Mineral (NV-4)................................................... 29,596 100 29,596
White Pine (NV-5)................................................ 14,682 100 14,682
------------- -------------
Nevada Total................................................. 144,897 144,897
------------- -------------
New Mexico
Lincoln (NM-6)................................................... 238,401 100 238,401
------------- -------------
New Mexico Total............................................. 238,401 238,401
------------- -------------
North Dakota
Bismarck......................................................... 88,606 99 88,285
Fargo............................................................ 164,624 100 164,624
Grand Forks...................................................... 104,665 100 104,665
Divide (ND-1).................................................... 101,607 100 101,607
Bottineau (ND-2)................................................. 58,295 100 58,295
McKenzie (ND-4).................................................. 62,449 100 62,449
Kidder (ND-5).................................................... 48,112 100 48,112
------------- -------------
North Dakota Total........................................... 628,358 628,037
------------- -------------
</TABLE>
56
<PAGE> 57
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OWNERSHIP THE COMPANY'S
CELLULAR MARKETS(4) POPULATION(2) PERCENTAGE POPS(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
South Dakota
Rapid City....................................................... 115,071 100 115,071
Sioux Falls...................................................... 137,655 99 135,893
Harding (SD-1)................................................... 35,904 100 35,904
Corson (SD-2).................................................... 22,089 100 22,089
McPherson (SD-3)................................................. 52,595 100 52,595
Marshall (SD-4).................................................. 65,623 100 65,623
Custer (SD-5).................................................... 24,590 100 24,590
Haakon (SD-6).................................................... 38,432 100 38,432
Sully (SD-7)..................................................... 66,118 100 66,118
Kingsbury (SD-8)................................................. 72,547 100 72,547
Harrison (SD-9).................................................. 92,266 100 92,266
------------- -------------
South Dakota Total........................................... 722,890 721,128
------------- -------------
Texas
Abilene.......................................................... 153,207 100 153,207
Lubbock.......................................................... 231,851 100 231,851
Midland.......................................................... 121,145 96 115,706
Odessa........................................................... 130,339 96 125,013
San Angelo....................................................... 106,078 100 106,078
Parmer (TX-3).................................................... 148,641 100 148,641
Gaines (TX-8).................................................... 139,672 100 139,672
Hudspeth (TX-12)................................................. 25,316 100 25,316
Reeves (TX-13)................................................... 31,761 100 31,761
Loving (TX-14)................................................... 48,959 100 48,959
------------- -------------
Texas Total.................................................. 1,136,969 1,126,204
------------- -------------
Wyoming
Casper........................................................... 63,120 100 63,120
Sheridan (WY-2).................................................. 75,629 100 75,629
------------- -------------
Wyoming Total................................................ 138,749 138,749
------------- -------------
CELLULAR TOTAL............................................... 6,057,567 6,041,172
============== ===============
PCS MTA AND CELLULAR TOTAL................................... 25,545,101 25,528,706
============== ===============
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) See "Risk Factors -- Finality of PCS Auctions."
(2) Estimated 1996 populations are based on 1995 estimates by Equifax adjusted
by the Company by a growth factor based upon Equifax's growth factors from
1990 to 1995.
(3) "Quad Cities" refers to the cities of Moline and Rock Island, Illinois, and
Bettendorf and Davenport, Iowa.
(4) Excludes three markets containing a population of 369,316 in which the
Company operates under an Interim Operating Authority ("IOA"). See
"-- Products and Services."
STRATEGY
The Company believes that its combination of cellular and PCS licenses
creates a unique opportunity in the wireless communications industry. The
Company has focused on the acquisition and operation of cellular communications
systems in RSAs and small MSAs in the western United States, which the Company
believes it has acquired at attractive prices. The Company's recent acquisition
of PCS licenses enables it to significantly expand both its customer base and
geographic coverage and to offer enhanced wireless communications services. The
Company's initial focus with its PCS licenses has been, and will continue to be,
to commence operations in the more densely populated areas within its MTAs. The
Company believes that cellular is the optimum technology for rural, less densely
populated areas and that PCS is the optimum technology for more densely
populated urban areas where analog cellular systems are more expensive to deploy
and face potential capacity constraints. The Company and, prior to the Business
Combination, MCLP has entered markets at a relatively low cost, having purchased
cellular licenses for an average of $45.68 per pop and MTA PCS licenses for an
average of $10.81 per pop.
57
<PAGE> 58
The Company's operating strategy is to (i) achieve a critical
time-to-market advantage by rapidly constructing and commencing operations of
PCS systems in urban areas within its PCS markets; (ii) continue to expand its
operations through increased subscriber growth and usage; (iii) utilize its
centralized management and back office functions to support the combined needs
of its cellular and PCS subscribers, thereby further improving operating
efficiencies and generating greater economies of scale; and (iv) selectively
acquire cellular and PCS properties primarily in contiguous markets. The Company
is implementing its strategy by aggressively building its PCS systems, offering
a wide range of products and services at competitive prices, continually
upgrading the quality of its network, establishing strong brand recognition,
creating a strong sales and marketing program tailored to local markets and
providing a superior level of customer service.
The Company believes the wireless communications industry will continue to
grow due to enhanced service offerings, the emergence of PCS systems, increased
awareness of the productivity, convenience and security benefits associated with
wireless communications services and anticipated declines in pricing for its
services. The Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage of these
growth opportunities as a result of its existing operations and systems
infrastructure, its wide geographic coverage and the experience and expertise of
its management team.
CELLULAR OPERATIONS
The Company operates rapidly growing high quality cellular systems in 73
RSAs and small MSAs, and generally owns 100% of each of its cellular licenses.
The Company has focused on operating and expanding its cellular business in RSAs
and small MSAs in the States of Texas, Montana, Nebraska, South Dakota, Kansas,
North Dakota, Colorado, New Mexico, Iowa, Wyoming, Nevada, Minnesota, Missouri,
Idaho and California. In these rural and small urban markets, the Company
believes that its cellular systems, which cover large open geographic areas with
relatively few Cell Sites, incorporate the optimum cost efficient technology.
The Company believes, based on its observations and experience, that there
are several inherent attributes of RSAs and small MSAs that make these markets
attractive:
- Less Developed Markets -- Since the rural and small urban markets were
developed later than major markets, cellular penetration is presently
lower and subscriber growth rates are significantly higher than in the
more established markets.
- Subscriber Base -- The small urban and rural market population base
contains a high percentage of business customers with substantial needs
for wireless communications, such as those employed in agriculture,
mining, oil and gas, and populations accustomed to long travel times.
Additionally, the Company's service areas cover over 20,000 highway miles
and the popular destination areas of Yellowstone National Park, Glacier
National Park and Mount Rushmore National Monument, providing attractive
sources of roaming revenues.
- Attractive Physical Characteristics -- The Company's cellular systems
have the ability to cover on average a much larger geographic area per
Cell Site than is possible in urban markets. Although the initial per pop
capital expenditures are higher in rural markets, the incremental cost of
expanding capacity is lower. By carefully managing its Cell Site
placement, the Company has been able to achieve coverage of over 93% of
the population in its licensed cellular markets.
- Less Intense Competitive Environment -- Although two cellular operators
exist in all markets, the Company's competitor in many of its markets
tends to be smaller and less well capitalized than the large market
operators.
- Less Vulnerable to PCS Competition -- In the future, the Company believes
that PCS will present less competition in small urban and rural markets
than in large urban markets. The MTA licenses, which include multiple
MSAs and the surrounding geographic areas, require
58
<PAGE> 59
the licensees to build one-third coverage of the population of the MTA
within five years of the initial license grant and two-thirds within ten
years. It is likely that licensees will initially construct in the more
densely populated urban areas, providing service to the surrounding
population later, if at all. In addition, in rural markets, PCS requires
more closely located Cell Sites to broadcast over extended geographic
areas and will be less efficient and more expensive to deploy than
cellular service, making it likely that PCS competitors will delay or
avoid entry into such markets.
The Company has experienced rapid growth in subscribers and revenues in its
cellular markets. In addition, monthly subscriber revenue per subscriber in 1995
averaged $57.25 versus a CTIA average of $47.59, reflecting the attractiveness
of the Company's markets and the success of its marketing strategy.
The Company's cellular strategy is to expand its subscriber base through
increased market penetration with an emphasis on retail sales, continue to
introduce competitive wireless service as new technologies and products enter
its cellular markets, continue to provide superior customer service and product
features tailored to its customers' needs at competitive prices and reduce costs
through improved efficiency. See "-- Products and Services" and "-- Marketing,
Sales and Customer Service."
PCS OPERATIONS
The Company has completed initial construction and commenced commercial
operations of its PCS systems in the Honolulu, Salt Lake City, El
Paso/Albuquerque and Portland MTAs and is constructing the initial phase of its
PCS systems in the Oklahoma City, Des Moines/Quad Cities and Denver MTAs. The
Company presently intends to have commenced commercial operations in each of its
MTAs by the end of the first quarter of 1997. When completed, the Company's PCS
systems will cover a substantial geographic area in the western United States
complementary to the Company's cellular operations. After the initial build-out,
the Company expects to extend its PCS systems based on economic factors,
customer demand and FCC licensing requirements. The Company believes its PCS
service offerings are broader than those currently offered by cellular systems
in the Company's PCS markets. PCS service offerings initially include all of the
services typically provided by cellular systems, as well as paging, caller
identification, text messaging, smart cards, voice mail, over-the-air activation
and over-the-air subscriber profile management.
The Company believes that being the first to offer PCS services in a market
is a key competitive advantage. The Company's goal is to achieve significant
market penetration by aggressively marketing competitively priced PCS services
under its proprietary VoiceStream brand name, offering enhanced services not
generally provided by cellular operators and providing superior customer
service. In addition, the Company believes it can become a low-cost provider of
PCS services by taking advantage of the existing business infrastructure
established for its cellular operations, including centralized management,
marketing, billing and customer service functions, and by focusing on efficient
customer acquisition and retention. See " -- Products and Services."
The Company believes that PCS technology is better suited to urban areas
than rural areas and may have cost advantages relative to cellular technology in
urban areas. PCS Cell Sites operate at a higher frequency and lower power than
cellular Cell Sites and, therefore, typically have a smaller coverage area.
Unlike in rural areas, wireless systems in urban areas require substantial
frequency "reuse" to provide high capacity. The coverage advantage that cellular
frequencies and analog technology enjoy in rural areas is not present in urban
areas because analog cellular technology does not provide efficient frequency
reuse. As a result, the higher frequency, lower power, digital PCS systems are
therefore likely to provide greater capacity in urban areas. In addition,
individual PCS Cell Sites are less expensive than cellular Cell Sites.
The Company has selected GSM as the digital standard for its PCS system
because the Company believes it has significant advantages over the other
competing digital standards,
59
<PAGE> 60
including five years of proven operability in Europe and Asia, enhanced features
not presently available with other standards and an open system architecture
that will allow the Company to choose from a variety of equipment options and
providers. GSM is the leading digital wireless standard in the world, with
approximately 200 systems serving over 21 million customers in 100 countries.
The Company believes that deployment of GSM facilitates the Company's
first-to-market efforts, thereby achieving a key element of its strategy. The
GSM digital standard also has been chosen by six other MTA PCS licensees and
several BTA PCS licensees to date. Together, these PCS licensees and Western
Wireless cover PCS markets containing approximately 200 million persons,
representing 75% of the population in the United States.
The Company has entered into roaming agreements or letters of intent with
all of the MTA licensees which have chosen to deploy the GSM standard in their
PCS markets in the United States that will provide for roaming by the Company's
PCS subscribers into these carriers' PCS markets, and vice versa, when such
systems are operational. The Company also has reciprocal roaming agreements or
letters of intent with 28 international carriers who have chosen to deploy the
GSM standard. The Company anticipates entering into similar agreements with
other domestic and international carriers who deploy the GSM standard and with
other cellular carriers. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to GSM Technical
Standard" and "Business -- System Equipment, Development and Expansion -- PCS."
The FCC has divided the United States and its possessions and territories
into PCS markets made up of 51 MTAs and 493 BTAs. There are two MTA Blocks (A
and B) which consist of 30 MHz of spectrum and four BTA Blocks, one of which
consists of 30 MHz of spectrum (C) and three of which consist of 10 MHz of
spectrum (D, E and F). Each MTA consists of at least two BTAs. The FCC has
already completed the auction of the A and B Block licenses. The PCS license
auction process also includes auctions for issuance of broadband BTA licenses,
the first of which was for the C Block licenses (the "C Block auction"), which
was recently concluded. Certain markets won by defaulting bidders were
reauctioned (this reauction was also recently concluded), and the FCC may
reauction remaining markets won by defaulting bidders. In the C Block auction,
30 MHz licenses for the 493 BTAs were sold. Such C Block licenses were reserved
for "entrepreneurs." Generally, an "entrepreneur" is an applicant that has gross
revenues of less than $125 million in each of the last two years and total
assets of less than $500 million at the time the initial application to
participate in the auction was filed. Each eligible C Block applicant may pay
90% of the purchase price of each license that it purchases in installments over
ten years. The FCC has also established bidding credits and more favorable
installment payment plans for applicants qualifying as "small businesses."
Generally, a small business is an entity that has average annual gross revenues
that are not more than $40 million for the preceding three years. In addition,
there are specific preferences affecting C Block awards given to indian tribes
or Alaska Regional or Village Corporations organized pursuant to the Alaska
Native Claims Settlement Act, or entities controlled by such tribes or
corporations. The FCC is currently conducting the broadband PCS auction for the
10 MHz D, E and F Block BTAs. Eligibility for the F Block is limited to
"entrepreneurs," and the FCC has established categories of bidding credits and
more favorable installment payment plans for applicants qualifying as "small
businesses" and "very small businesses." Generally, a very small business is an
entity that has average annual gross revenues that are not more than $15 million
for the preceding three years.
The Company holds a 49.9% limited partnership interest in Cook Inlet PCS,
an entity ultimately controlled by Cook Inlet Region, Inc., an Alaska Native
Regional Corporation. Cook Inlet PCS participated in the C Block auction and
also qualifies for the additional benefits available to a small business.
Participation in Cook Inlet PCS allows the Company to participate as a minority
owner of, and technical services provider to, the PCS businesses established by
Cook Inlet PCS using licenses purchased by Cook Inlet PCS in such auction. The
Company's obligation was to fund approximately 5% (up to approximately $4.0
million) of the total price of any licenses purchased by Cook Inlet PCS and to
provide technical services to Cook Inlet PCS with respect to constructing and
60
<PAGE> 61
operating its wireless communications businesses. Cook Inlet PCS is currently
participating in the FCC's F Block auction. See "The Company," "-- Governmental
Regulation - Licensing of PCS Systems" and "Certain Transactions."
Cook Inlet PCS acquired BTA PCS licenses in the FCC's C Block auction for
the following states:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE COMPANY'S
OWNERSHIP THE COMPANY'S
STATE(1) POPULATION(2) PERCENTAGE POPS(2)
--------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Kansas (1 BTA)............................... 60,473 49.90 30,176
Minnesota (1 BTA)............................ 96,495 49.90 48,151
Oklahoma (3 BTAs)............................ 1,108,337 49.90 553,060
Texas (2 BTAs)............................... 365,008 49.90 182,139
Washington (7 BTAs).......................... 1,728,830 49.90 862,686
------------- -------------
3,359,143 1,676,212
============== ===============
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) See "Risk Factors -- Finality of PCS Auctions."
(2) Estimated 1996 populations are based on 1995 estimates by Equifax adjusted
by the Company by a growth factor based on Equifax's growth factors from
1990 to 1995.
The Company is currently participating in the FCC's 10 MHz D and E Block
BTA PCS auctions and Cook Inlet PCS is participating in the 10 MHz F Block BTA
PCS auction.
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
The Company provides a variety of wireless products and services designed
to match a range of needs for business and personal use.
CELLULAR
The Company offers its subscribers high quality cellular communications, as
well as several custom calling services, such as call forwarding, call waiting,
conference calling, voice message storage and retrieval and no-answer transfer.
In addition, all subscribers can access local government emergency services from
their cellular handsets (with no air time charge) by dialing 911. Customers also
may subscribe to a voice messaging system, which allows callers to record
messages for subscribers who are not available to take calls or who have left
the service area. The subscriber can later retrieve the messages from any
telephone, including a cellular handset. The Company will continue to evaluate
new products and services that may be complementary to its wireless operations.
The Company has designed several pricing options to meet the varied needs of its
customer base. Most options consist of a fixed monthly charge (with varying
allotments of included minutes, in some cases), plus additional variable charges
per minute of use. A high volume caller might find an option with a higher
monthly access charge and low per-minute charges to be most advantageous. Lower
volume users might choose a different package, featuring a lower access fee and
higher per-minute charges. In addition, in most cases the Company separately
charges for its custom calling features.
The Company provides extended regional and national service to cellular
subscribers in its markets, thereby allowing them to make and receive calls
while in other cellular service areas without dialing special access codes,
through its membership in NACN and other regional networking arrangements. This
service distinguishes the Company's service and call delivery features from
those of some of its competitors. NACN is the largest wireless telephone network
system in the world, linking non-wireline cellular operators throughout the
United States, Canada, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. See "-- Governmental
Regulation." NACN connects key areas across North America so that customers can
use their cellular handsets to place and receive calls in these areas as easily
as they do in their home areas. Through NACN, customers receive calls
automatically as
61
<PAGE> 62
they roam in more than 2,200 cities. By dialing subscribers' cellular numbers,
the caller can reach subscribers without knowing their location or having to
dial additional roaming access numbers. In addition, special services such as
call forwarding and call waiting automatically follow the subscribers as they
travel. The Company also has special roaming arrangements with certain cellular
carriers in areas adjacent to the Company's markets that provide the Company's
customers attractive rates when roaming in these surrounding areas.
In addition to service in its cellular markets, the Company offers cellular
service under Interim Operating Authorities ("IOAs") from the FCC in three
markets containing 369,316 persons which are contiguous to the Company's
existing markets. The holder of an IOA is designated to provide service to a
market in which the FCC has not granted a cellular license due to pending
litigation. The Company currently is seeking to acquire the cellular licenses in
those markets in which it offers cellular services under an IOA. While it is
unclear how long the Company will be able to provide such service under its
IOAs, the Company has been able to provide such service at a low cost and
believes that its existing cellular customers benefit from the additional market
coverage.
The Company provides replacement wireless services for rural customers in
sparsely populated areas where the cost of providing wired telephone services is
relatively high. In addition, fixed cellular service can be particularly useful
for providing temporary service to locations that cannot rapidly be wired for
service through the landline areas. Fixed cellular applications are also
currently being used to replace existing landline facilities for remote
monitoring of various alarm devices.
PCS
The Company is currently operating PCS systems in the Honolulu, Salt Lake
City, El Paso/Albuquerque and Portland MTAs and will offer PCS services in its
three other MTAs using the GSM standard. The Company currently offers several
distinct services and features in its operational MTAs, including:
- Enhanced Features -- The Company's PCS systems offer caller
identification, call hold, voice mail, numeric paging, as well as custom
calling features such as call waiting, conference calling and call
forwarding.
- Messaging and Wireless Data Transmission -- Digital networks offer voice
and data communications, including text messaging, through a single
handset. The Company believes that, as data transmission services
develop, a number of uses for such services will emerge, including short
message or alphanumeric paging service, mobile office applications (e.g.,
facsimile, electronic mail and connecting notebook computers with
computer/data networks), access to stock quote services, transmission of
text, connections of wireless point-of-sale terminals to host computers,
monitoring of alarm systems, automation of meter reading and monitoring
of status and inventory levels of vending machines.
- Call Security and Privacy -- Sophisticated encryption algorithms provide
increased call security, encouraging users to make private, business and
personal calls with significantly lower risk of eavesdropping than on
analog-based systems.
- Smart Card -- "Smart" cards, programmed with the user's billing
information and a specified service package, allow subscribers to obtain
PCS connectivity automatically, simply by inserting their smart cards
into compatible PCS handsets. With roaming agreements between the local
providers and the Company in place, smart cards also enable subscribers
to roam wherever GSM is deployed by using their smart cards with handsets
compatible with the system.
- Over-the-Air Activation and Over-the Air Subscriber Profile
Management -- The Company is able to transmit changes in the subscriber's
feature package, including mobile number assignment and personal
directory numbers, directly to the subscriber's handset. This
62
<PAGE> 63
eliminates the need to manually program the handset and simplifies the
activation process for both the sales agent and the subscriber.
- Extended Battery Performance -- Digital handsets are capable of entering
into a "sleep" mode when not in use, significantly extending the
handset's battery performance. In addition, because the Company's PCS
systems utilize tightly spaced, low power transmitters, less power is
required to transmit calls, thereby further extending battery
performance.
The Company currently offers a number of rate plans in its MTA PCS markets
which vary the level of the monthly fixed fee for a certain amount of usage and
the cost of incremental usage. The Company's PCS offerings include additional
features beyond those generally offered by cellular competitors that the Company
believes, when combined with its rate plans, should create significant customer
appeal for its PCS systems.
The Company believes that its subscribers will be able to roam in
substantial portions of the United States, either on other GSM-based PCS systems
operated by current licensees or licensees that acquire PCS licenses in FCC
auctions or by using dual-mode handsets that, when available, also can be used
on existing cellular systems. The Company believes that dual-mode handsets will
be commercially available in sufficient quantities by the end of 1997 and has
entered into an agreement with Nokia to acquire dual-mode handsets. The
Company's ability to establish a PCS subscriber base and to compete successfully
in the PCS business with those operators offering greater roaming capabilities
may be adversely affected by the fact that the Company's PCS subscribers will
only be able to roam into regions served by GSM-based PCS systems until dual-
mode handsets permitting them to use the existing cellular system become
available. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to GSM Technical Standard" and
"-- Absence of PCS Operating History in the United States; Handset
Availability."
OTHER PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Paging. Since the acquisition of its paging business in February 1996, the
Company has provided paging services in Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Montana,
Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota and Wyoming, and currently serves
approximately 27,000 customers. The Company markets paging services as a package
with its voice services. Revenues from paging are expected to account for less
than 3% of the Company's total revenues in 1996. The Company has construction
permits from the FCC to expand its paging services in states in which the
Company currently operates and has applications pending before the FCC to expand
its paging services into Nevada. The Company has reached reciprocal development
or reseller agreements for paging services with AT&T Wireless, AirTouch Paging,
PageNet, MobileMedia and others. See "Certain Transactions."
International. In 1995, the Company began pursuing licenses for wireless
services in markets outside the United States. The Company has joined
partnerships which have made wireless license applications. The Company is a
partner in a partnership that has an interest in a joint venture which has
obtained the GSM cellular license in Latvia and is a partner in a limited
liability corporation that has an interest in an entity which has obtained the
GSM cellular license in the country of Georgia. Generally, the Company intends
to work with experienced international operators and local companies and
individuals and own a minority interest in the venture. The Company currently
has joint development agreements or letters of intent with an affiliate of
Metromedia International Group Inc. in Eastern Europe and Matrix
Telecommunications Limited in Indonesia. The Company may commit capital and
other resources to such ventures from time to time as it deems appropriate and
as permitted by the Senior Secured Facilities, the 10 1/2% Notes Indenture and
the Indenture. See "Description of Indebtedness."
63
<PAGE> 64
MARKETING, SALES AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
The Company's sales and marketing strategy is to generate continued net
subscriber growth and increased subscriber revenues. In addition, the Company
targets a customer base which it believes is likely to generate higher monthly
service revenues, while attempting to achieve a low cost of adding new
subscribers. The Company markets its services under nationally recognized and
proprietary brand names, and sells its products and services through a
combination of direct and indirect distribution channels with a well-trained
Company sales force.
MARKETING
The Company markets its cellular products and services in all markets
principally under the name CELLULAR ONE. CELLULAR ONE, the first national brand
name in the cellular industry, is currently utilized by a national coalition of
507 cellular licensees in the 50 states with a combined estimated population of
over 183 million. The national advertising campaign conducted by the Cellular
One Group enhances the Company's advertising exposure at a fraction of the cost
of what could be achieved by the Company alone. The Company also obtains
substantial marketing benefits from the name recognition associated with this
widely used service mark, both with existing subscribers traveling outside the
Company's service areas and with potential new subscribers moving into the
Company's markets. If the name CELLULAR ONE were to suffer diminished marketing
appeal, the Company, in such circumstances or otherwise, may explore development
or acquisition of a new service mark. AT&T Wireless, which has been the single
largest user of the CELLULAR ONE brand name, has reduced its use of the brand
name as a primary service mark. See "Risk Factors -- Intellectual Property and
Branding."
The Company markets its PCS products and services under its proprietary
VoiceStream brand name. The Company commenced offering its PCS products and
services in its MTA PCS market with newspaper, radio and television
advertisements. The Company's objective is to develop brand recognition of
VoiceStream through substantial advertising and direct marketing in each of its
PCS markets.
In marketing its PCS services, the Company intends to emphasize the
enhanced features, privacy and competitive pricing of such services. Initially,
the Company intends to concentrate its PCS marketing efforts primarily on large
communications-intensive corporate and trade accounts, which would benefit from
integrated mobile voice, messaging and wireless data transmission capabilities,
and subscribers with substantial needs for wireless communications who would
benefit from enhanced features and services.
SALES
The Company sells its products and services through a combination of direct
and indirect channels. The Company operates 137 local sales offices (which also
serve as retail sales locations) and utilizes a direct sales force of over 750
persons based out of these offices, who are trained to educate new customers on
the features of its products. The Company's training programs provide its sales
employees with an in-depth understanding of the Company's system, products and
services so that they, in turn, can provide extensive information to prospective
customers. Sales commissions generally are linked both to subscriber revenue and
subscriber retention, as well as activation levels.
The Company believes that its local sales offices provide the physical
presence in local markets necessary to position the Company as a quality local
service provider, and give the Company greater control over both its costs and
the sales process. The Company also utilizes indirect sales through an extensive
network of national and local merchant and specialty retailers, including Wal-
Mart, Best Buy and Radio Shack. The Company uses both product discounts and
commissions as a means of compensating its independent sales agents. The Company
intends to continue to use a combination of direct and indirect sales channels,
with the mix depending on the demographics of each particular market.
64
<PAGE> 65
In addition, the Company acts as a retail distributor of handsets and
maintains inventories of handsets. Although subscribers generally are
responsible for purchasing or otherwise obtaining their own handsets, the
Company offers discounts on the price of handsets to its subscribers. The
Company operates 137 local sales offices in the U.S., including 96 under the
CELLULAR ONE brand name, 14 under the Phones-To-Go brand name and 27 under the
VoiceStream brand name. The Company negotiates volume discounts for the purchase
of handsets. To respond to competition and in accordance with general industry
practice, the Company has historically sold handsets below cost. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Excellent customer service is an essential element of the Company's
operating philosophy. The Company is committed to attracting and retaining
subscribers by providing consistently superior customer service. At its
headquarters in Issaquah, Washington, the Company maintains a highly
sophisticated monitoring and control system, a staff of customer service
personnel and a well-trained technical staff to handle both routine and complex
questions as they arise, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
The Company implements credit check procedures at the time of sale and
continuously monitors customer churn. The Company believes that it helps manage
its churn rate through an outreach program implemented through its sales force
and customer service personnel. This program not only enhances subscriber
loyalty, but also increases add-on sales and customer referrals. The outreach
program allows the sales staff to check customer satisfaction, as well as to
offer additional calling features, such as voice mail, call waiting and call
forwarding.
To ensure superior service, the Company engages a third-party marketing
research firm to perform customer satisfaction surveys.
SYSTEM EQUIPMENT, DEVELOPMENT AND EXPANSION
CELLULAR
The Company selects equipment that it believes provides reliable and high
quality performance characteristics. The Company generally employs Cell Site and
switching equipment manufactured by Lucent Technologies Inc. ("Lucent") and
NORTEL. The system design incorporates the use of carefully selected sites to
maximize the system coverage in rural areas. Because it operates clusters of
contiguous markets, the Company has designed systems using higher-power sites.
This type of system design requires fewer Cell Sites and therefore lower capital
expenditures, maintenance costs and operating expenses. In many of its MSAs, the
Company employs lower power, lower elevation sites. In a few densely populated
areas, the Company sectorizes and directionalizes its Cell Sites to provide
additional capacity. Most Lucent and NORTEL Cell Sites operated by the Company
have been built to accommodate digital equipment.
The Company develops or builds out its cellular service areas by adding
channels to existing Cell Sites and by building new Cell Sites for the purpose
of increasing capacity and improving coverage in direct response to actual or
projected subscriber demand. Projections involve a traffic analysis of usage by
existing subscribers and an estimation of the number of additional subscribers
in each such area. The Company has historically met such demand through a
combination of augmenting channel capacity in existing Cell Sites and building
new Cell Sites. The Company's cellular systems cover over 93% of the population
in its markets and its systems are not currently capacity constrained. Cell Site
expansion to increase geographic coverage is expected to enable the Company to
continue to add subscribers, enhance use of its systems by existing subscribers,
increase roamer traffic due to the larger geographic area covered by the
cellular network and further enhance the overall efficiency of the network. The
Company believes that such increased cellular coverage will have a positive
impact on market penetration and subscriber usage.
65
<PAGE> 66
The Company employs a large staff of technicians who are experienced and
trained in operating cellular systems and who will be trained to handle the PCS
systems. Currently, technicians are responsible for installing system equipment
and performing preventative maintenance and repairs. Standards for preventative
maintenance are determined and reviewed centrally by the engineering operations
staff. All Company systems are designed with built-in redundancy on critical
parts, thereby reducing the risk of service interruptions. Back-up battery
systems, and in some cases generators, exist at all Cell Sites and switching
locations. In addition, sites have fire, power and intrusion alarm systems which
have call-out systems and are monitored centrally. Through the use of
sophisticated monitoring equipment, technicians at the Company's service center
are able to remotely monitor the technical performance of all of the Company's
service areas.
PCS
The Company has selected the GSM standard for use in its PCS markets, and
has entered into supply agreements with NORTEL and Nokia to provide system
equipment and PCS and dual-mode handsets. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to
GSM Technical Standard" and "-- Products and Services." The Company's system
design incorporates the use of lower power, lower elevation sites in densely
populated areas.
In order for the Company's subscribers to roam into other PCS markets (and
vice versa), at least one PCS licensee in the other market must utilize the same
digital standard. As of the date hereof, six other MTA PCS licensees and a
number of BTA PCS licensees have announced that they intend to deploy GSM-based
PCS systems. Together, these PCS licensees and the Company hold licenses for
markets containing approximately 200 million persons, representing approximately
75% of the U.S. population. PCS operators in several markets adjacent to the
Company's PCS markets, including California, Minnesota, Nevada and Missouri,
have announced publicly that they intend to use the GSM standard. PrimeCo and
Sprint Spectrum have publicly announced that they intend to deploy PCS systems
based on a CDMA standard. AT&T Wireless and Southwestern Bell have selected a
TDMA standard. It is anticipated that together, CDMA-based PCS providers,
including competitors in several of the Company's markets, will own licenses
covering approximately 87% of the U.S. population (based on 1990 U.S. Census
Bureau figures used by the FCC for auction purposes) and AT&T Wireless and
Southwestern Bell, with their TDMA standard, own PCS licenses which cover
approximately 45% of the U.S. population (based on 1990 U.S. Census Bureau
figures used by the FCC for auction purposes). In order for the Company's PCS
subscribers to roam in other markets, and vice versa, at least one PCS licensee
in the other market must utilize the GSM standard, or the subscribers must use
dual-mode handsets that would permit the subscriber to use the cellular system
in the other market. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to GSM Technical
Standard."
The successful implementation of the PCS systems will be dependent, to a
significant degree, upon the Company's ability to lease or acquire sites for the
location of its base station equipment. The site selection process will require
the negotiation of lease or acquisition agreements for hundreds of sites for the
entire PCS systems, and will likely require the Company to obtain zoning
variances or other governmental approvals or permits. The Company has leased
over 730 sites in its seven MTAs. A complete engineering analysis as to the
usability of all of these sites has not been conducted. The Company expects that
the site acquisition process will continue throughout the build-out of the PCS
systems. See "Risk Factors -- PCS Build-out and Capital Expenditures." In
addition to site selection, the implementation of the Company's PCS systems will
involve construction, base station and equipment installation and systems
testing and may require that the Company relocate existing licensees operating
fixed microwave systems. See "Risk Factors -- Relocation of Fixed Microwave
Licensees."
The Company believes that its PCS systems will not experience any spectrum
capacity constraints in the foreseeable future and that it will not be necessary
to expand the system's capacity until after the build-out has been completed.
System capacity can be expanded by installing additional transmitters at the
existing sites and by adding additional base stations. Additional capacity
typically will be added in increments that parallel demand and at substantially
less than the
66
<PAGE> 67
proportionate cost of the initial system. The Company believes the cost of this
additional capacity will be highly competitive with the cellular industry's cost
of adding capacity for additional subscribers.
COMPETITION
The competition in the wireless communications industry is intense.
Competition for subscribers among wireless licensees is based principally upon
the services and features offered, the technical quality of the wireless system,
customer service, system coverage, capacity and price. Such competition may
increase to the extent that licenses are transferred from smaller, stand-alone
operators to large, better capitalized and more experienced wireless
communications operators who may be able to offer subscribers certain network
advantages similar to those offered by the Company.
The Company has one cellular competitor in each of its cellular markets
including CommNet, Lincoln Telecommunications Company, Kansas Cellular,
Southwestern Bell and U S WEST, and there will be up to six PCS licensees in
each of its markets. The Company's principal competitors in its PCS business are
PrimeCo, Sprint Spectrum and AT&T Wireless, as well as the two existing cellular
providers in its PCS markets. The Company also competes with paging, dispatch
and conventional mobile telephone companies, resellers and landline telephone
service providers. Potential users of cellular systems may, however, find their
communications needs satisfied by other current and developing technologies.
One- or two-way paging or beeper services that feature voice messaging and data
display as well as tone only service may be adequate for potential subscribers
who do not need to speak to the caller. In the future, cellular service may also
compete more directly with traditional landline telephone service providers. See
"Risk Factors -- Competition."
The Company's PCS business will directly compete in each market with up to
five other PCS providers, including Sprint Spectrum, AT&T Wireless and PrimeCo.
The Company will also compete with existing cellular service providers in its
PCS markets, many of which have been operational for a number of years and have
significantly greater financial and technical resources than those available to
the Company and who may upgrade their systems to provide comparable services in
competition with the Company's PCS systems. These cellular competitors include
AT&T Wireless, U S WEST and U.S. Cellular.
The FCC requires all cellular, broadband PCS and certain SMR system
operators to provide service to "resellers." However, with respect to broadband
PCS licensees, the resale rule sunsets five years after the last group of
initial licenses for currently alloted PCS spectrum is awarded. A reseller
provides wireless service to customers but does not hold an FCC license or own
facilities. Instead, the reseller buys blocks of wireless telephone numbers and
capacity from a licensed carrier and resells service through its own
distribution network to the public. Thus, a reseller is both a customer of a
wireless licensee's services and also a competitor of that licensee. Several
small resellers currently operate in competition with the Company's systems.
The cost to the Company of PCS handsets initially will be higher than its
cost of cellular handsets. In order to compete effectively with sellers of
analog cellular handsets, the Company subsidizes the sale of its PCS handsets to
a greater extent than cellular handsets.
In the future, in its cellular and PCS markets the Company expects to face
increased competition from entities providing other communications technologies
and services. While some of these technologies and services are currently
operational, others are being developed or may be developed in the future. See
"Risk Factors -- Competition."
The FCC has licensed SMR dispatch system operators to construct digital
mobile communications systems on existing SMR frequencies, referred to as ESMR,
in many areas throughout the United States, including most of the areas in which
the Company operates. When constructed,
67
<PAGE> 68
ESMR systems could be competitive with the Company's wireless service. As a
result of advances in digital technology, ESMR operators have begun to design
and deploy digital mobile networks that increase the frequency capacity of ESMR
systems to a level that may be competitive with that of wireless systems. A
limited number of ESMR operators have recently begun offering short messaging,
data services and interconnected voice telephony services on a limited basis.
Several ESMR licensees have recently announced their intention to merge into one
company and plan to build and operate digital mobile networks in most major
United States markets.
The FCC has also allocated radio channels to a satellite system in which
transmissions from mobile units to satellites may augment or replace
transmissions to cellular or PCS cell sites. Several companies have announced
plans to design, construct, deploy and operate satellite-based
telecommunications systems worldwide. American Mobile Satellite Corporation has
designed a geosynchronous earth orbit satellite system for communications
services. That satellite has recently begun providing voice services. Several
low earth orbit ("LEO") satellite systems have been proposed that would use
multiple satellites to provide worldwide coverage. The first LEO system is
proposed for service in 1998. In addition, others have applied to the FCC for
licenses to operate satellite communications and video transmission systems in
the 28 GHz Ka band. The Company does not currently view such systems as direct
competitors.
Continuing technological advances in communications and FCC policies that
encourage the development of new spectrum-based technologies may result in new
technologies that compete with cellular and PCS systems. In addition, the
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 requires, among other things, the
allocation to commercial use of a portion of 200 MHz of the spectrum currently
reserved for government use. It is possible that some portion of the spectrum
that is reallocated will be used to create new land-mobile services or to expand
existing land-mobile services.
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION
The FCC regulates the licensing, construction, operation, acquisition and
sale of cellular and PCS systems in the United States pursuant to the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules,
regulations and policies promulgated by the FCC thereunder (the "Communications
Act").
LICENSING OF CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
A cellular communications system operates under a protected geographic
service area license granted by the FCC for a particular market on one of two
frequency blocks allocated for cellular service. One license for each market was
initially awarded to a company or group that was affiliated with a local
landline telephone carrier in such market and is called the wireline or "B" band
license and the other license is called the non-wireline or "A" band license.
Following notice of completion of construction, a cellular operator obtains
initial operating authority. Cellular authorizations are issued generally for a
10-year term beginning on the date of the grant of the initial construction
permit. Under FCC rules, the authorized service area of a cellular provider in
each of its markets is referred to as the Cellular Geographic Service Area or
CGSA. A cellular licensee has the exclusive right to serve the entire area that
falls within the licensee's MSA or RSA for a period of five years after grant of
the licensee's construction permit. At the end of the five-year period, however,
the licensee's exclusive CGSA rights become limited to the area actually served
by the licensee as of that time, as determined pursuant to a formula adopted by
the FCC. After the five-year period any entity may apply to serve portions of
the MSA or RSA not being served by the licensee. The five-year exclusivity
period has expired for most licensees and parties have filed unserved area
applications, including some in the Company's markets.
Near the conclusion of the 10-year license term, licensees must file
applications for renewal of licenses to obtain authority to renew their license.
The FCC has adopted specific standards to apply
68
<PAGE> 69
to cellular renewals, under which standard the FCC will award a renewal
expectancy to a cellular licensee that (i) has provided substantial service
during its past license term and (ii) has substantially complied with applicable
FCC rules and policies and the Communications Act. Violations of the
Communications Act or the FCC's rules could result in license revocations,
forfeitures or fines.
Cellular radio service providers also must satisfy a variety of FCC
requirements relating to technical and reporting matters. One such requirement
is the coordination of proposed frequency usage with adjacent cellular users,
permittees and licensees in order to avoid electrical interference between
adjacent systems. In addition, the height and power of base station transmitting
facilities and the type of signals they emit must fall within specified
parameters. The FCC has also provided guidelines respecting cellular service
resale practices and the terms under which certain ancillary services may be
provided through cellular facilities.
Cellular and PCS systems are subject to certain FAA regulations respecting
the location, lighting and construction of transmitter towers and antennae and
may be subject to regulation under the National Environmental Policy Act and the
environmental regulations of the FCC. State or local zoning and land use
regulations also apply to the Company's activities. The Company uses common
carrier point to point microwave facilities to connect Cell Sites and to link
them to the main switching office. These facilities are separately licensed by
the FCC and are subject to regulation as to technical parameters and service.
The Communications Act preempts state and local regulation of the entry of,
or the rates charged by, any provider of commercial mobile radio service
("CMRS") or any private mobile radio service ("PMRS"), which includes cellular
(and PCS) service. Notwithstanding such preemption, a state may petition the FCC
for authority to regulate the rates for any CMRS, and California, Hawaii and
Wyoming, where the Company provides service, have done so. However, the State of
Wyoming withdrew its petition on its own motion, and the FCC denied the
California and Hawaii petitions, as well as a California petition for
reconsideration.
TRANSFERS AND ASSIGNMENTS OF CELLULAR LICENSES
The Communications Act and FCC rules require the FCC's prior approval of
the assignment or transfer of control of a construction permit or license for a
cellular system. Subject to FCC approval, a license or permit may be transferred
from a nonwireline entity to a wireline entity, or vice versa. Non-controlling
interests in an entity that holds a cellular license or cellular system
generally may be bought or sold without prior FCC approval. Any acquisition or
sale by the Company of cellular interests may also require the prior approval of
the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice, if over a certain
size, as well as any state or local regulatory authorities having competent
jurisdiction.
In addition, the FCC's rules prohibit the alienation of any ownership
interest in an RSA application, or an entity holding such an application, prior
to the grant of a construction permit. For unserved cellular areas, no change of
control may take place until after the FCC has granted both a construction
permit and a license and the licensee has provided service to the public for at
least one year. These restrictions affect the ability of prospective purchasers,
including the Company, to enter into agreements for RSA and unserved area
acquisitions prior to the lapse of the applicable transfer restriction periods.
The restriction on sale of interests in RSA and unserved area applications and
on agreements for such sales should not have a greater effect on the Company
than on any other prospective buyer.
LICENSING OF PCS SYSTEMS
In order to increase competition in wireless communications, promote
improved quality and service and make available the widest possible range of
wireless services, federal legislation was enacted directing the FCC to allocate
radio frequency spectrum for PCS by competitive bidding. A
69
<PAGE> 70
PCS system operates under a protected geographic service area license granted by
the FCC for a particular market on one of six frequency blocks allocated for
broadband PCS service. The FCC has divided the United States and its possessions
and territories into PCS markets made up of 493 BTAs and 51 MTAs. Each MTA
consists of at least two BTAs. As many as six licensees will compete in each PCS
service area. The FCC has allocated 120 MHz of radio spectrum in the 2 GHz band
for licensed broadband PCS services. The FCC divided the 120 MHz of spectrum
into six individual blocks, each of which is allocated to serve either MTAs or
BTAs. The spectrum allocation includes two 30 MHz blocks (A and B Blocks)
licensed for each of the 51 MTAs, one 30 MHz block (C Block) licensed for each
of the 493 BTAs, and three 10 MHz blocks (D, E and F Blocks) licensed for each
of the 493 BTAs. A PCS license will be awarded for each MTA or BTA in every
block, for a total of more than 2,000 licenses.
Under the FCC's current rules specifying spectrum aggregation limits
affecting broadband PCS licensees, no entity may hold licenses for more than 45
MHz of PCS, cellular and SMR services regulated as CMRS where there is
significant overlap in any geographic area (significant overlap will occur when
at least ten percent of the population of the PCS licensed service area is
within the CGSA(s) and/or SMR service area(s)).
The Company owns cellular licenses serving markets that are wholly or
partially within the Denver MTA, resulting in the Company exceeding the FCC's
current 45 MHz CMRS cross-ownership restriction described above. The Company has
a period of time after acquisition of the Denver MTA in which to comply with
this ownership restriction. In the event that this restriction is imposed, the
Company will be obligated to divest sufficient portions of its PCS market or its
cellular holdings to come into compliance with the rules. The Company does not
believe such restriction or any actions the Company is required to take to
comply therewith will have a material adverse effect on the Company.
When mutually exclusive applications (i.e., two or more applications
competing for the same service in the same geographic area) are filed for the
same MTA or BTA, those licenses will be awarded pursuant to auctions. The FCC
has adopted comprehensive rules that outline the bidding process, describe the
bidding application and payment process, establish penalties for certain bid
withdrawals, default or disqualification, establish regulatory safeguards,
reserve two of the six frequency blocks (the C and F Blocks) for "entrepreneurs"
and small businesses and in the case of one of the blocks (the F Block) provide
certain additional preferences for very small businesses. Winning C Block
bidders may pay 90% of the purchase price of their licenses in installments over
ten years, and winning F Block bidders may pay 80% of the purchase price of
their licenses in installments over ten years.
The FCC has already completed the auction of the A and B Block licenses,
and the winning bidders' licenses were granted on June 23, 1995. All of the MTA
PCS licenses, including those of the Company, have been awarded by the FCC, and
the licensees are permitted to construct and operate their PCS systems.
Furthermore, no appeals of the FCC Order granting these licenses are pending,
and, accordingly, the Order granting the licenses is final and non-appealable.
Nevertheless, there are certain unresolved actions before the FCC and in federal
court challenging certain FCC rules that applied to the A and B Block auction.
Specifically, on November 9, 1995, the United States Court of Appeals for the
Sixth Circuit rendered its decision in Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company, Inc.
v. FCC, 69 F.3d 752, holding that the FCC's cellular eligibility restriction and
the twenty percent bright line cellular attribution standard were arbitrary and
remanding the rules to the FCC for further proceedings. In response to the
Court's order, the FCC issued a Report and Order on June 24, 1996 eliminating
the cellular/PCS cross-ownership rule and the PCS spectrum cap rule but
maintaining the 45 MHz cap on CMRS spectrum (including cellular, broadband PCS
and included SMR). Appeals challenging this Report and Order are currently being
held in abeyance by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit pending
resolution of two outstanding petitions for reconsideration of the Report and
Order by the FCC. These developments raise a possibility that all of the
broadband PCS auctions conducted to date could be invalidated, including the A
and B Block auction. As a result of the challenges, although it currently
appears unlikely, the Company could lose its PCS
70
<PAGE> 71
licenses or have adverse conditions imposed on them, and in such event the loss
resulting from any adverse conditions or, in the case of license revocation,
from its costs and expenses in bidding for and obtaining the licenses and in
beginning the site acquisition and build-out for its PCS systems could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Facility of PCS
Auctions."
The auction of C Block licenses commenced on December 18, 1995 and was
completed on May 6, 1996. The winning bidders' licenses were granted on
September 17, 1996, subject to petitions to deny or reconsideration by the FCC
on its own motion, with the exception of those licenses of winning bidders who
failed to submit the required first installment of their down payments. The FCC
conducted a reauction of those licenses, which was recently concluded. Cook
Inlet PCS, in which the Company holds a 49.9% non-controlling interest, has
received the initial grant of its licenses for 13 BTAs from the C Block auction,
and was the high bidder for a 14th BTA in the C Block reauction. Additionally,
nine companies defaulted in their payment of the required second installment of
their down payments for C Block licenses, and the FCC may reauction those
licenses. As described above, on November 9, 1995, the U.S. Court of Appeals for
the Sixth Circuit held that the FCC had not adequately justified certain FCC
rules relating to the eligibility of cellular licensees and investors to hold,
or invest in the holders of, PCS licenses, which rules applied in the C Block
auction and reauction as well as the A and B Block auction. Ensuing court and
administrative challenges were made to the FCC's June 24, 1996 Report and Order
reexamining the cellular eligibility rules and certain other PCS rules. The
Company cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings or their impact on the C
Block auction or the PCS licensing and regulatory scheme generally.
All PCS licenses will be granted for a 10-year period, at the end of which
they must be renewed. The FCC has adopted specific standards to apply to PCS
renewals, under which the FCC will award a renewal expectancy to a PCS licensee
that (i) has provided substantial service during its past license term and (ii)
has substantially complied with applicable FCC rules and policies and the
Communications Act. All 30 MHz broadband PCS licensees, including the Company,
must construct facilities that offer coverage to one-third of the population of
their service area within five years of their initial license grants and to
two-thirds of the population within ten years. Licensees that fail to meet the
coverage requirements may be subject to forfeiture of the license. FCC rules
restrict the voluntary assignments or transfers of control of C and F Block
licenses. During the first five years of the license term, assignments or
transfers affecting control are permitted only to assignees or transferees that
meet the eligibility criteria for participation in the entrepreneur block
auction at the time the application for assignment or transfer of control is
filed, or if the proposed assignee or transferee holds other licenses for C and
F Blocks and, at the time of receipt of such licenses, met the same eligibility
criteria. Any transfers or assignments during the entire 10 year initial license
term are subject to unjust enrichment penalties, i.e., forfeiture of any bidding
credits and acceleration of any installment payment plans should the assignee or
transferee not qualify for the same benefits. In the case of the C and F Blocks,
the FCC will conduct random audits to ensure that licensees are in compliance
with the FCC's eligibility rules. Violations of the Communications Act or the
FCC's rules could result in license revocations, forfeitures or fines.
For a period of up to five years after the grant of a PCS license (subject
to extension), a PCS licensee will be required to share spectrum with existing
licensees that operate certain fixed microwave systems within its license area.
To secure a sufficient amount of unencumbered spectrum to operate its PCS
systems efficiently and with adequate population coverage, the Company will need
to relocate many of these incumbent licensees. In an effort to balance the
competing interests of existing microwave users and newly authorized PCS
licensees, the FCC has adopted (i) a transition plan to relocate such microwave
operators to other spectrum blocks and (ii) a cost sharing plan so that if the
relocation of an incumbent benefits more than one PCS licensee, the benefitting
PCS licensees will share the cost of the relocation. This transition plan allows
most microwave users to operate in the PCS spectrum for a two-year voluntary
negotiation period and an additional one-year mandatory negotiation period. For
public safety entities dedicating
71
<PAGE> 72
a majority of their system communications for police, fire or emergency medical
services operations, the voluntary negotiation period is three years, with an
additional two year mandatory negotiation period. The FCC is considering
shortening the voluntary negotiation period by one year and lengthening the
mandatory negotiation period by one year for PCS licensees in the C, D, E and F
Blocks. Parties unable to reach agreement within these time periods may refer
the matter to the FCC for resolution, but the incumbent microwave user is
permitted to continue its operations until final FCC resolution of the matter.
The transition and cost sharing plans expire on April 4, 2005, at which time
remaining incumbents in the PCS spectrum will be responsible for their costs to
relocate to alternate spectrum locations. The Company has already reached
agreements with some of the microwave incumbents affecting the Company's PCS
systems; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful
in reaching timely agreements with the remaining existing microwave licensees
needed to construct and operate its PCS systems or that any such agreements will
be on terms favorable to the Company. The Company may also be required to
contribute to the costs of relocation under agreements reached by other PCS
licensees if such relocation benefits the Company's license areas. See "Risk
Factors -- Relocation of Fixed Microwave Licensees" and "-- Finality of PCS
Auctions."
TRANSFERS AND ASSIGNMENTS OF PCS LICENSES
The Communications Act and FCC rules require the FCC's prior approval of
the assignment or transfer of control of a license for a PCS system. In
addition, the FCC has established transfer disclosure requirements that require
licensees who transfer control of or assign a PCS license within the first three
years of their license term to file associated contracts for sale, option
agreements, management agreements or other documents disclosing the total
consideration that the licensee would receive in return for the transfer or
assignment of its license. Non-controlling interests in an entity that holds a
PCS license or PCS system generally may be bought or sold without FCC approval.
Any acquisition or sale by the Company of PCS interests may also require the
prior approval of the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice if
over a certain size, as well as state or local regulatory authorities having
competent jurisdiction.
FOREIGN OWNERSHIP
Under existing law, no more than 20% of an FCC licensee's capital stock may
be owned, directly or indirectly, or voted by non-U.S. citizens or their
representatives, by a foreign government or its representatives or by a foreign
corporation. Because the Company itself does not hold any FCC license but
instead controls other companies which themselves hold the licenses (which is
the current and intended structure), up to 25% of the Company's capital stock
may be owned or voted by non-U.S. citizens or their representatives, by a
foreign government or its representatives or by a foreign corporation. Alien
ownership above the 25% level may be allowed should the FCC find such higher
levels not inconsistent with the public interest. If foreign ownership of the
Company were to exceed the 25% level, the FCC could revoke the Company's FCC
licenses, although the Company could seek a declaratory ruling from the FCC
allowing the foreign ownership or take other actions to reduce the Company's
foreign ownership percentage in order to avoid the loss of its licenses. The
Company has no knowledge of any present foreign ownership in violation of these
restrictions.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT OF 1996 AND OTHER RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
On February 8, 1996, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the
"Telecommunications Act") was signed into law, substantially revising the
regulation of communications. The goal of the Telecommunications Act is to
enhance competition and remove barriers to market entry, while deregulating the
communications industry to the greatest extent possible. To this end, local and
long-distance communications providers will, for the first time, be able to
compete in the other's market, and telephone and cable companies will likewise
be able to compete. To facilitate the entry of new carriers into existing
markets, the Telecommunications Act imposes certain interconnection and equal
access requirements on incumbent carriers. Additionally, all communications
carriers providing interstate communications services must contribute to the
federal universal service
72
<PAGE> 73
support mechanisms that the FCC will establish. The Company cannot predict the
outcome of the FCC's rulemaking proceedings to promulgate regulations to
implement the new law or the effect of the new regulations on cellular service
or PCS, and there can be no assurance that such regulations will not adversely
affect the Company's business or financial condition. A discussion of some
recent administrative developments follows.
At present, cellular providers, other than the regional Bell operating
companies, have the option of using only one designated long distance carrier.
The Telecommunications Act codifies the policy that CMRS providers will not be
required to provide equal access to long distance carriers. The FCC, however,
may require CMRS carriers to offer unblocked access (i.e., implemented by the
subscriber's use of a carrier identification code or other mechanisms at the
time of placing a call) to the long distance provider of a subscriber's choice.
The FCC has terminated its inquiry into the imposition of equal access
requirements on CMRS providers.
On July 26, 1996, the FCC released a Report and Order establishing
timetables for making emergency 911 services available by cellular, PCS and
other mobile service providers, including "enhanced 911" services that provide
the caller's telephone number, location and other useful information. By late
1997, cellular and PCS providers must be able to process and transmit 911 calls
(without call validation), including those from callers with speech or hearing
disabilities. Assuming a cost recovery mechanism is in place, by mid-1998 such
providers must have completed actions enabling them to relay a caller's
automatic number identification and cell site, and by 2001 they must be able to
identify the location of a 911 caller within 125 meters in 67% of all cases.
State actions incompatible with the FCC rules are subject to preemption.
On August 1, 1996, the FCC released a Report and Order expanding the
flexibility of cellular, PCS and other CMRS providers to provide fixed as well
as mobile services. Such fixed services include, but need not be limited to,
"wireless local loop" services, e.g., to apartment and office buildings, and
wireless backup to PBXs and local area networks, to be used in the event of
interruptions due to weather or other emergencies. The FCC has not yet decided
whether such fixed services should be subjected to universal service
obligations, or how they should be regulated, but it has proposed a presumption
that they be regulated as CMRS services.
On August 8, 1996, the FCC released its order implementing the
interconnection provisions of the Telecommunications Act of 1996. The FCC's
decision is lengthy and complex and is subject to petitions for reconsideration
and judicial review (as described below), and its precise impact is difficult to
predict with certainty. However, the FCC's order concludes that CMRS providers
are entitled to reciprocal compensation arrangements with local exchange
carriers ("LECs") and prohibits LECs from charging CMRS providers for
terminating LEC-originated traffic. The FCC's decision gives it broad authority
to regulate on the intrastate level, but states may impose additional
procompetitive rules beyond the minimum federal guidelines. Under these
guidelines, states must set arbitrated rates for interconnection and access to
unbundled elements based upon the LECs' long run incremental costs, plus a
reasonable share of forward-looking joint and common costs. In lieu of such
cost-based rates, the FCC has also established for use by states a benchmark
range of 0.2-0.4 cents per minute for end office termination pending further
cost-based studies, and subject to a possible "true-up" payment later. The FCC
has also permitted states to impose "bill and keep" arrangements, under which
CMRS providers would make no payments for LEC termination of calls where LECs
and CMRS providers have symmetrical termination costs and roughly balanced
traffic flows. However, the FCC has found no evidence that these conditions
presently exist. The relationship of these charges to the payment of access
charges and universal service contributions has not yet been resolved by the
FCC. LECs and state regulators filed appeals of the interconnection order, which
have been consolidated in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit. The
Court has stayed the effective date of certain of the rules until after the
court can act on the numerous appeals challenging the FCC's order. Oral
arguments are scheduled for January 1997.
73
<PAGE> 74
The FCC has determined that the availability of roaming for PCS networks is
important to the development of a national and competitive wireless voice
telecommunications system. Therefore, on August 15, 1996 the FCC released an
order and a request for comments concerning "automatic" versus "manual" roaming.
Currently, the FCC requires "manual" roaming, which requires cellular, PCS and
certain SMR carriers to provide service to any individual roamer whose handset
is technically capable of accessing their network. "Manual" roaming requires the
individual, prior to each phone call, to establish a relationship with the
system on which the individual wishes to carry the roaming call by giving a
credit card number to the carrier providing service. "Automatic" roaming allows
a subscriber to roam without taking any action other than turning on the
telephone. This requires a contractual agreement between the home and
"roamed-on" carriers. The Company cannot predict the outcome of the FCC's
rulemaking or its effect upon the Company.
The FCC recently adopted rules on telephone number portability which will
enable subscribers to migrate their landline and cellular telephone numbers to a
PCS carrier and from a PCS carrier to another service provider.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
CELLULAR ONE is a service mark registered with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office. The service mark is owned by Cellular One Group, a Delaware
general partnership comprised of Cellular One Marketing, Inc., a subsidiary of
Southwestern Bell Mobile Systems, together with Cellular One Development, Inc.,
a subsidiary of AT&T and Vanguard Cellular Systems, Inc. The Company uses the
CELLULAR ONE service mark to identify and promote its cellular telephone service
pursuant to licensing agreements with Cellular One Group. In 1995, the Company
paid approximately $115,000 and $100,000, respectively, in licensing and
advertising fees under these agreements. The licensing agreements require the
Company to provide high-quality cellular telephone service to its customers, and
to maintain a certain minimum overall customer satisfaction rating in surveys
commissioned by Cellular One Group. The licensing agreements that the Company
has entered into are for original five-year terms expiring on various dates.
Assuming compliance by the Company with the provisions of the agreements, each
of these agreements may be renewed at the Company's option for three additional
five-year terms.
Western Wireless is a service mark owned by the Company registered with the
United States Patent and Trademark Office. The Company has applications pending
to obtain federal trademark protection of the mark "VoiceStream," and various
derivatives thereof. "Telewaves(R)," a service mark owned by one of the
Company's subsidiaries, is registered with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office and is the service mark under which the Company provides its
paging services.
EMPLOYEES AND LABOR RELATIONS
The Company considers its labor relations to be good and, to the Company's
knowledge, none of its employees is covered by a collective bargaining
agreement. As of August 31, 1996, the Company employed a total of 2,035 people
in the following areas:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
CATEGORY EMPLOYEES
------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------
<S> <C>
Sales and marketing...................................................... 1,164
Engineering.............................................................. 301
General and administration, including customer service................... 570
</TABLE>
PROPERTIES
In addition to the direct and attributable interests in cellular, PCS and
paging licenses and other similar assets discussed in this Prospectus, the
Company leases its principal executive offices (consisting of approximately
78,000 square feet) located in Issaquah, Washington. The Company
74
<PAGE> 75
and its subsidiaries and affiliates lease and own locations for inventory
storage, microwave, cell site and switching equipment and sales and
administrative offices.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no material, pending legal proceedings to which the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is a party or of which any of their
property is subject which, if adversely decided, would have a material adverse
effect on the Company. For discussion of certain legal proceedings relating to
FCC license grants, see "Risk Factors -- Governmental Regulation,"
"-- Finality of PCS Auctions" and "-- Governmental Regulation."
ORGANIZATION
The Company conducts its operations through a number of direct and indirect
subsidiaries and affiliates. The Company holds its FCC licenses and conducts all
operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries. Five of the Company's MSAs have
minority ownership interests held by non-affiliated third parties. The total
ownership of such minority interest holders in such subsidiaries and affiliates
ranges from less than one percent to approximately eight percent. An indirect
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company is the 49.9% limited partner of Cook
Inlet PCS. See "Risk Factors -- Holding Company Structure; Subordination,"
"-- Governmental Regulation" and "Certain Transactions."
75
<PAGE> 76
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY PERSONNEL
The names, ages and positions of the executive officers and directors of
the Company are listed below along with their business experience during the
past five years. The business address of all officers of the Company is 2001 NW
Sammamish Road, Issaquah, Washington 98027. All of these individuals are
citizens of the United States. The Company's Board of Directors currently
consists of six directors and one board seat that is vacant. Directors are
elected at the annual meeting of shareholders to serve until they resign or are
removed, or are otherwise disqualified to serve, or until their successors are
elected and qualified. Executive officers of the Company are appointed at the
Board's first meeting after each annual meeting of shareholders. No family
relationships exist among any of the directors or executive officers of the
Company, except for Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie, who are married to each
other. See "-- Board of Directors."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- --------------------------------------------------- --- -------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
John W. Stanton.................................... 41 Chairman, Director and Chief
Executive Officer
Donald Guthrie..................................... 41 Vice Chairman
Robert R. Stapleton................................ 38 President
Mikal J. Thomsen................................... 40 Chief Operating Officer
Theresa E. Gillespie............................... 43 Chief Financial Officer
Alan R. Bender..................................... 41 Secretary, Senior Vice
President and General Counsel
Cregg B. Baumbaugh................................. 40 Senior Vice President --
Corporate Development
Timothy R. Wong.................................... 41 Vice President -- Engineering
Robert P. Dotson................................... 36 Vice President -- Marketing
Bradley J. Horwitz................................. 40 Vice President -- International
Nastashia Stoneman Press........................... 35 Principal Accounting Officer
David A. Bayer..................................... 57 Director
John L. Bunce, Jr.................................. 38 Director
Mitchell R. Cohen.................................. 32 Director
Jonathan M. Nelson................................. 40 Director
Terence M. O'Toole................................. 38 Director
</TABLE>
John W. Stanton has been a director, Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since its formation in July 1994. Mr. Stanton
has been Chief Executive Officer of GCC since March 1992, and was Chairman of
the Board of GCC from March 1992 to December 1995. Mr. Stanton has served as
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of PN Cellular, Inc. ("PN
Cellular"), the former General Partner of MCLP since its formation in October
1992. Mr. Stanton served as a director of McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc.
("McCaw") from 1986 to 1994, and as a director of LIN Broadcasting Corporation
("LIN Broadcasting") from 1990 to 1994, during which time it was a publicly
traded company. From 1983 to 1991, Mr. Stanton served in various capacities with
McCaw, serving as Vice-Chairman of the Board of McCaw from 1988 to September
1991 and as Chief Operating Officer of McCaw from 1985 to 1988. Mr. Stanton is
also a member of the Board of Directors of each of Interpoint, Inc. and SmarTone
(Hong Kong). In addition, Mr. Stanton is a trustee of Whitman College, a private
college. Mr. Stanton is currently a director of the CTIA. Mr. Stanton is married
to Ms. Gillespie.
76
<PAGE> 77
Donald Guthrie has been Vice Chairman of the Company since November 1995.
From 1986 to October 1995, he served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of
McCaw and, from 1990 to October 1995, he served as Senior Vice
President -- Finance of LIN Broadcasting.
Robert R. Stapleton has been President of the Company since its formation
in July 1994, and President of GCC since November 1992. From August 1989 to
November 1992, he served in various positions with GCC, including Chief
Operating Officer and Vice President of Operations. From 1984 to 1989, Mr.
Stapleton was employed by mobile communications subsidiaries of Pacific Telesis,
Inc., which now are affiliated with AirTouch Communications.
Mikal J. Thomsen has been Chief Operating Officer of the Company since its
formation in July 1994. Mr. Thomsen was a director and Chief Operating Officer
of MCLP and its predecessor from its inception in 1991 until the Company's
formation in July 1994. From 1983 to 1991, Mr. Thomsen held various positions at
McCaw, serving as General Manager of its International Division from 1990 to
1991 and as General Manager of its West Florida Region from 1987 to 1990.
Theresa E. Gillespie has been Chief Financial Officer of the Company since
its formation in July 1994. Ms. Gillespie was Chief Financial Officer of MCLP
and its predecessor since its inception in 1991 until the Company's formation in
July 1994. Ms. Gillespie has been Chief Financial Officer of certain entities
controlled by Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie since 1988. From 1986 to 1987, Ms.
Gillespie was Senior Vice President and Controller of McCaw. From 1975 to 1986
she was employed by a national public accounting firm. Ms. Gillespie is married
to Mr. Stanton.
Alan R. Bender has been Secretary, Senior Vice President and General
Counsel of the Company since its formation in July 1994. Mr. Bender joined GCC
in April 1990, as Senior Counsel, and was named Secretary in June 1990, General
Counsel in August 1990 and Vice President in March 1992. From 1988 to 1990, Mr.
Bender was Vice President and Senior Counsel of Equitec Financial Group, Inc., a
subsidiary of PacifiCorp Inc.
Cregg B. Baumbaugh has been Senior Vice President -- Corporate Development
of the Company since its formation in July 1994. From November 1989 through the
present, he has served in various positions with GCC, including Vice
President -- Business Development. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Baumbaugh was employed
by The First Boston Corporation.
Timothy R. Wong has been Vice President -- Engineering of the Company since
January 1996. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Wong held various positions at U S WEST
Cellular, serving as Executive Director -- Engineering and Operations from 1994
to 1995, Director of Wireless Systems Engineering in 1993, Manager of
International Wireless Engineering in 1992, and Manager -- Systems Design from
1990 to 1991.
Robert P. Dotson has been Vice President -- Marketing of the Company since
May 1996. Previously, Mr. Dotson held various marketing positions with PepsiCo's
KFC restaurant group, serving as Senior Director of Concept Development from
1994 to 1996, Director of International Marketing from 1993 to 1994, Divisional
Marketing Director from 1991 to 1993 and Manager of New Product Development and
Base Business Marketing from 1989 through 1991.
Bradley J. Horwitz has been Vice President -- International of the Company
and President of Western Wireless International Corporation, a subsidiary of the
Company, since November 1995. From 1983 to 1995, Mr. Horwitz held various
positions at McCaw, serving as Vice President -- International Operations from
1992 to 1995, Director -- Business Development from 1990 to 1992 and Director of
Paging Operations from 1986 to 1990.
Nastashia Stoneman Press has been Principal Accounting Officer since
December 1995. Ms. Press was Controller of the Company from its formation in
July 1994 to December 1995, and Controller of MCLP from April 1992 to the
Company's formation in July 1994. From 1989 to 1992, Ms. Press was Controller of
Institutional Communications Company. From 1983 to 1989, she held various
accounting and finance positions at MCI Communications Corporation.
David A. Bayer has been a director of the Company since its formation in
July 1994. Mr. Bayer was a director of GCC from February 1993 to December 1995.
Since November 1991, Mr. Bayer has
77
<PAGE> 78
been the President and owner of dbX Corporation. Mr. Bayer currently is a
director of MobileMedia Corporation ("MobileMedia").
John L. Bunce, Jr. has been a director of the Company since its formation
in July 1994. Mr. Bunce was a director of GCC from March 1992 to December 1995.
Mr. Bunce is a general partner of Hellman & Friedman, a private investment firm,
having joined Hellman & Friedman as an associate in 1988. Mr. Bunce currently is
a director of MobileMedia.
Mitchell R. Cohen has been a director of the Company since its formation in
July 1994. Mr. Cohen was a director of GCC from March 1992 to December 1995. Mr.
Cohen is a general partner of Hellman & Friedman, having joined Hellman &
Friedman as an associate in July 1989. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Cohen was employed
by Shearson Lehman Hutton, Inc. Mr. Cohen currently is a director of MobileMedia
and Matrix Telecommunications Limited.
Jonathan M. Nelson has been a director of the Company since its formation
in July 1994. Mr. Nelson is a managing general partner of Providence Ventures,
L.P., the general partner of the general partner of Providence Media Partners
L.P. ("Providence"), a private equity fund. Since 1986, Mr. Nelson has been a
managing director of Narragansett Capital, Inc., a private management company
for three separate equity investment funds. Mr. Nelson is currently a director
of Wellman, Inc., Brooks Fiber Properties Inc. and CellNet Data Systems.
Terence M. O'Toole has been a director of the Company since its formation
in July 1994. Mr. O'Toole joined Goldman, Sachs & Co. ("Goldman Sachs") in 1983
and became a Vice President in April 1988 and a general partner in November
1992. He is currently a director of Insilco Corporation, a diversified
industrial holding company.
GCC filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the
United States Bankruptcy Code in October 1991 and, pursuant to a pre-packaged
plan, emerged from bankruptcy in March 1992 under the controlling ownership of
the Hellman & Friedman Entities. Mr. Stapleton and Mr. Bender at the time of the
filing of the voluntary petition were executive officers of GCC, continue to be
executive officers of GCC and now concurrently serve as executive officers of
the Company.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Each member of the Board of Directors has been elected pursuant to a
stockholders agreement among certain of the Company's principal shareholders
entered into in connection with the Business Combination (the "Stockholders
Agreement"). Under the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, the current Board of
Directors consists of the Company's Chief Executive Officer (John W. Stanton),
three designees of Hellman & Friedman (John L. Bunce, Jr., Mitchell R. Cohen and
David A. Bayer), one designee of Goldman Sachs (Terence M. O'Toole), one
designee of Providence (Jonathan M. Nelson) and one designee selected by
Providence and Mr. Stanton (which position is currently vacant). The provisions
of the Stockholders Agreement, other than provisions providing for registration
rights, terminated on the closing of the May Offerings. Certain of such
shareholders are parties to a new Shareholders Agreement relating to the
election of directors. See "Certain Transactions."
The Executive Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Stanton, Bunce
and O'Toole, and the Compensation Committee is currently comprised of Messrs.
Cohen, Nelson and Bayer. The Audit Committee is currently comprised of Messrs.
Cohen, Nelson and Bayer and is responsible for recommending to the Board of
Directors the engagement of the independent public accountants of the Company
and reviewing with the independent public accountants the scope and results of
the audits, the internal accounting controls of the Company, audit practices and
the professional services furnished by the independent public accountants.
The Washington Business Corporation Act (the "Washington Business Act")
provides that a company may indemnify its directors and officers as to certain
liabilities. The Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for the
indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by
law, and the Company has entered into separate indemnification agreements with
each of its directors and officers to effectuate these provisions, and has
purchased director's
78
<PAGE> 79
and officer's liability insurance. The effect of such provisions is to indemnify
the directors and officers of the Company against all costs, expenses and
liabilities incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding
in which they are involved by reason of their affiliation with the Company, to
the fullest extent permitted by law.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth the compensation paid in 1995 to the
Company's Chief Executive Officer and the Company's five other most highly
compensated executive officers (the "Named Executive Officers").
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
------------
AWARDS
------------
ANNUAL COMPENSATION SECURITIES
----------------------- UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
BONUS OPTIONS/SARs COMPENSATION(1)
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION SALARY ($) ($) (#) ($)
- ------------------------------------ ---------- -------- ------------ ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
John W. Stanton..................... $120,000 $180,000 0 $ 4,500
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
Robert R. Stapleton................. 139,461 100,000 139,500 4,500
President
Mikal J. Thomsen.................... 134,375 65,000 124,000 4,500
Chief Operating Officer
Theresa E. Gillespie................ 119,167 80,000 100,750 4,500
Chief Financial Officer
Alan R. Bender...................... 124,000 72,000 77,500 4,500
Secretary, Senior Vice President
and General Counsel
Cregg B. Baumbaugh.................. 124,000 72,000 77,500 4,500
Senior Vice President -- Corporate
Development
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Company paid matching contributions to the Company's 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plan and Trust.
The following table sets forth information concerning individual grants of
stock options made during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 to the Named
Executive Officers.
OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL
REALIZABLE
VALUE AT
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS ASSUMED
------------------------------------------------------------ ANNUAL RATES
NUMBER OF PERCENT OF TOTAL OF STOCK PRICE
SECURITIES OF OPTIONS/SARs APPRECIATION FOR
UNDERLYING GRANTED TO EXERCISE OR OPTION TERM(2)
OPTIONS/SARs EMPLOYEES IN BASE PRICE EXPIRATION ---------------------
NAME GRANTED(#)(1) FISCAL YEAR ($/SHARE) DATE(1) 5% 10%
- ------------------------ ------------- ---------------- ------------ ---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
John W. Stanton......... 0 0% $ 0 0 $ 0 $ 0
Robert R. Stapleton..... 139,500 10 11.29 7/29/05 992,250 2,504,250
Mikal J. Thomsen........ 124,000 9 11.29 7/29/05 882,000 2,226,000
Theresa E. Gillespie.... 100,750 7 11.29 7/29/05 716,625 1,808,625
Alan R. Bender.......... 77,500 5 11.29 7/29/05 551,250 1,391,250
Cregg B. Baumbaugh...... 77,500 5 11.29 7/29/05 551,250 1,391,250
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) These options have terms of ten years from the date of grant, July 29, 1995,
and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary and
an additional 25% every year thereafter until such options are fully
exercisable, provided that such officer remains continuously employed by the
Company.
79
<PAGE> 80
(2) Amounts reported in these columns represent amounts that may be realized
upon exercise of the options immediately prior to expiration of their terms
assuming the specified compounded rates of appreciation on the base price
(5% and 10%) of the Common Stock over the terms of the options. The 5% and
10% numbers are calculated based on rules required by the Securities and
Exchange Commission and do not reflect the Company's estimate of future
stock price growth. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises are
dependent on the timing of such exercises and the future performance of the
Common Stock. There can be no assurance that the rates of appreciation
assumed in these columns can be achieved or that the amounts reflected will
be received by the individuals.
OPTION EXERCISES AND HOLDINGS
The following table sets forth information with respect to each of the
Named Executive Officers concerning the exercise of stock options and
unexercised stock options held at December 31, 1995.
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN THE LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION/SAR VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
NUMBER OF OPTIONS/SARs AT IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS/SARs
SHARES FISCAL YEAR-END (#) AT FISCAL YEAR-END($)
ACQUIRED ON VALUE --------------------------- ---------------------------
NAME EXERCISE(#) REALIZED($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
John W. Stanton........ 0 0 0 0 $ 0 $ 0
Robert R. Stapleton.... 0 0 470,168 211,833 8,938,825 2,491,321
Mikal J. Thomsen....... 0 0 36,168 196,333 463,782 2,317,553
Theresa E. Gillespie... 0 0 28,933 158,618 371,008 1,871,436
Alan R. Bender......... 0 0 182,900 120,900 3,420,277 1,425,293
Cregg B. Baumbaugh..... 0 0 181,868 118,833 3,407,051 1,398,788
</TABLE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
The Company has entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs.
Stanton, Stapleton, Thomsen, Bender and Baumbaugh and Ms. Gillespie, pursuant to
which such persons serve as executive officers of the Company. Each agreement
provides that such person's employment by the Company may be terminated by the
Company at any time, with or without cause (as such term is defined in the
agreements). The agreements provide for initial annual base compensation of
$180,000, $150,000, $140,000, $130,000, $130,000 and $130,000, respectively, and
provide each executive officer an opportunity to earn an annual bonus, as
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, targeted at 100%, 70%, 60%,
60%, 60% and 60%, respectively, of such person's base compensation. Each such
agreement provides that, in the event of an involuntary termination (as defined
therein) for other than cause (1) such executive officer will be entitled to
receive a severance payment in an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid
existing annual targeted incentive bonus through the date of termination, 12
months of such executive's then base compensation, and an amount equal to 12
months of such executive's existing annual targeted incentive bonus, (2) the
Company will, at its expense, make all specified insurance payment benefits on
behalf of such executive officer and his or her dependents for 12 months
following such involuntary termination and (3) with respect to any stock options
previously granted to each executive officer which remain unvested at the time
of involuntary termination, there shall be immediate vesting of that portion of
each such grant of any unvested stock options equal to the product of the total
number of such unvested options under such grant multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the sum of the number of days from the date on which the
last vesting of options under such grant occurred to and including the date of
termination plus 365, and the denominator of which is the number of days
remaining from the date on which the last vesting of
80
<PAGE> 81
options under such grant occurred to and including the date on which the final
vesting under such grant would have occurred absent the termination. Mr.
Stapleton's agreement provides for an immediate vesting of all options upon his
involuntary termination for other than cause. Among other things, an executive
officer's death or permanent disability will be deemed an involuntary
termination for other than cause. In addition, each agreement provides for full
vesting of all stock options granted upon a change of control (as such term is
defined in the stock option agreements with the executive officer) of the
Company.
Each such employment agreement further provides that the Company has
entered or will enter into an indemnification agreement with such executive
officer pursuant to which the Company will agree to indemnify the executive
officer against certain liabilities arising by reason of the executive officer's
affiliation with the Company. Pursuant to the terms of each employment
agreement, each executive officer agrees that during such executive officer's
employment with the Company and for one year following the termination of such
executive officer's employment with the Company for any reason, such executive
officer will not engage in a business which is substantially the same as or
similar to the business of the Company and which competes within the applicable
commercial mobile radio services markets serviced by the Company. Mr. Stanton's
agreement provides that such prohibition shall not preclude Mr. Stanton's
investment in other companies engaged in the wireless communications business or
his ability to serve as a director of other companies engaged in the wireless
communications business, in each case subject to his fiduciary duties as a
director of the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence Upon Key Personnel."
All key employees of the Company have executed a non-compete agreement
containing provisions substantially similar to those set forth in the employment
agreements described above.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The Compensation Committee of the Company's Board was formed in July 1994.
None of the members was at any time during the fiscal year ended December 31,
1995, or at any other time, an officer or employee of the Company. No member of
the Compensation Committee of the Company serves as a member of the board of
directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive
officers serving as a member of the Company's Board of Directors or Compensation
Committee.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Directors of the Company currently receive no compensation for serving on
the Board. Directors are not reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of, and other activities
relating to serving on, the Board of Directors and any committees thereof. The
Board of Directors may consider alternative compensation arrangements for the
directors from time to time.
81
<PAGE> 82
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of September 30, 1996, by (i) each
person who is known by the Company to own beneficially 5% or more of either
class of Common Stock; (ii) each director of the Company; (iii) each Named
Executive Officer of the Company; and (iv) all directors and officers as a
group. Unless otherwise indicated, all persons listed have sole voting power and
investment power with respect to such shares, subject to community property
laws, where applicable, and the information contained in the notes to the table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE
SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1) BENEFICIALLY OWNED
----------------------------------- ---------------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS A SHARES B SHARES TOTAL A SHARES B SHARES TOTAL
- ------------------------------ --------- ---------- ---------- -------- -------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Hellman & Friedman(2)(5)...... 25,163,997 25,163,997 44.6 % 36.2 %
One Maritime Plaza, 12th
Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
The Goldman Sachs Group, L.P.
and related investors(3)(5).. 12,099,029 12,099,029 21.4 17.4
85 Broad Street, 19th Floor
New York, NY 10004
John W. Stanton and Theresa E.
Gillespie(4)(5)(6).......... 10,000 6,290,544 6,300,544 * 11.1 9.1
2001 NW Sammamish Road
Issaquah, WA 98027
Providence Media Partners
L.P.(5)..................... 3,886,591 3,886,591 6.9 5.6
c/o Providence Ventures,
Inc.
900 Fleet Center
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Putnam Investments, Inc....... 1,287,500 1,287,500 9.9 % 1.9
One Post Office Square
Boston, MA 02109
Robert A. Stapleton(6)........ 551,396 551,396 1.0 *
Mikal J. Thomsen(6)(7)........ 478,307 478,307 * *
Alan R. Bender(6)............. 247,492 247,492 * *
Cregg B. Baumbaugh(6)......... 240,199 240,199 * *
David A. Bayer(8)............. 818,159 818,159 1.5 1.2
John L. Bunce, Jr.(9)......... 25,163,997 25,163,997 44.5 36.2
Mitchell R. Cohen(9).......... 25,163,997 25,163,997 44.5 36.2
Terence M. O'Toole(10)........ 12,099,029 12,099,029 21.4 17.4
Jonathan M. Nelson(11)........ 6,000 3,886,591 3,892,591 * 6.9 5.6
All directors and executive
officers as a group (13
persons)(6)................. 16,500 49,790,970 49,807,470 * 86.2 71.7
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
(1) Computed in accordance with Rule 13d-3(d)(1) of the Exchange Act.
(2) Consists of shares held by Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners II, L.P.
("HFCP"), H&F Orchard Partners, L.P. ("HFOP") and H&F International
Partners, L.P. ("HFIP"), which are in turn beneficially owned by their
respective general partners and Warren Hellman, individually and as a
trustee of The Hellman Family Revocable Trust dated December 17, 1984 (the
"Hellman Trust" and with HFCP, HFOP and HFIP, the "Hellman Entities"), and
Tully M.
82
<PAGE> 83
Friedman, individually and as the trustee of The Tully M. Friedman
Revocable Trust UAD January 3, 1980 (the "Friedman Trust" and with Hellman
Entities, the "Hellman & Friedman Entities"). HFCP owns of record
22,727,539 shares of Class B Common Stock, HFOP owns of record 2,033,024
shares of Common Stock and HFIP owns of record 403,434 shares of Class B
Common Stock. HFCP, HFOP and HFIP are California limited partnerships, the
sole general partners of which are entities indirectly controlled by the
Hellman Trust and the Friedman Trust. The principal business of each of
such partnerships is to make strategic investments in a variety of special
situations, including restructurings, recapitalizations and buyouts.
Hellman is a trustee of the Hellman Trust and Friedman is a trustee of the
Friedman Trust. Each of Hellman and Friedman is a citizen of the United
States. Hellman and Friedman, individually and as trustees of the
respective trusts, share voting and investment power with respect to the
shares of Class B Common Stock held by the Hellman & Friedman Entities.
(3) Consists of (i) 11,096,078 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by
GS Capital Partners, L.P. ("GS Capital"), (ii) 580,813 shares of Class B
Common Stock held of record by Stone Street Fund 1992, L.P. ("Stone
Street"), (iii) 337,163 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by
Bridge Street Fund 1992, L.P. ("Bridge Street") and (iv) 84,975 shares of
Class B Common stock held of record by The Goldman Sachs Group, L.P. ("GS
Group"). Each of GS Capital, Stone Street and Bridge Street is an
investment limited partnership, the general partner, the managing general
partner or the managing partner of which is an affiliate of GS Group. GS
Group disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by such investment
partnerships to the extent partnership interests in such partnerships are
held by persons other than GS Group and its affiliates.
(4) Consists of (i) 1,686,069 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by
PN Cellular, which is 78% owned and controlled by Mr. Stanton and Ms.
Gillespie, (ii) 1,274,520 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by
Stanton Communications Corporation ("SCC"), which is substantially owned
and controlled by Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie, (iii) 3,087,464 shares of
Class B Common Stock held by Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie, as tenants in
common, and (iv) 159,437 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by
The Stanton Family Trust. Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie are married and
share voting and investment power with respect to the shares jointly owned
by them, as well as the shares held of record of PN Cellular, SCC and The
Stanton Family Trust.
(5) Parties or affiliates of parties to the Shareholders Agreement, which
provides that the parties thereto will vote their shares of Common Stock in
favor of the election as directors of the Company, the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, one person designated by Stanton and Providence,
one person designated by Goldman Sachs, two persons designated by the
Hellman & Friedman Entities and one person selected by a majority of such
designated persons, subject to the ownership requirements set forth
therein. See "Certain Transactions."
(6) Includes aggregate exercisable options to purchase Class B Common Stock;
does not include unexercisable options. May include stock jointly or
separately owned with or by spouse.
(7) Mr. Thomsen jointly holds voting and investment power with respect to all
of such shares with Lynn C. Thomsen, his wife, except for shares issued or
issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Includes 172,484 shares of
Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Thomsen through his
ownership of approximately 10.2% of PN Cellular. Mr. Thomsen does not have
voting control over such shares.
(8) All of such shares are owned by Bayer Investment Group. The David A. Bayer
Trust, of which Mr. Bayer is the trustee, is the managing general partner
of Bayer Investment Group. As a result, Mr. Bayer could be deemed to own
beneficially 100% of the 818,859 shares of Class B Common Stock held by
Bayer Investment Group. Mr. Bayer disclaims beneficial ownership as to
205,447 of such shares of Class B Common Stock.
(9) Mr. Bunce and Mr. Cohen may each be deemed to be the owner of the
25,163,997 shares of Class B Common Stock owned by the Hellman & Friedman
Entities as they are general
83
<PAGE> 84
partners of Hellman & Friedman. Each of Mr. Bunce and Mr. Cohen disclaim
beneficial ownership of shares held by the Hellman & Friedman Entities to
the extent interests in such entities are held by persons other than such
individual.
(10) Mr. O'Toole may be deemed to be the owner of the 12,099,029 shares of Class
B Common Stock owned by affiliates of Goldman Sachs, an investment banking
firm of which he is a general partner. Mr. O'Toole disclaims beneficial
ownership of shares held by affiliates of Goldman Sachs to the extent
interests in such entities are held by persons other than Mr. O'Toole.
(11) Mr. Nelson may be deemed to be the owner of the 3,886,591 shares of Class B
Common Stock owned by Providence, as he is a managing general partner of
Providence Ventures, L.P., the general partner of the general partner of
Providence. Mr. Nelson disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by
Providence to the extent interests in Providence are held by persons other
than Mr. Nelson.
84
<PAGE> 85
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
In November 1993, the Hellman & Friedman Entities, Mr. Bayer, Mr. Stanton
and Ms. Gillespie each exercised rights to purchase shares of common stock of
GCC (the "GCC Stock"), which subsequently were exchanged for Class B Common
Stock. See "Principal Shareholders."
In 1993, prior to the Business Combination, GCC and MCLP exchanged certain
cellular systems owned by each of them.
Western Wireless Corporation was formed in July 1994 as part of the
Business Combination involving GCC, MCLP, Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie and PN
Cellular. Immediately prior to the Business Combination, MCLP owned directly and
indirectly 2.5% of the outstanding shares of GCC Stock and a subsidiary of GCC
owned a 9.7% limited partnership interest in MCLP and 10% of the general partner
of MCLP. Pursuant to the Business Combination, Western Wireless Corporation
acquired approximately 95% of the outstanding shares of GCC Stock from certain
GCC stockholders in exchange for Class B Common Stock (the "GCC Exchange"). Of
the 45,042,681 shares of Class B Common Stock issued in the Business
Combination, 51.9% were issued to GCC stockholders, 46.2% were issued to the
partners of MCLP and 1.9% were issued in connection with interest acquired from
Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie and their affiliates. Simultaneously with the GCC
Exchange, Western Wireless Corporation acquired all of the general and limited
partnership interests of MCLP in exchange for Class B Common Stock. As part of
the Business Combination, Western Wireless Corporation also acquired the
remaining ownership interests in a corporation controlled by Mr. Stanton and Ms.
Gillespie in which MCLP had a minority interest and in other partnerships
controlled by MCLP, Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie in exchange for Class B Common
Stock. As a result of the Business Combination and a series of related
transactions, Western Wireless Corporation holds indirectly all of the assets
formerly held by MCLP, and GCC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western Wireless
Corporation.
In connection with the Business Combination, certain holders of GCC Stock
and certain holders of limited partnership interests in MCLP entered into the
Stockholders Agreement. The parties to the Stockholders Agreement beneficially
own approximately 68.3% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock. The
provisions of the Stockholders Agreement, other than the provisions relating to
registration rights, terminated at the closing of the May 1996 Offerings. See
"Management -- Board of Directors."
Concurrently with the execution of the Stockholders Agreement, the Hellman
& Friedman Entities, Mr. Stanton, Ms. Gillespie, PN Cellular, The Stanton Family
Trust and SCC (collectively, the "Stanton Entities"), GS Capital, Stone Street,
Bridge Street and GS Group (collectively, the "Goldman Sachs Entities") and
certain other shareholders entered into a Voting Agreement, which was to be
effective only upon the consummation of an initial public offering. The Voting
Agreement, which was superseded by the Shareholders Agreement, provided
generally that each of the Hellman & Friedman Entities, the Stanton Entities and
the Goldman Sachs Entities would vote their shares of Common Stock for one
member of the Board of Directors designated by each of the others so long as
each of the others beneficially owns at least 7 1/2% of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock of the Company. In connection with the May 1996 Offerings, the
Hellman & Friedman Entities, the Stanton Entities, the Goldman Sachs Entities
and Providence entered into the Shareholders Agreement, which superseded the
Voting Agreement and, with respect to election of directors of the Company,
provides that each of the Hellman & Friedman Entities, the Stanton Entities, the
Goldman Sachs Entities and Providence shall vote their shares of Common Stock to
elect a Board of Directors which will include (but not necessarily be limited
to) the following six members: (i) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
(ii) so long as the Hellman & Friedman Entities beneficially own at least (A)
15% of the total voting power (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) of the
Company, two persons designated by the Hellman & Friedman Entities or (B) 7 1/2%
of the total voting power of the Company, one person designated by the Hellman &
Friedman Entities, (iii) so long as the Goldman Sachs Entities beneficially own
at least 7 1/2% of the total voting power of the Company, one person designated
by the Goldman Sachs Entities, (iv) so long as the Stanton Entities and
Providence collectively beneficially own at least 7 1/2% of the total
85
<PAGE> 86
voting power of the Company, one person designated by majority vote of the
Stanton Entities and Providence (such designee being in addition to Mr. Stanton
if he is then serving on the Board of Directors by reason of being the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company); the Stanton Entities agreed that so long as
Mr. Stanton is serving as Chief Executive Officer and Providence owns at least
75% of the shares of Common Stock it beneficially owns at the date of execution
of the Shareholders Agreement, the Stanton Entities shall vote their shares of
Common Stock for one member of the Board of Directors designated by Providence;
and (v) one member of the Board of Directors of the Company selected by a
majority of the persons selected as described above. The Shareholders Agreement
further provides that so long as the Hellman & Friedman Entities hold shares of
Common Stock having voting power (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) in
excess of 49.9% of the total voting power, then for so long as the Hellman &
Friedman Entities shall hold shares of Common Stock having voting power in
excess of the aforesaid percentage, it shall abstain from voting that number of
shares of Common Stock which gives it more votes than the aforesaid percentage.
Such agreement has a term of 10 years. The Goldman Sachs Entities are also
limited in their voting power pursuant to provisions of the Company's Articles
of Incorporation. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Certain Articles of
Incorporation, Bylaws and Statutory Provisions Affecting
Shareholders - Regulated Shareholders."
In the second quarter of 1995, in order to finance the acquisition of
broadband MTA PCS licenses through auctions conducted by the FCC, a number of
the Company's current shareholders and their affiliates purchased shares of
non-voting, convertible Series A Preferred Stock (the "PCS Preferred Stock") of
Western PCS Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("Western
PCS"), all the outstanding common stock of which was held by the Company, for a
total purchase price of $149,499,980. The PCS Preferred Stock was exchangeable
into shares of Class B Common Stock. The purchasers of the PCS Preferred Stock
were the Hellman & Friedman Entities, Goldman Sachs Entities, Mr. Stanton and
Ms. Gillespie, Providence, Bayer Investment Group and Toronto Dominion
Investments, Inc. To secure their purchase commitments prior to the purchase,
the subscribers agreed to pledge shares of the Company's stock or provide loans
to the Company. Loans aggregating approximately $13,850,000 were made to the
Company by subscribers. At the time of the purchase, the pledged shares were
released and the loans (including accrued interest in the amount of $226,000)
converted to equity in partial satisfaction of the purchase price. On June 26,
1995, the Company caused the exchange of the PCS Preferred Stock into Class B
Common Stock, leaving Western PCS as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company
and resulting in the issuance of 13,241,443 shares of Class B Common Stock to
the purchasers in exchange for the PCS Preferred Stock.
In July 1995, in connection with a private offering by the Company to all
GCC stockholders who were accredited investors to exchange their GCC Stock for
Class B Common Stock, Mr. Stapleton, Mr. Bender and Mr. Baumbaugh exchanged 30,
73 and 56 shares of GCC Stock for 9,300, 22,630 and 17,360 shares of Class B
Common Stock, respectively.
In November 1995, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and Cook Inlet
PV/SS PCS Partners, L.P. (the "General Partner") formed a limited partnership,
Cook Inlet PCS, to participate in PCS C Block auction. Providence is a limited
partner of the General Partner of Cook Inlet PCS. The General Partner is not
otherwise affiliated with the Company. In connection with the formation of Cook
Inlet PCS, the Company granted to each partner of the General Partner the right,
during a specified period, to exchange its partnership interest in the General
Partner for shares of Class B Common Stock, the number of shares to be based on
the partners' capital contributions to the General Partner. Providence has the
right to exchange its partnership interest in the General Partner for up to
122,140 shares of Class B Common Stock.
In December 1995, GS Capital Partners Media Holding I, L.P., an affiliate
of the Goldman Sachs Entities, terminated and distributed the 3,842,531 shares
of Class B Common Stock registered in its name to its partners, GS Capital and
GS Capital Partners Media Holding I, Inc., both of which are
86
<PAGE> 87
affiliates of the Goldman Sachs Entities. Following such distribution, GS
Capital Partners Media Holding I, Inc. merged with and into the Company and the
shares of Class B Common Stock owned by GS Capital Partners Media Holding I,
Inc. were canceled and a like number of shares of Class B Common Stock were
issued to GS Capital. GS Capital reimbursed the Company for all of the out-of-
pocket expenses incurred by it in connection with this transaction.
In February 1996, the Company acquired, through mergers intended to be
tax-free reorganizations, Palouse Paging, Inc. ("Palouse") and Sawtooth Paging,
Inc. ("Sawtooth"), paging system operators that provide services in some markets
in which the Company operates its cellular systems. Prior to the acquisitions,
Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie had a significant ownership interest in each of
Palouse and Sawtooth. The acquisitions, each of which was approved by the
Company's Board of Directors in September 1995, contemplated a per share value
of the Common Stock of $11.29 for purposes of the exchange. The value of each of
Palouse and Sawtooth was determined by the disinterested directors of the
Company's Board of Directors. Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie together had
independent legal representation in connection with the acquisitions and Mr.
Stanton did not participate in either the Board of Directors' decision as to
whether to complete the transaction or its determination of the value to be
assigned to the interests acquired. Prior to the acquisition of Palouse, Mr.
Stanton and Ms. Gillespie jointly owned approximately 99% of the issued and
outstanding shares of common stock of Palouse. In consideration for the
acquisition, the shares of stock of Palouse were exchanged for 515,561 shares of
Class B Common Stock. In connection with the acquisition, Palouse repaid Mr.
Stanton and Ms. Gillespie loans in the amount of $355,000. Prior to the
acquisition of Sawtooth, Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie, the Company and another
individual, who now is an employee of the Company, owned approximately 47%, 47%
and 6%, respectively, of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of
Sawtooth. In consideration for the acquisition of Sawtooth, the issued and
outstanding shares of common stock of Sawtooth owned by Mr. Stanton and Ms.
Gillespie and the other individual shareholder were exchanged for 79,748 shares
of Class B Common Stock. In connection with the acquisition, Sawtooth repaid Mr.
Stanton and Ms. Gillespie loans in the amount of $288,000.
Pursuant to an agreement reached in September 1995, Donald Guthrie, the
Company's Vice Chairman, purchased 88,567 shares of Class B Common Stock in
February 1996 for $999,950, which represents a per share price of $11.29 and he
was granted options to purchase 85,250 shares of Class B Common Stock at an
exercise price of $1.13 per share.
The Company and Western Wireless International Corporation
("International") have entered into an agreement (the "Horwitz Agreement") with
Bradley J. Horwitz, a Vice President of the Company and President of
International, pursuant to which Horwitz acquired 10% of the outstanding capital
stock of International for $100,000. The Company owns the balance of the
outstanding capital stock of International. Under the terms of the Horwitz
Agreement, under certain circumstances (including, among others, a change of
control of the Company and a sale of substantially all of the assets of
International) or after December 31, 1996, the Company shall have the right,
and/or Mr. Horwitz shall have the right to cause the Company, to exchange shares
of Class A Common Stock for all the shares of International capital stock owned
by Mr. Horwitz. The number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered to
Mr. Horwitz is calculated in accordance with formulas (which formulas differ
depending upon the circumstances causing the exchange and which number depends
upon, among other things, the fair market value of the shares of International
stock at the time of the exchange) and would equal 8,860 shares of Class A
Common Stock based on the value of International stock on the date hereof. In
addition, if the Company proposes to sell its shares of International capital
stock, under certain circumstances as described in the Horwitz Agreement, the
Company can require Mr. Horwitz to sell, or must obtain for Mr. Horwitz the
right to sell, his shares of International capital stock at the same per share
price and on the same terms as the proposed sale by the Company.
87
<PAGE> 88
An affiliate of the Goldman Sachs Entities is a member of the syndicate of
lenders pursuant to the Credit Facility and has committed to lend to the Company
up to the aggregate principal amount of $18.5 million.
Goldman Sachs served as a managing underwriter in the Company's May 1996
equity and debt public offering and as a Purchaser in its October 1996 private
debt offering, receiving customary fees therefor.
The Company believes that the foregoing transactions were on terms as fair
to the Company as those which would have been available in arm's-length
negotiations. The Senior Secured Facilities, the Washington Business Act (as
hereinafter defined) and the Indenture contain provisions which limit the terms
on which the Company may enter into transactions with its affiliates.
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
The Exchange Notes, like the Original Notes, are to be issued under the
Indenture, dated as of October 24, 1996, by and between the Company and Harris
Trust Company of California, as Trustee (the "Trustee"). The following summary
of the material terms and provisions of the Notes and the Indenture does not
purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Indenture, copies of which are available for inspection at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in Los Angeles, California and which may
also be obtained from the Company. Definitions relating to certain capitalized
terms are set forth under "-- Certain Definitions" and throughout this
description. Capitalized terms that are used but not otherwise defined herein
have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture and such definitions are
incorporated herein by reference. As used in this section, the "Company" refers
to Western Wireless Corporation, unless the context otherwise requires.
GENERAL
The Original Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be, unsecured
obligations of the Company, limited in aggregate principal amount to
$200,000,000. The Original Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be senior
subordinated obligations of the Company, subordinated in right of payment to
Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including amounts outstanding under the
Credit Facility and senior in right of payment to any future subordinated
indebtedness of the Company. The Exchange Notes, like the Original Notes, will
rank pari passu with $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2006
Notes. Unless otherwise noted, the following descriptions as to the Notes are
true for both the Original Notes and the Exchange Notes.
The Company has agreed to file and cause to become effective a registration
statement of which this Prospectus is a part, relating to an exchange offer for
the Original Notes, or, in lieu hereof, to file and cause to become effective a
resale shelf registration statement for the Original Notes. If such exchange
offer or shelf registration statement is not filed or is not declared effective,
or if such exchange offer is not consummated, within the time periods set forth
herein, Special Interest (as defined below) will accrue and be payable on the
Original Notes either temporarily or permanently. See "-- Registration Covenant;
Exchange Offer" below.
MATURITY, INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL
The Notes will mature on February 1, 2007. Interest on the Notes will
accrue at a rate of 10 1/2% per annum and will be payable semiannually on each
February 1 and August 1, commencing on February 1, 1997, to the Holders of
record on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; provided,
however, that any Special Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of
a 365- or 366-day year, as the case may be, and the number of days actually
elapsed. The Notes will be payable both as to principal and interest at the
office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose
88
<PAGE> 89
within the City and State of New York. Until otherwise designated by the
Company, the Company's office or agency in New York will be the office of the
Trustee maintained for such purpose.
All moneys paid by the Company to a paying agent for the payment of
principal of (and premium, if any) and any interest on any Notes which remain
unclaimed for two years after such principal (or premium, if any) or interest
has become due and payable may be repaid to the Company and thereafter the
Holder of such Notes may look only to the Company for payment thereof.
FORM, DENOMINATION, BOOK-ENTRY PROCEDURE AND TRANSFER
The Exchange Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without
interest coupons, in denomination of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof, in
the form of a permanent global certificate in fully registered form (the "Global
Note") and deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust
Company ("DTC"), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its
nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect
participant in DTC as described below.
So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the
Global Note, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the
sole owner or Holder of the Exchange Notes represented by such Global Note for
all purposes under the Indenture and the Exchange Notes. No beneficial owner of
an interest in the Global Note will be able to transfer that interest except in
accordance with DTC's applicable procedures, in addition to those provided for
under the Indenture.
Except as set forth below, the Global Note may be transferred, in whole and
not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its
nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Note may not be exchanged for Notes
in certificated from except in the limited circumstances described below. See
"-- Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes."
Depository Procedures. DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a
limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating
organizations (collectively, the "Participants") and to facilitate the clearance
and settlement of transactions in those securities between Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants
include securities brokers and dealers (including the Purchasers), banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to
DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers
and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with
a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the "Indirect
Participants"). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities
held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect
Participants. The ownership interest and transfer of ownership interest of each
actual purchaser of each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on
the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.
The Company expects that, pursuant to procedures established by DTC, (i)
upon issuance of the Global Note, DTC will credit the respective principal
amount of Exchange Notes of the individual beneficial interests represented by
such Global Note to the accounts of Participants and (ii) ownership of such
interests in the Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership
thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect
to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with
respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note).
The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery
in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently the ability to
transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such persons may be limited to
that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn
act on behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a
person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to
persons or entities that do not
89
<PAGE> 90
participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such
interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such
interests. For certain other restrictions on the transferability of the Notes,
see "-- Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes."
EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED BELOW, OWNERS OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT
HAVE NOTES REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES, WILL NOT RECEIVE PHYSICAL DELIVERY OF
NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED THE REGISTERED OWNERS OR
HOLDERS THEREOF UNDER THE INDENTURE FOR ANY PURPOSE.
Payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable by
the Trustee to DTC or its nominee in its capacity as the registered holder under
the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee
will treat the persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global Note, are
registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and
for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Consequently, none of the Company,
the Trustee nor any agent or the Company or the Trustee has or will have any
responsibility or liability for (i) any aspect of DTC's records or any
Participant's or Indirect Participant's records relating to or payments made on
account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Note, or for
maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC's records or any Participant's
or Indirect Participant's records relating to the beneficial ownership interests
in the Global Note, or (ii) any other matter relating to the actions and
practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.
DTC has advised the Company that its current practice, upon receipt of any
payment in respect of securities such as the Notes (including principal and
interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the
payment on the payment date, in amounts proportionate to their respective
holdings in principal amount of beneficial interests in the relevant security
such as the Global Note as shown on the records of DTC unless DTC has reason to
believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Payments by the
Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Notes
will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be
the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not
be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the Company. Neither the Company
nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants
in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and the Company and the
Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on
instructions from DTC or its nominee as the registered owner of the Notes for
all purposes.
Interests in the Global Note will trade in DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement
System and secondary market trading activity in such interests will therefore
settle in immediately available funds, subject to all cases to the rules and
procedures of DTC and is participants.
Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with
DTC's procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds. If a Holder requires
physical delivery of a Certificated Note for any reason, including to sell
Exchange Notes to Persons in states which require physical delivery of such
Exchange Notes or to pledge such Exchange Notes, such holder must transfer its
interest in the Global Note in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and
the procedures set forth in the Indenture.
Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the Participants in DTC,
on the one hand, and Euroclear of CEDEL participants, on the other hand, will be
effected through DTC in accordance with DTC's rules on behalf of Euroclear or
CEDEL, as the case may be, by its respective depository; however, such
cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions of Euroclear to
CEDEL, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with
the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of
such system. Euroclear or CEDEL, as the case may be, will, if the transaction
meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective
depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering
or receiving interests in the Global Note in DTC, and making or receiving
payment in accordance with normal procedures for
90
<PAGE> 91
same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and CEDEL
participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for
Euroclear or CEDEL.
DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Holder of Exchange Notes only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose account with DTC interests in the Global Notes are
credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount
of the Exchange Notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have
given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default (as defined
below) under the Notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Note for
Exchange Notes in certificated form, and to distribute such Exchange Notes to
its Participants.
The information in this section concerning DTC, Euroclear and CEDEL and
their book-entry systems has been obtained from sources that the Company
believes to be reliable, but the Company takes no responsibility for the
accuracy thereof.
Although DTC, Euroclear and CEDEL have agreed to the foregoing procedures
to facilitate transfers of interests in the Notes among participants in DTC,
Euroclear and CEDEL, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to
perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the
performance by DTC, Euroclear or CEDEL or their respective participants or
indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and
procedures governing their operations.
Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes. A Global Note is
exchangeable for definitive Exchange Notes in registered certificated form if
(i) DTC (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
Depository for the Global Note and the Company thereupon fails to appoint a
successor depository or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under
the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company at its option, notifies the Trustee in
writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Exchange Notes in
certificated form of (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default
or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In addition, beneficial
interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for certificated Exchange Notes upon
request but only upon at least 20 days prior written notice given to the Trustee
by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with its customary procedures. In all
cases, certificated Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or
beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any
approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in
accordance with its customary procedures).
SUBORDINATION
The payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes will, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, be subordinated in right
of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. Upon any
payment or distribution of assets to creditors upon any liquidation,
dissolution, winding up, reorganization, assignment for the benefit or
creditors, marshalling of assets or any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
proceedings of the Company, the holders of all Senior Indebtedness will be
entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due thereon
before the Holders of the Notes will be entitled to receive any Notes Payment.
In the event that any Senior Payment Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, then no Notes Payment shall be made unless and until such Senior
Payment Default shall have been cured or waived.
In the event that any Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, then, upon the receipt by the Company and the Trustee of written
notice of such Senior Nonmonetary Default from a Person designated as an
administrative agent for the Designated Senior Indebtedness or, if there is no
outstanding Designated Senior Indebtedness, any holder of Senior Indebtedness,
no Notes Payment shall be made during the period (the "Payment Blockage Period")
commencing on the date of such receipt of such written notice and ending on the
earlier of (i) the date on which such Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have been
cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist and any acceleration of Senior
Indebtedness shall have been rescinded or annulled or the Senior Indebtedness to
which such Senior Nonmonetary Default relates shall have been
91
<PAGE> 92
discharged or (ii) the 179th day after the date of such receipt of such written
notice. No more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced with respect
to the Notes during any 360-day period and there shall be a period of at least
181 consecutive days in each 360-day period in which no Payment Blockage Period
is in effect. No Payment Blockage Period shall be in effect if there is no
payment blockage period in effect with respect to any outstanding 2006 Notes.
For all purposes of this paragraph, no Senior Nonmonetary Default that was known
to the holders of Senior Indebtedness to exist or be continuing on the date of
commencement of any Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis for
the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by an administrative
agent for the Designated Senior Indebtedness unless such Senior Nonmonetary
Default shall have been cured for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.
By reason of such subordination, in the event of insolvency, creditors of
the Company who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness, the 2006 Notes or the
Notes may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness and may
recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes.
At June 30, 1996, Senior Indebtedness aggregated approximately $243.8
million. The Company expects from time to time to Incur additional Indebtedness
constituting Senior Indebtedness. See "Capitalization." The Indenture will not
prohibit or limit the Incurrence of additional Senior Indebtedness. In addition,
all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company's
Subsidiaries will be effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes. At
June 30, 1996, the total outstanding Indebtedness of the Company's Subsidiaries
not eliminated in the Company's consolidated financial statements was
approximately $46.5 million.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
Prior to February 1, 2002, the Notes may be redeemed at any time at the
option of the Company, in whole or from time to time in part, at a redemption
price equal to the sum of (i) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed
together with accrued interest thereon to but excluding the date fixed for
redemption and (ii) the Make-Whole Amount, if any, with respect to the Notes or
portion thereof being redeemed.
On or after February 1, 2002, the Notes may be redeemed at any time at the
option of the Company, in whole or from time to time in part, at the following
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), in each case
together with accrued interest to but excluding the date fixed for redemption,
if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning February 1 of each of the years
indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION
YEAR PRICE
------------------------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
2002............................................. 105.25%
2003............................................. 103.50%
2004............................................. 101.75%
2005 and thereafter.............................. 100.00%
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the previous two paragraphs, on or before February 1, 1999,
the Company may at its option, apply Qualified Capital Stock Proceeds and
Affiliate and Related Person Proceeds to redeem up to $66 million in aggregate
principal amount of Notes at 110.50% (expressed as a percentage of the stated
principal amount thereof), together with accrued interest to but excluding the
date fixed for redemption.
Notice of any optional redemption of any Notes (or portion thereof) will be
given to Holders at their addresses appearing in the Security Register, not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. The notice
of redemption shall state the redemption date, the redemption price, if less
than all the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes are to be redeemed, principal
amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, that on the redemption date the
92
<PAGE> 93
redemption price will become due and payable upon each Note to be redeemed and
the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the
redemption price.
No sinking fund is provided for the Notes.
REGISTRATION COVENANT; EXCHANGE OFFER
The Company has entered into an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement
(the "Registration Rights Agreement") pursuant to which the Company agreed, for
the benefit of the Holders of the Original Notes, (i) to file with the
Commission, within 30 days following the Closing, a registration statement (the
"Exchange Offer Registration Statement") under the Securities Act relating to an
Exchange Offer pursuant to which notes substantially identical to the Original
Notes (except that such notes will not contain terms with respect to the Special
Interest payments described below or transfer restrictions) (the "Exchange
Notes") would be offered in exchange for the then outstanding Original Notes
tendered at the option of the Holders and (ii) to use their best efforts to
cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective as soon as
practicable thereafter. The registration statement of which this Prospectus is a
part has been filed to satisfy such obligation. The Company has further agreed
to commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement has become effective, hold such offer open for at least 30 days, and
issue Exchange Notes for all Original Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
before the expiration of such offer.
Under existing Commission interpretations, the Exchange Notes would in
general be freely transferable after the Exchange Offer without further
registration under the Securities Act, except that broker-dealers
("Participating Broker-Dealers") receiving Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer
will be subject to a prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resale of
those Exchange Notes. The Commission has taken the position that Participating
Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect
to the Exchange Notes (other than a resale of any unsold allotment from the
original sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes) by delivery of the prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Under the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Company is required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers
and other persons, if any, subject to similar prospectus delivery requirements
to use the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
connection with the resale of such Exchange Notes. The Exchange Offer
Registration Statement will be kept effective for a period of up to 90 days
after the Exchange Offer has been consummated in order to permit resales of
Exchange Notes acquired by broker-dealers in after-market transactions. Each
Holder of the Original Notes (other than certain specified Holders) who wishes
to exchange such Original Notes for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer will be
required to represent that any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be
acquired in the ordinary course of its business, that at the time of the
commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement with any person to
participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of
the Exchange Notes and that it is not an Affiliate of the Company.
However, if on or before the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer the
existing Commission interpretations are changed such that the Exchange Notes
would not in general be freely transferable on such date, the Company will, in
lieu of effecting registration of Exchange Notes, file a registration statement
under the Securities Act relating to a shelf registration of the Original Notes
for resale by Holders (the "Resale Registration") to become effective and to
remain effective (except for one period not to exceed 30 consecutive days in any
twelve month period) for a period of up to three years after the Closing. In
addition, in the event the Purchasers shall not have resold all of the Original
Notes purchased by them pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (defined below) prior
to the expiration of the Exchange Offer and are not entitled to rely on the
interpretation of the Commission Staff to receive freely transferable Exchange
Notes, the Company will file a Resale Registration; provided that the expenses
related to such Resale Registration shall be paid by the Purchasers after nine
months from the date of effectiveness of such Resale Registration. The Company
will, in the event of the Resale Registration, provide to the Holders of the
Original Notes
93
<PAGE> 94
copies of the prospectus that is a part of the registration statement filed in
connection with the Resale Registration, notify such Holders when the Resale
Registration for the Original Notes has become effective and take certain other
actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Original Notes. A
Holder of Original Notes that sells such Original Notes pursuant to the Resale
Registration generally would be required to be named as a selling security
holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will
be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act
in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement that are applicable to such a Holder (including
certain indemnification obligations).
In the event that (i) the Company has not filed the registration statement
relating to the Exchange Offer (or, if applicable, the Resale Registration)
within 30 days following the Closing, (ii) such registration statement (or, if
applicable, the Resale Registration) has not become effective within 75 days
following the Closing, (iii) the expiration of the Exchange Offer has not
occurred within 45 business days after the effective date of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or (iv) any registration statement required by the
Registration Rights Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall
thereafter cease to be effective (except as specifically permitted therein)
without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement
filed and declared effective (any such event referred to in clauses (i) through
(iv), a "Registration Default"; provided that no more than one Registration
Default shall be deemed to be in effect at any one time), then interest will
accrue (in addition to the stated interest on the Original Notes) at the rate of
0.5% per annum on the principal amount of the Original Notes, for the period
from the occurrence of the Registration Default until such time as no
Registration Default is in effect. Such additional interest (the "Special
Interest") will be payable in cash semiannually in arrears on each February 1
and August 1. For each 90-day period that the Registration Default continues,
the per annum rate of such Special Interest will increase by an additional 0.5%,
provided that such rate shall in no event exceed 2.0% per annum in the
aggregate. Special Interest, if any, will be computed on the basis of a 365 or
366 day year, as the case may be, and the number of days actually elapsed.
The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which will be available upon request to the Company.
The Original Notes and the Exchange Notes will be considered collectively
to be a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without
limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and Offers to Purchase, and for
purposes of this Description of the Notes (except under this caption
"-- Registration Covenant; Exchange Offer") all references herein to "Original
Notes" or "Notes" shall be deemed to refer collectively to the Original Notes
and any Exchange Notes, unless the context otherwise requires.
CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of a Note shall
have the right to have such Note repurchased by the Company on the terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Company shall, within 30 days
following the date of the consummation of a transaction resulting in a Change of
Control, mail an Offer to Purchase all outstanding Notes at a purchase price
equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount plus accrued interest to but
excluding the Purchase Date. The Credit Facility precludes the Company from
making such an Offer to Purchase, and the Company will be required to obtain
written consents or waivers from the lenders under the Credit Facility or repay
Indebtedness under the Credit Facility in order to be able to make the Offer to
Purchase.
94
<PAGE> 95
"Change of Control" means (i) directly or indirectly a sale, transfer or
other conveyance of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, on a
consolidated basis, to any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used for
purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not
applicable), excluding transfers or conveyances to or among the Company's Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in
one transaction or series of related transactions, in each case with the effect
that any Person or group of Persons that, as of the date of the Indenture, are
not Initial Investors or Affiliates of the Initial Investors own more than 50%
of the total Voting Power entitled to vote in the election of directors,
managers or trustees of the transferee entity immediately after such
transaction, (ii) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used for purposes
of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not applicable),
other than the Initial Investors (or any Person or group of Persons that, at the
date of the Indenture, are Affiliates of the Initial Investors), is or becomes
the "beneficial owner" (as that term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act, whether or not applicable, except that a Person shall be deemed to
have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such Person has the right to
acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage
of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total Voting Power of
the Company or (iii) during any period of 24 consecutive months, individuals who
at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the
Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board or whose
nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a
vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either
directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for
election was previously so approved), cease for any reason to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office.
The Company will comply with any tender offer rules under the Exchange Act
which may then be applicable, including Rule 14e-l thereunder, in connection
with any Offer to Purchase.
COVENANTS
LIMITATION ON CONSOLIDATED INDEBTEDNESS
The Indenture will prohibit the Company and any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries from Incurring any Indebtedness unless the Company's Indebtedness
to EBITDA Ratio at the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the
Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving pro forma effect thereto, is less
than:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE PERIOD RATIO
---------------------------------------------- -------------
<S> <C>
Prior to June 30, 2000........................ 9 to 1; and
Thereafter.................................... 7 to 1
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
may Incur the following Indebtedness without regard to the foregoing
limitations:
(i) Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes or otherwise arising under the
Indenture;
(ii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, that is outstanding or committed at the date of the Indenture
under the Credit Facility (including any letters of credit issued
thereunder) and the NORTEL Facility and any renewal, extension, refinancing
or refunding thereof in an amount which, together with any amount remaining
outstanding or committed under the Credit Facility and the NORTEL Facility,
does not exceed $950 million outstanding; provided that this clause (ii)
shall not prohibit the Company from incurring additional Indebtedness under
the Credit Facility or the NORTEL Facility otherwise permitted pursuant to
this covenant;
(iii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is
outstanding or committed prior to February 1, 2000 for the acquisition,
construction or improvement by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
assets in the Wireless Communications Business; provided that the amount of
such Indebtedness at any time outstanding does not exceed 100% of the Fair
Market Value of such assets;
95
<PAGE> 96
(iv) Indebtedness of the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company owing to the Company or any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
(v) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to renew,
extend, refinance or refund any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary outstanding or committed on the date of renewal,
extension, refinancing or refunding other than Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to clause (ii) or (iv); provided, however, that such Indebtedness
does not exceed the principal amount of outstanding or committed
Indebtedness so renewed, extended, refinanced or refunded plus financing
fees and other expenses associated therewith; provided, further, that (a)
such renewing, extending, refinancing or refunding Indebtedness shall have
no mandatory repayments or redemptions prior to the Indebtedness being
renewed, extended, refinanced or refunded and (b) in the case of any
refinancing or refunding of Indebtedness pari passu to the Notes, the
refinancing or refunding Indebtedness is made pari passu or subordinated to
the Notes and, in the case of any refinancing or refunding of Indebtedness
subordinated to the Notes, the refinancing or refunding Indebtedness is
made subordinate to the Notes to substantially the same extent as the
Indebtedness refinanced or refunded;
(vi) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
under Interest Hedge Agreements to hedge permitted Indebtedness; and
(vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is
outstanding or committed prior to February 1, 2000, other than Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) above, which, together with
any other outstanding indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (vii),
does not exceed $50 million at any time outstanding or committed.
LIMITATION ON PREFERRED STOCK OF RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
The Indenture will prohibit the Company from allowing any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to create or issue any Preferred Stock except:
(i) Preferred Stock outstanding on the date of the Indenture;
(ii) Preferred Stock issued to and held by the Company or any Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
(iii) Preferred Stock issued by any Person prior to that Person's
having become a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
(iv) Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary the proceeds of
which are used to refinance outstanding Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary, provided that (a) the liquidation value of the refinancing
Preferred Stock does not exceed the liquidation value so refinanced plus
financing fees and other expenses associated with such refinancing and (b)
such refinancing Preferred Stock has no mandatory redemptions prior to the
Preferred Stock being refinanced; and
(v) Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary with a
cumulative liquidation preference in an amount which could have been
Incurred at the time of such issuance as Indebtedness under the provision
of the Indenture described under "-- Limitation on Consolidated
Indebtedness."
LIMITATION ON CERTAIN ASSET DISPOSITIONS
The Indenture will prohibit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from
making any Asset Disposition in one or more related transactions that result in
aggregate net proceeds in excess of $10 million unless (i) the consideration
received at the time of such Asset Disposition is at least equal to the Fair
Market Value of the assets as determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company (which determination will be evidenced by a Board Resolution), (ii) (A)
at least 85% of the consideration received consists of cash or readily
marketable cash equivalents or the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary or (B) so long as no Event of Default or event which
with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default has occurred
96
<PAGE> 97
and is continuing, the consideration paid to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary is substantially comparable in type to the assets being sold as
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (which determination will be
evidenced by a Board Resolution) and (iii) all the Net Available Proceeds shall
be applied (a) first, to the payment of Senior Indebtedness (or Indebtedness of
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) then outstanding; (b) second, to
make any offer to purchase required under the 2006 Notes Indenture; (c) third,
to make an Offer to Purchase any outstanding Notes at par value plus accrued
interest and any other offer to purchase required under the terms of
Indebtedness that is pari passu to the Notes, on a pro rata basis; and (d)
fourth, to the repayment of other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary. The Company will not be able to make an offer to purchase pursuant
to clause (ii)(b) or (c) without obtaining written consents from or repaying the
lenders under the Credit Facility.
Notwithstanding clause (iii) of the preceding paragraph, the Indenture will
not require the Company to repay Senior Indebtedness (or Indebtedness of such
Restricted Subsidiary) then outstanding, to make an Offer to Purchase any
outstanding Notes at par value or to repay any other Indebtedness with the
proceeds of any Asset Disposition to the extent that the Net Available Proceeds
from any Asset Disposition are invested within 365 days of such Asset
Disposition in assets or an entity in the Wireless Communications Business or
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall have entered into a binding
agreement to invest in such assets or entity and such investment shall have been
consummated within eighteen months of such Asset Disposition.
For purposes of the foregoing, "Net Available Proceeds" means the aggregate
amount of cash (including any other consideration that is converted into cash)
received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such an Asset
Disposition, less the sum of (i) all fees, commissions and other expenses
Incurred in connection with such Asset Disposition, including the amount of
income taxes required to be paid by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
connection therewith and (ii) the aggregate amount of cash so received which is
used to retire any existing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary which is required to be repaid in connection therewith.
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
The Indenture will prohibit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from
making any Restricted Payment unless after giving effect thereto (a) no Event of
Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (b) the Company would be
permitted to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the provision
of the Indenture described in the first paragraph under "--Limitation on
Consolidated Indebtedness"; and (c) the total of all Restricted Payments made on
or after the date of the Indenture does not exceed the sum of (i) Cumulative
EBITDA less 1.6 times Cumulative Interest Expense and (ii) 100% of the aggregate
Affiliate and Related Person Proceeds and Qualified Capital Stock Proceeds of
the Company after the date of the Indenture.
The foregoing provision shall not be violated, so long as no Event of
Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an
event of default has occurred and is continuing (other than in the case of
clause (ii)), by reason of (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
declaration thereof if at the declaration date such payment would have complied
with the foregoing provision, (ii) any refinancing of any Indebtedness otherwise
permitted under the provision of the Indenture described under clause (ii) or
(v) of "--Limitation on Consolidated Indebtedness," (iii) Permitted Joint
Venture Investments, (iv) the payment of scheduled dividends on, or the
redemption of, Preferred Stock permitted to be created or issued pursuant to the
provision of the Indenture described under "-- Limitation on Preferred Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries" or (v) Restricted Payments, in addition to Restricted
Payments permitted pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) above, not in excess of
$25 million in the aggregate after the date of the Indenture.
97
<PAGE> 98
LIMITATIONS CONCERNING DISTRIBUTIONS AND TRANSFERS BY RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES
The Indenture will provide that the Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any consensual restriction or prohibition on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends on, or make other distributions in
respect of, its capital stock, or any other ownership interest or participation
in, or measured by, its profits, to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or
pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, suffer to exist any such restriction or
prohibition (i) pursuant to any agreement in effect on the date of the
Indenture, (ii) pursuant to an agreement entered into after the date of the
Indenture relating to any Indebtedness the Incurrence of which is permitted
under the Indenture, provided, however, that the provisions contained in such
agreement relating to such encumbrance or restriction are no more restrictive in
any material respect than those contained in the NORTEL Facility or are no more
restrictive in any material respect than those contained in the Indenture, (iii)
pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness of such Restricted
Subsidiary which was outstanding or committed prior to the date on which such
Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company other than in anticipation of
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) pursuant to an agreement effecting a
renewal, extension, refinancing or refunding of any agreement described in
clauses (i) through (iii) above, provided, however, that the provisions
contained in such renewal, extension, refinancing or refunding agreement
relating to such encumbrance or restriction are no more restrictive in any
material respect than the provisions contained in the agreement the subject
thereof.
LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WHOLLY OWNED
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
Subject to the requirements of the provision of the Indenture described
under "-- Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease," the Indenture
will provide that the Company will not, and will not permit any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of
any Capital Stock of such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any other Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary; and shall not permit any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary to issue shares of its Capital Stock or securities convertible into,
or warrants, rights or options, to subscribe for or purchase shares of, its
Capital Stock to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may allow any
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or dispose
of the Capital Stock of such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or of any other
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or allow any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary to issue Capital Stock or securities convertible into, or warrants,
rights or options, to subscribe for or purchase shares of, its Capital Stock to
any Person provided that all the Capital Stock of such Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary is sold or otherwise disposed of and provided that such sale or
disposition is effected in accordance with the terms of the provision of the
Indenture described under "--Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions."
LIMITATIONS ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND RELATED PERSONS
The Indenture will provide that the Company will not, and will not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, enter into any transaction
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1 million, including, without
limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering
of any service, with or to any Affiliate or Related Person (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary), unless a majority of the disinterested members of the
Board of Directors of the Company determines (which determination will be
evidenced by a Board Resolution) that (i) such transaction is in the best
interests of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such
98
<PAGE> 99
transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary than those which might be obtained in arm's length
transactions with a third party at the time.
LIMITATION ON LIENS
The Indenture will provide that the Company may not, and may not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien on or
with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired to secure
any Indebtedness that is pari passu or subordinated to the Notes without making,
or causing such Restricted Subsidiary to make, effective provision for securing
the Notes (i) equally and ratably with such Indebtedness as to such property for
so long as such Indebtedness will be so secured or (ii) in the event such
Indebtedness is Indebtedness of the Company which is subordinate in right of
payment to the Notes, prior to such Indebtedness as to such property for so long
as such Indebtedness will be so secured.
The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to: (i) Liens existing in
respect of any Indebtedness that exists on the date of the Indenture; (ii) Liens
in favor of the Company or Liens in favor of a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company on the assets or Capital Stock of another Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (iii) Liens to secure Indebtedness
outstanding or committed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
purchase price or the cost of construction or improvement of the equipment or
other property subject to such Liens; provided, however, that (a) the principal
amount of any Indebtedness secured by such a Lien does not exceed 100% of such
purchase price or cost, (b) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other
property other than such item of property or any improvements on such item and
(c) the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted by the Indenture;
(iv) Liens on property existing immediately prior to the time of acquisition
thereof (and not Incurred in anticipation of the financing of such acquisition);
or (v) Liens to secure Indebtedness to extend, renew, refinance or refund (or
successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in
part, Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (i),
(iii) and (iv) so long as such Lien does not extend to any other property and
the principal amount of Indebtedness so secured is not increased except as
otherwise permitted under the provision of the Indenture described under clause
(ii) or (v) of "--Limitation on Consolidated Indebtedness."
LIMITATION ON CERTAIN DEBT
The Indenture will provide that the Company will not Incur any Indebtedness
that is subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company
unless the Indebtedness so Incurred is either pari passu or subordinate in right
of payment to the Notes.
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
The Indenture will provide that the Company will not consolidate with or
merge into any Person or permit any other Person to consolidate with or merge
into the Company, or transfer, sell, convey or lease or otherwise dispose of all
or substantially all of its assets to, any Person unless (i)(a) the Company is
the surviving entity or (b) if the Company is not the surviving entity then the
successor or transferee assumes all the obligations of the Company under the
Notes and the Indenture, (ii) the Consolidated Net Worth of the successor or
transferee immediately after the transaction is not less than 100% of the
Company's Consolidated Net Worth immediately prior to the transaction, (iii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Company would be
permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
provision of the Indenture described in the first paragraph under "--Limitation
on Consolidated Indebtedness," (iv) after giving effect to such transaction no
Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time would become an
Event of Default has occurred and (v) an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel covering such conditions shall be delivered to the Trustee.
99
<PAGE> 100
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
The following are Events of Default under the Indenture: (i) failure to pay
the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at Maturity; (ii) failure to
pay any interest on the Notes when it becomes due and payable continued for 30
days; (iii) failure, on the applicable Purchase Date, to purchase Notes required
to be purchased by the Company pursuant to an Offer to Purchase as to which an
Offer has been mailed to Holders; (iv) failure to perform or comply with the
provisions of the Indenture described under "--Mergers, Consolidations and
Certain Sales of Assets"; (v) failure to perform any other covenant or agreement
of the Company under the Indenture continued for 30 days after written notice to
the Company by the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes; (vi) default by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary under the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing Indebtedness
having an outstanding principal amount in excess of $5 million in the aggregate,
which default results in the acceleration of the payment of such Indebtedness or
constitutes the failure to pay the principal of such Indebtedness at maturity;
(vii) the rendering of a final judgment or judgments against the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary in an amount in excess of $5 million which remains
undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days after the date on which the
right of appeal has expired; and (viii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency
or reorganization affecting the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
If an Event of Default, other than an event described under (viii) above,
shall occur and be continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes by notice as provided in the
Indenture, may declare the principal amount of the Notes to be due and payable
immediately; provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a
judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind
and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the non-payment
of accelerated principal of the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in
the Indenture. If an Event of Default described under (viii) above shall occur,
the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with
respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall
have previously given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and
unless the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee and the Trustee
shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and
shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. However, such
limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for
enforcement of payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on
such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note. The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may
waive any existing Default except a Default in the payment of interest or
principal (including premium) on the Notes.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
"Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with
respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of
such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
"Affiliate and Related Person Proceeds" means any cash payment received by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Affiliate or Related Person
from any transaction permitted under
100
<PAGE> 101
the provisions of the Indenture described under "--Limitations on Transactions
with Affiliates and Related Persons."
"Asset Disposition" by any Person means any transfer, conveyance, sale,
lease or other disposition by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(including a consolidation or merger or other sale of any such Restricted
Subsidiary with, into or to another Person in a transaction in which such
Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, but excluding a
disposition by a Subsidiary of such Person to such Person or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or by such Person to a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person) of (i) shares of Capital Stock (other than
directors' qualifying shares) or other ownership interests of a Subsidiary of
such Person, (ii) substantially all of the assets of such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries representing a division or line of business or (iii) other assets
or rights of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries having a Fair Market Value
greater than $100,000.
"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board
of Directors, to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification
and delivered to the Trustee.
"Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday
which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City, the State of
Washington or the State of California are authorized or obligated by law or
executive order to close.
"Capital Lease Obligation" means that portion of any obligation of a Person
as lessee under a lease which is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet
of such lessee in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
"Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock of
such Person.
"Consolidated Income Tax Expense" of any Person means for any period the
provision for income taxes of such Person and its Consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period.
"Consolidated Indebtedness" of any Person means at any date the
Indebtedness of such Person and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries at such
date.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" of any Person means for any period the
interest expense included in an income statement (taking into account the effect
of any Interest Hedge Agreements but without deduction of interest income) of
such Person and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
including without limitation or duplication (or, to the extent not so included,
with the addition of), (i) the portion of any rental obligation in respect of
any Capital Lease Obligation allocable to interest expense in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles; (ii) the amortization of Indebtedness
discounts; (iii) any payments or fees with respect to letters of credit, bankers
acceptances or similar facilities; (iv) fees with respect to Interest Hedge
Agreements; (v) the portion of any rental obligations in respect of any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction allocable to interest expense (determined as if such were
treated as a Capital Lease Obligation); and (vi) Preferred Stock dividends
declared and payable in cash.
"Consolidated Net Income" of any Person means for any period the net income
(or loss) of such Person for such period determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; provided that there
shall be excluded therefrom (to the extent included and without duplication) (i)
the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by such Person or a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person after the date of the Indenture in a pooling-of-
interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such transaction, (ii)
the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Consolidated Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person except to the extent of the amount of dividends or
other distributions actually paid to such Person by such other Person during
such period, (iii) gains or losses from sales of assets other than sales of
assets
101
<PAGE> 102
acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business and (iv) all
extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses.
"Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the consolidated shareholders'
equity of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles; provided that, with respect to the
Company, adjustments following the date of the Indenture to the accounting books
and records of the Company in accordance with Accounting Principles Board
Opinions Nos. 16 and 17 (or successor opinions thereto) or otherwise resulting
from the acquisition of control of the Company by another Person and its
Subsidiaries shall not be given effect to.
"Consolidated Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means all other Persons
that would be accounted for as consolidated Persons in such Person's financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles other
than Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
"Credit Facility" means the Loan Agreement, dated as of May 6, 1996, among
the Company, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, Barclays Bank, PLC, and Morgan Guaranty
Trust Company of New York, as Managing Agents, and the other financial
institutions named therein, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Cumulative EBITDA" means EBITDA of the Company and its Consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries for the period beginning on the first day of the fiscal
quarter immediately following the date of the Indenture, through and including
the end of the last fiscal quarter preceding the date of any proposed Restricted
Payment.
"Cumulative Interest Expense" means the total amount of Consolidated
Interest Expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for
the period beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately
following the date of the Indenture, through and including the end of the last
fiscal quarter preceding the date of any proposed Restricted Payment.
"Depositary" means a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that
is designated to act as Depositary for the Notes until a successor Depositary
shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture,
and thereafter "Depositary" shall mean such successor Depositary. The Depositary
initially is DTC.
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" means the Indebtedness under the Credit
Facility.
"EBITDA" of any Person means for any period the Consolidated Net Income for
such period increased by the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense of such
Person for such period, plus (ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense of such Person
for such period, plus (iii) the consolidated depreciation and amortization
expense included in the income statement of such Person and its Consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus (iv) all other non-cash charges
and expenses that were deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such
period, minus (v) all non-cash revenues and gains to the extent included in
Consolidated Net Income for such period.
"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any assets or Person, the price
which could be negotiated in an arm's-length free market transaction, for cash,
between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue
pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value will be
determined (i) if such Person or assets has a Fair Market Value of less than $5
million, by any officer of the Company and evidenced by an Officers'
Certificate, dated within 30 days of the relevant transaction, or (ii) if such
Person or assets has a Fair Market Value in excess of $5 million or more, by a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company and evidenced by a Board
Resolution, dated within 30 days of the relevant transaction.
"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Security
Register.
"Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any
Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume,
guarantee or otherwise become
102
<PAGE> 103
liable in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation or the recording, as
required pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles or otherwise, of
any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person
(and "Incurrence", "Incurred", "Incurrable" and "Incurring" shall have meanings
correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in generally
accepted accounting principles that results in an obligation of such Person that
exists at such time becoming Indebtedness shall not be deemed an Incurrence of
such Indebtedness.
"Indebtedness" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person,
whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether
or not contingent, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed, (ii)
every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar
instruments, including obligations Incurred in connection with the acquisition
of property, assets or businesses, (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such
Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar
facilities issued for the account of such Person, (iv) every obligation of such
Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services
(but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the
ordinary course of business), (v) every Capital Lease Obligation of such Person,
(vi) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Stock of
such Person at the time of determination, (vii) every obligation to pay rent or
other payment amounts of such Person with respect to any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction to which such Person is a party, (viii) every obligation of the type
referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) of another Person and all dividends of
another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed
or is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or
otherwise and (ix) the liquidation value of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to
the provision of the Indenture described in clause (v) of
"-- Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries."
"Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" of any Person means at any date the ratio of
Consolidated Indebtedness outstanding on such date to EBITDA for the four full
fiscal quarters immediately preceding such date; provided, however, that, in the
event such person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has acquired a Person
during or after such period in a pooling-of-interests transaction, such
computation shall be made on a pro forma basis as if the transaction had taken
place on the first day of such period.
"Initial Investors" means the Stanton Entities, the Hellman & Friedman
Entities, the Goldman Sachs Entities and Providence.
"Interest Hedge Agreements" means any interest rate swap, cap, collar,
floor, caption or swaption agreements, or any similar arrangements designed to
hedge the risk of variable interest rate volatility or to reduce interest costs,
arising at any time between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, on the one
hand, and any Person (other than an Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary), on the other hand, as such agreement or arrangement may be
modified, supplemented and in effect from time to time.
"Lien" means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed
of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security
interest, lien, charge, easement (other than an easement not materially
impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance, preference, priority or
other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including, without
limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
"Make-Whole Amount" on any date in respect of any Note means the excess, if
any, of (i) the aggregate present value as of such date of each dollar of
principal being redeemed or paid and the amount of interest (exclusive of
interest accrued to such date) that would have been payable in respect of each
such dollar if such redemption or payment had not been made, determined by
discounting, on a semi-annual basis, such principal and interest at the
Reinvestment Rate (determined on the third Business Day preceding the date on
which notice of redemption or payment is made) from the respective dates on
which principal and interest would have been payable if such
103
<PAGE> 104
redemption or payment had not been made, over (ii) the aggregate principal
amount of such Senior Subordinated Note being redeemed or paid.
"Maturity" means, when used with respect to any Senior Subordinated Note,
the date on which the principal of such Senior Subordinated Note becomes due and
payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call
for redemption or otherwise.
"NORTEL Facility" means the Loan Agreement, dated June 30, 1995, between
Western PCS II Corporation and Northern Telecom Inc., as such agreement may be
amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Notes" means, collectively, the Original Notes and the Exchange Notes, and
"Note" refers to either a "Original Note" or Exchange Note, as the case may be.
"Notes Payment" means any payment or distribution of any kind or character,
whether in cash, property or securities, or account of principal of (or premium,
if any) or interest on or other obligations in respect of the Original Notes or
the Exchange Notes or other Indebtedness of the Company that is pari passu or
subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or on account of any purchase or
other acquisition of Original Notes or Exchange Notes or such other Indebtedness
by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.
"Offer to Purchase" means a written offer (the "Offer") sent by the Company
to each Holder at his address appearing in the Security Register on the date of
the Offer offering to purchase up to the principal amount of Notes specified in
such Offer at the purchase price specified in such Offer. Unless otherwise
required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date (the
"Expiration Date") of the Offer to Purchase which, subject to any contrary
requirements of applicable law, shall be not less than 30 days nor more than 60
days after the date of such Offer to Purchase and a settlement date (the
"Purchase Date") for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the
Expiration Date. The Offer shall also state the section of the Indenture
pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made, the Expiration Date and
the Purchase Date, the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
offered to be purchased by the Company, the purchase price to be paid by the
Company and the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.
"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two officers at least
one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, principal accounting
officer or principal financial officer of the Company and delivered to the
Trustee.
"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel
for the Company, and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and
delivered to the Trustee.
"Permitted Joint Venture" means, as applied to any Person, any corporation
or other entity (a) engaged in the acquisition, ownership, operation and
management of assets in the Wireless Communications Business, (b) over which
such Person is responsible (either directly or through a services agreement) for
day-to-day operations or otherwise has operational and managerial control, (c)
of which more than forty percent (40%) of the outstanding Capital Stock (other
than directors' qualifying shares) having ordinary Voting Power to elect its
board of directors, regardless of the existence at the time of a right of the
holders of any class or classes of securities of such corporation to exercise
such Voting Power by reason of the happening of any contingency, in the case of
a corporation, or more than forty percent (40%) of the outstanding ownership
interests, in the case of an entity other than a corporation, is at the time
owned directly or indirectly by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person, or by such Person and by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person
and (d) with respect to which such Person has the right or option to acquire all
of the outstanding Capital Stock or ownership interests not owned by such
Person.
"Permitted Joint Venture Investment" means (i) any payment on account of
the purchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition of (A) any shares of Capital
Stock or other ownership
104
<PAGE> 105
interests of a Permitted Joint Venture or (B) any option, warrant or other right
to acquire shares of Capital Stock or ownership interests of a Permitted Joint
Venture or (ii) any loan, advance, lease, capital contribution to, or investment
in, or payment of a guarantee of any obligation of a Permitted Joint Venture;
provided that such loan, advance, lease, capital contribution, investment or
payment provides for a return that is senior in right of payment to any return
on the Capital Stock or ownership interests of such Permitted Joint Venture;
provided, further, that not less than 75% of the aggregate Permitted Joint
Venture Investments in any Permitted Joint Venture shall be Permitted Joint
Venture Investments described in clause (ii).
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.
"Qualified Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all
shares of Capital Stock other than Redeemable Stock issued by such Person after
the date of the Indenture.
"Qualified Capital Stock Proceeds" means, with respect to any Person, (a)
in the case of any sale of Qualified Capital Stock, the aggregate net cash
proceeds received by such Person, after payment of expenses, commissions and the
like Incurred by such Person in connection therewith, and net of Indebtedness
that such Person Incurred, guaranteed or otherwise became liable for in
connection with the issuance or acquisition of such Capital Stock; and (b) in
the case of any exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender of any Preferred
Stock or Indebtedness of such Person or any Subsidiary issued for cash after the
date of the Indenture for or into shares of Qualified Capital Stock of such
Person, the liquidation value of the Preferred Stock or the net book value of
such Indebtedness as adjusted on the books of such Person to the date of such
exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender, plus any additional amount paid by
the securityholders to such Person upon such exchange, exercise, conversion or
surrender and less any and all payments made to the securityholders, and all
other expenses, commissions and the like Incurred by such Person or any
Subsidiary in connection therewith.
"Redeemable Stock" of any Person means any equity security of such Person
that by its terms or otherwise is required to be redeemed prior to the final
Stated Maturity of the Notes or is redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof at any time prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes.
"Reinvestment Rate" means the arithmetic mean of the yields under the
respective heading "Week Ending" published in the most recent Statistical
Release under the caption "Treasury Constant Maturities" for the maturity
(rounded to the nearest month) corresponding to the remaining life to maturity,
as of the payment date of the principal being redeemed or paid. If no maturity
exactly corresponds to such maturity, yields for the two published maturities
most closely corresponding to such maturity shall be calculated pursuant to the
immediately preceding sentence and the Reinvestment Rate shall be interpolated
or extrapolated from such yields on a straight-line basis, rounding in each of
the relevant periods to the nearest month. For the purpose of calculating the
Reinvestment Rate, the most recent Statistical Release published prior to the
date of determination of the Make-Whole Amount shall be used.
"Related Person" of any Person means any other Person owning (a) 5% or more
of the outstanding Common Stock of such Person or (b) 5% or more of the Voting
Power of such Person.
"Restricted Payment" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any declaration
or payment of a dividend or other distribution on any shares of such Person's
Capital Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of its Capital
Stock or options, warrants or other rights to acquire its Capital Stock and
other than any declaration or payment of a dividend or other distribution by a
Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary), (ii) any
payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition of (A)
any shares of Capital Stock of such Person or any Related Person (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary) of such Person or (B) any option, warrant or other right
to acquire shares of Capital Stock of such Person or any Related Person
105
<PAGE> 106
(other than a Restricted Subsidiary) of such Person, in each case other than
pursuant to the cashless exercise of options, (iii) any loan, advance, capital
contribution to, or investment in, or payment of a guarantee of any obligation
of, or purchase, redemption or other acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock
or any Indebtedness of, any Affiliate or Related Person (other than a Restricted
Subsidiary or other than any loan, advance, capital contribution to, or
investment in, the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary by a Restricted
Subsidiary, or any payment by any Restricted Subsidiary of any loan, advance or
other Indebtedness or other amount owed by a Restricted Subsidiary to the
Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) and (iv) any redemption, defeasance,
repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value prior to any scheduled
maturity, repayment or sinking fund payment, of any Indebtedness of such Person
which is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes.
"Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person
other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Sale and Leaseback Transaction" of any Person means an arrangement with
any lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party providing
for the leasing by such Person of any property or asset of such Person which has
been or is being sold or transferred by such Person more than 270 days after the
acquisition thereof or the completion of construction or commencement of
operation thereof to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have
been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such
property or asset. The stated maturity of such arrangement shall be the date of
the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such arrangement prior to
the first date on which such arrangement may be terminated by the lessee without
payment of a penalty.
"Security Register" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
"Senior Indebtedness" means the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim
for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) on (i) Indebtedness of
the Company created pursuant to the Credit Facility and all other obligations
thereunder or under the notes, security documents, pledge agreements, Interest
Hedge Agreements or other agreements or instruments executed in connection
therewith, (ii) Indebtedness of the Company created pursuant to any vendor
financing Incurred for the acquisition, construction or improvement by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets in the Wireless Communications
Business, (iii) all other Indebtedness of the Company referred to in the
definition of Indebtedness other than clauses (iv), (vi) and (ix) thereof (and
clause (viii) thereof to the extent applicable to Indebtedness Incurred under
clauses (iv) and (vi) thereof), whether Incurred on or prior to the date of the
Indenture or thereafter Incurred, other than the Notes, and (iv) amendments,
renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings and refundings of any such
Indebtedness; provided, however, the following shall not constitute Senior
Indebtedness: (A) any Indebtedness owed to a Person when such Person is a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (B) any Indebtedness which by the terms of
the instrument creating or evidencing the same is not superior in right of
payment to the Notes, (C) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of the
Indenture (but, as to any such Indebtedness, no such violation shall be deemed
to exist for purposes of this clause (c) if the holder(s) of such Indebtedness
or their representative and the Trustee shall have received an Officers'
Certificate of the Company to the effect that the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness does not (or in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, that the
Incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the
initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate the Indenture) or (D)
any Indebtedness which is subordinated in right or payment in respect to any
other Indebtedness of the Company.
"Senior Nonmonetary Default" means the occurrence or existence and
continuance of any event of default, or of any event which, after notice or
lapse of time (or both), would become an event of default, under the terms of
any instrument pursuant to which any Senior Indebtedness is
106
<PAGE> 107
outstanding, permitting (after notice or lapse of time or both) one or more
holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of the
holders thereof) to declare such Senior Indebtedness due and payable prior to
the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable, other than a Senior
Payment Default.
"Senior Payment Default" means any default in the payment of principal of
(or premium, if any) or interest on any Senior Indebtedness when due, whether at
the stated maturity of any such payment or by declaration of acceleration, call
for redemption or otherwise.
"Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Note or any installment of
interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the date on which the
principal of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable.
"Statistical Release" means the statistical release designated "H.15(519)"
or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Federal Reserve
System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States government
securities adjusted to constant maturities, or, if such statistical release is
not published at the time of any determination under the Indenture, then such
other reasonably comparable index which shall be designated by the Company.
"Subsidiary" means, as applied to any Person, (a) any corporation of which
more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Capital Stock (other than
directors' qualifying shares) having ordinary Voting Power to elect its board of
directors, regardless of the existence at the time of a right of the holders of
any class or classes of securities of such corporation to exercise such Voting
Power by reason of the happening of any contingency, or any entity other than a
corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding ownership
interests, is at the time owned directly or indirectly by such Person, or by one
or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person, or (b) any other entity which is directly or
indirectly controlled or capable of being controlled by such Person, or by one
or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person, including Permitted Joint Ventures.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) any Subsidiary of such
Person that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below
and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of
any Person may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Common Stock or Preferred Stock of,
or owns or holds any lien on any property of, such Person or any Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has
total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than
$1,000, that the Fair Market Value of the Subsidiary at the time of such
designation would be permitted as an investment under the provision of the
Indenture described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments." The Board of
Directors of any Person may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; provided that immediately after giving
effect to such designation (x) such Person would be permitted to Incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the provision of the Indenture described in
the first paragraph under "--Limitation on Consolidated Indebtedness" and (y) no
Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would
become an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Any such designation
by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution submitted to
the Trustee.
"Voting Power" of any Person means the aggregate number of votes of all
classes of Capital Stock of such Person which ordinarily has voting power for
the election of directors of such Person.
"Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly
107
<PAGE> 108
Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
"Wireless Communications Business" means the provision of wireless
communications services and other related services.
MODIFICATION AND WAIVER
Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by the Company
and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes; provided, however, that no such
modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each Note
affected thereby, (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
installment of interest on, any Note, (ii) reduce the principal amount of or
premium, if any, or interest on any Note, (iii) change the place or currency of
payment of principal of, or premium or interest on any Note, (iv) impair the
right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to
any Note, (v) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of Notes
outstanding necessary to amend the Indenture, (vi) reduce the percentage of
aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding necessary for waiver of
compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or for waiver of certain
defaults, (vii) modify such provisions with respect to modification and waiver,
(viii) modify the subordination provisions in a manner adverse to the Holders of
the Notes, (ix) following the mailing of an Offer to Purchase, modify the
provisions of the Indenture with respect to such Offer to Purchase in a manner
adverse to such Holder or (x) modify the provision of the Indenture described
under "-- Limitation on Certain Debt."
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes may waive compliance by the Company with certain restrictive provisions of
the Indenture. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes may waive any past default under the Indenture, except a
default in the payment of principal, premium or interest and certain covenants
and provisions of the Indenture which cannot be amended without the consent of
the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
DEFEASANCE
The Indenture provides that the Company, at its option, (i) will be
discharged from any and all obligations in respect of outstanding Notes (except
for certain obligations to register the transfer or exchange of Notes, to
replace mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Notes and to maintain paying agents
and hold moneys for payment in trust), and the provisions of the Indenture
described under "--Subordination" shall cease to be effective, or (ii) need not
comply with certain restrictive covenants and that such omission shall not be
deemed to be an Event of Default under the Indenture and the Notes, and the
provisions of the Indenture described under "--Subordination" shall cease to be
effective, in either case (i) or (ii) upon irrevocable deposit with the Trustee,
in trust, of money, and/or U.S. government obligations which will provide money
without the need for reinvestment, in an amount sufficient in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants to pay the
principal of, and premium, if any, and each installment of interest, if any, on
the outstanding Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the
Notes. Such trust may only be established if, among other things, (1) with
respect to clause (i), the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Company has received from, or there
has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or there has been a
change in law, which provides that Holders of Notes will not recognize gain or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and
discharge and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the
same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit,
defeasance and discharge had not occurred; or, with respect to clause (ii), the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that the Holders of the Notes will not recognize gain or loss for federal income
tax purposes as a result or such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner
108
<PAGE> 109
and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance
and discharge had not occurred; (2) no Event of Default or event that, with the
passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, shall constitute an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; (3)
no Event of Default described under clause (viii) under "Events of Default"
above or event that, with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both,
shall constitute an Event of Default under such clause (viii) shall have
occurred and be continuing at any time during the period ending on the 121st day
following such date of deposit; (4) such deposit shall not cause the trust so
created to be subject to the Investment Company Act or 1940 or shall be
qualified under such act or exempt from regulation thereunder; and (5) certain
other customary conditions precedent.
NOTICES
Notices to Holders of Exchange Notes will be given by mail to the addresses
of such Holders as they may appear in the Security Register.
TITLE
The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Trustee may treat the Person
in whose name a Exchange Note as the absolute owner thereof (whether or not such
Exchange Note may be overdue) for the purpose of making payment and for all
other purposes.
GOVERNING LAW
The Indenture and the Notes will be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York.
THE TRUSTEE
The Indenture provides that, subject to the duty of the Trustee during an
Event of Default to act with the required standard of care, the Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture
at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall
have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity. Subject to certain
provisions, including those requiring security or indemnification of the
Trustee, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes will have
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
on the Trustee.
The Company will be required to furnish to the Trustee annually a statement
as to the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Indenture and
as to any default in such performance. The Trustee also serves as the Trustee
under the 2006 Notes Indenture.
DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS
Set forth below is a description of certain terms of the Company's Senior
Secured Facilities. See also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
CREDIT FACILITY
The Company has a $950 million Credit Facility with a consortium of
financial institutions. The following summary of the material terms and
provisions of the Credit Facility does not purport to be complete and is subject
to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Credit Facility.
Pursuant to the Credit Facility, the lenders have agreed to make loans to
the Company (the "Loans"), on a revolving credit basis, in the aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $750 million outstanding at any time through
December 31, 1999 at which time the then outstanding principal
109
<PAGE> 110
amount of the Loans converts to a five year term loan. The Company's ability to
borrow funds under the Credit Facility is subject to compliance with certain
operating covenants set forth therein. The principal amount thereof is required
to be amortized in the following percentages during the five year period
commencing on January 1, 2000 and terminating on December 31, 2004: 7%, 13%,
20%, 30% and 30%. The Credit Facility also includes a $200 million term loan.
Such term loan is required to be amortized in the following amounts during the
five year period beginning April 1, 2000 and terminating on March 31, 2005:
$1,000,000, $1,000,000, $1,000,000, $1,000,000 and $196,000,000. The term loan
is subject to and otherwise governed by the terms and conditions of the Credit
Facility.
Revolving credit borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, at the
Company's option, at an annual rate of interest equal to either (i) the greater
of (x) the prime rate of The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, or (y) the
Federal Funds rate plus 5/8%, (ii) a Eurodollar rate or (iii) a CD rate, in each
instance plus an applicable margin. Such applicable margin ranges from 0.50% to
1.50%, in the case of Loans based on the prime rate or Federal Funds rate, 1.50%
to 2.50%, in the case of Loans based on a Eurodollar rate, and 1.75% to 2.75% in
the case of Loans based on a CD rate, in each case based upon the leverage ratio
of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The term loan under the Credit
Facility bears interest at a Eurodollar rate plus 2.75%. The Company has entered
into certain long-term interest rate swap and cap agreements with a total
notional amount of $205 million. As of June 30, 1996, the weighted average
interest rate under these agreements was approximately 6.7%.
The Credit Facility contains affirmative covenants of the Company,
including, among others, maintenance of its licenses and properties, compliance
with laws, insurance, payment of taxes, payment of other indebtedness, the
entering into of interest rate hedging agreements and delivery of financial and
other information. The Credit Facility requires that the Company and certain of
its subsidiaries comply with certain financial tests and maintain certain
financial ratios. The financial ratio covenants in the Credit Facility include,
among others, a limitation on the incurrence of indebtedness based on the ratio
of the Company's indebtedness to operating cash flow (as defined in the Credit
Facility) and a requirement that the Company's ratio of operating cash flow to
cash interest expense be not less than specified levels. In addition, the
Company is required to make certain repayments of the Credit Facility from
certain asset sales and excess cash flow. The Credit Facility also contains
restrictive covenants which impose restrictions and/or limitations on the
operations and activities of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries,
including, among others, the incurrence of indebtedness, the creation or
incurrence of liens, the sale of assets, investments and acquisitions, mergers,
declaration or payment of dividends on or other payments or distributions to
shareholders or material transactions with an affiliate on terms less favorable
than those obtainable from a nonaffiliate.
The Credit Facility currently limits total investment by the Company in its
subsidiaries owning PCS licenses to $450 million from and after May 6, 1996,
plus $233.9 million, cash proceeds from equity issuances by the Company after
May 6, 1996 and $14 million.
The Credit Facility provides for various events of default, including,
without limitation, interest and payment defaults, breach of the Company's
covenants, agreements, representations and warranties under the Credit Facility,
cross defaults to certain other indebtedness, judgments in excess of $1 million
which remain undischarged for a period of 30 days, certain events relating to
bankruptcy or insolvency, revocation of any material FCC license, the failure of
Mr. Stanton, Ms. Gillespie and certain related entities to own in the aggregate
3,100,000 (1,550,000 after December 31, 1996) shares of Common Stock, or Mr.
Stanton ceasing, for any reason, to be the Chairman of the Company's Board of
Directors, unless a successor acceptable to the requisite percentage of lenders
pursuant to the Credit Facility is appointed within 60 days of the date Mr.
Stanton ceases to be Chairman.
110
<PAGE> 111
The repayment of the Loans is secured by, among other things, the grant of
a security interest in all of the assets of the Company excluding, among other
things, the capital stock and assets of Western PCS II Corporation, a
wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company ("Western PCS II"), that are
pledged to NORTEL pursuant to the NORTEL Facility. Western PCS II currently
holds the Company's PCS licenses for the Honolulu, Salt Lake City and El
Paso/Albuquerque MTAs as well as certain related PCS assets. See
"Business -- Introduction," "-- Governmental Regulation -- Licensing of PCS
Systems" and "-- NORTEL Facility."
NORTEL FACILITY
In connection with the Project and Supply Agreement between Western PCS and
NORTEL, Western PCS II entered into a $200 million NORTEL Facility. The
following summary of the material terms and provisions of the NORTEL Facility
does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety
by reference to the NORTEL Facility.
Pursuant to the NORTEL Facility, NORTEL has agreed to make loans to Western
PCS II (the "NORTEL Loans"), on a revolving credit basis, in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $200 million outstanding at any time through June
30, 2000. On such date the then outstanding principal amount of the NORTEL Loans
convert to a three and one-half year term loan with the final payment due on
December 31, 2003. Western PCS II's ability to borrow funds under the NORTEL
Facility is subject to compliance with certain operating covenants set forth
therein. Borrowings under the NORTEL Facility also are limited based on formulas
related to the amount of purchases under the Project and Supply Agreement and
the amount of purchases of PCS equipment from NORTEL or other vendors for use in
Western PCS II's PCS systems.
Borrowings under the NORTEL Facility bear interest, at Western PCS II's
option, at an annual rate of interest equal to either (i) the greater of (x) the
prime rate of The Toronto-Dominion Bank, New York Branch, or (y) the Federal
Funds rate plus 5/8%, plus in either event 1.50%, or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus
2.50%.
The NORTEL Facility contains affirmative covenants of Western PCS II,
including, among others, maintenance of its licenses and properties, compliance
with laws, insurance, payment of taxes, payment of other indebtedness and
delivery of financial and other information. The NORTEL Facility requires that
Western PCS II comply with certain financial tests and maintain certain
financial ratios. The NORTEL Facility contains, among others, covenants of
Western PCS II relating to minimum gross revenues and the ratio of cash coverage
(as defined in the NORTEL Facility) to operating cash flow (as defined in the
NORTEL Facility). In addition, Western PCS II is required to make certain
repayments of the NORTEL Facility from certain asset sales and excess cash flow.
The NORTEL Facility also contains certain restrictive covenants which impose
restrictions and/or limitations on the operations and activities of Western PCS
II including, among other things, the incurrence of indebtedness, the creation
or incurrence of liens, the sale of assets, investments or acquisitions,
mergers, declaration or payment of dividends on or other payments or
distributions to its stockholder or material transactions with an affiliate on
terms less favorable than those obtainable from a non-affiliate.
The NORTEL Facility provides for various events of default including,
without limitation, interest and payment defaults, breach of Western PCS II's
covenants, agreements, representations and warranties under the NORTEL Facility,
cross defaults to certain other indebtedness, including the Credit Facility,
judgments in excess of $1 million which remain undischarged for a period of 30
days, bankruptcy or similar proceedings, revocation of any material FCC license,
the termination of the Project and Supply Agreement prior to the satisfaction of
certain conditions and the failure of the Company to beneficially own and
control, directly or indirectly, a majority of Western PCS II's capital stock or
shares entitling the Company to elect a majority of Western PCS II's board of
directors.
111
<PAGE> 112
The repayment of the NORTEL Loans is secured by, among other things, a
pledge of all of the outstanding capital stock and a grant of a security
interest in all of the assets of Western PCS II to NORTEL.
10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006
On May 29, 1996, the Company issued $200 million principal amount of 2006
Notes. The 2006 Notes mature on June 1, 2006 and have terms and covenants
substantially similar to the Senior Subordinated Notes except that an offer to
purchase the 2006 Notes is to be made prior to an offer to purchase the Notes
under certain circumstances. The 2006 Notes rank pari passu with the Notes.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Exchange Notes will be passed upon for the Company by
Preston Gates & Ellis. Partners in that firm hold an aggregate of 14,057 shares
of the Company's Common Stock.
EXPERTS
The audited consolidated financial statements and schedule of Western
Wireless Corporation and the audited consolidated financial statements of MCLP
included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have
been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as
indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing
in giving said reports.
112
<PAGE> 113
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Based on interpretations by the Staff set forth in no-action letters issued
to third parties, the Company believes the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for the Original Notes may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any holder which
is (i) an Affiliate of the Company, (ii) a broker-dealer who acquired Original
Notes directly from the Company or (iii) a broker-dealer who acquired Original
Notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holders' business, and such holders are not engaged in, and do
not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes. Broker-dealers
receiving Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be subject to a
prospectus delivery requirement with respect to any resale of such Exchange
Notes. To date, the Staff has taken the position that such broker-dealers may
fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to transactions
involving an exchange of securities such as the exchange pursuant to the
Exchange Offer (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the sale of the
Original Notes to the Purchasers) with the prospectus contained in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company has agreed to permit any broker-dealers and other persons, if any,
subject to similar prospectus delivery requirements to use this Prospectus in
connection with the resale of such Exchange Notes. The Company has agreed that
it will make this Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement to this
Prospectus, available to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the
Letter of Transmittal.
Each holder of the Original Notes who wishes to exchange its Original Notes
for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer will be required to make certain
representations to the Company as set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Terms and
Conditions of the Letter of Transmittal". In addition, each holder who is a
broker-dealer and who receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange
for Original Notes that were acquired by it as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, will be required to acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale by it of such Exchange
Notes.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes
by brokers-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own
account pursuant to Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of
resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to
such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be
made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any
broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that
participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any
such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any
such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities
Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver
and be delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incidental to the Exchange Offer
other than commissions and concessions of any brokers or dealers and will
indemnify holders of the Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, as set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement.
113
<PAGE> 114
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants............................................. F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1996, and December 31, 1995 and 1994...... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995
and the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993............................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the six months ended June 30,
1996 and the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.......................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995
and the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993............................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................... F-7
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts..................................... F-27
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Public Accountants............................................. F-28
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1994, and December 31, 1993 and 1992...... F-29
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1994 and
1993, the year ended December 31, 1993, and the period from October 6, 1992
(inception) to December 31, 1992................................................... F-30
Consolidated Statements of Partners' Capital for the six months ended June 30, 1994,
the year ended December 31, 1993, and the period from October 6, 1992 (inception)
to December 31, 1992............................................................... F-31
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 1994 and
1993, the year ended December 31, 1993, and the period from October 6, 1992
(inception) to December 31, 1992................................................... F-32
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................... F-33
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 115
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Western Wireless Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Western Wireless
Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995. These
consolidated financial statements and the schedule referred to below are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements and schedule based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Western Wireless
Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index of
financial statements is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities
and Exchange Commission rules and is not part of the basic financial statements.
This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit
of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all
material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Seattle, Washington,
March 15, 1996
F-2
<PAGE> 116
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------
1995 1994
JUNE 30, --------- ---------
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................. $ 90,729 $ 8,572 $ 7,787
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $3,061, $2,800 and $1,772,
respectively........................................ 23,578 18,074 11,635
Inventory.............................................. 16,602 5,361 4,978
Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............. 7,288 4,001 2,369
Deposit held by FCC.................................... 1,500 10,000
----------- --------- ---------
Total current assets........................... 138,197 37,508 36,769
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
of $74,508, $53,423 and $25,098, respectively.......... 296,769 193,692 120,648
Licensing costs and other intangible assets, net of
accumulated amortization of $40,923, $28,364 and
$11,701, respectively.................................. 538,816 417,971 211,309
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates................. 5,088 8,388 587
Other assets............................................. 1,094 1,469 881
----------- --------- ---------
$ 979,964 $ 659,028 $ 370,194
========== ========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable....................................... $ 7,812 $ 7,568 $ 7,840
Accrued liabilities.................................... 20,112 16,659 11,440
Construction accounts payable.......................... 57,742 28,408 5,102
Unearned revenue and customer deposits................. 4,601 3,301 3,891
Loans from shareholders................................ 10,000
Current portion of long-term debt...................... 941
----------- --------- ---------
Total current liabilities...................... 90,267 55,936 39,214
----------- --------- ---------
Long-term debt, net of current portion................... 446,471 362,487 200,587
----------- --------- ---------
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 9 and 17)
Minority interests in equity of consolidated
subsidiary............................................. 3,376
---------
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, 50,000,000 shares
authorized, no shares issued and outstanding........
Common stock, no par value, and paid-in capital;
300,000,000 shares authorized; Class A, 12,734,190
(unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at June
30, 1996, and Class B, 56,661,721 (unaudited),
58,047,235 and 42,983,360 issued and outstanding,
respectively........................................ 568,624 324,729 155,187
Deferred compensation.................................. (1,104)
Deficit................................................ (124,294) (84,124) (28,170)
----------- --------- ---------
Total shareholders' equity..................... 443,226 240,605 127,017
----------- --------- ---------
$ 979,964 $ 659,028 $ 370,194
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE> 117
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
SIX MONTHS ENDED ----------- ----------- -----------
JUNE 30,
-------------------------
1996 1995
----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Subscriber revenues............... $ 79,151 $ 43,551 $ 105,430 $ 38,838 $ 11,105
Roamer revenues................... 15,871 11,967 29,660 16,746 7,285
Equipment sales and
other revenue................... 9,582 5,179 11,465 7,524 2,344
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total revenues............. 104,604 60,697 146,555 63,108 20,734
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating expenses:
Cost of service................... 19,554 12,132 27,686 13,303 4,310
Cost of equipment sales........... 14,792 8,890 20,705 11,446 3,533
General and administrative........ 28,409 13,153 31,253 15,226 6,253
Sales and marketing............... 32,078 16,411 41,390 18,553 6,101
Depreciation and amortization..... 33,434 21,900 49,456 25,670 5,399
Provision for restructuring
costs........................... 2,478
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total operating expenses... 128,267 72,486 170,490 86,676 25,596
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating loss...................... (23,663) (11,789) (23,935) (23,568) (4,862)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Other income (expense):
Interest and financing expense,
net............................. (17,014) (11,329) (25,428) (10,659) (2,242)
Gain (loss) on dispositions,
net............................. (255) (8) (573) 6,202 10,102
Other, net........................ 762 518 627 2,065 331
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total other income
(expense)................ (16,507) (10,819) (25,374) (2,392) 8,191
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
item.............................. (40,170) (22,608) (49,309) (25,960) 3,329
Extraordinary loss on early
extinguishment of debt............ (6,645) (6,645)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss).......... $ (40,170) $ (29,253) $ (55,954) $ (25,960) $ 3,329
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Income (loss) per common share
before extraordinary item......... $ (0.66) $ (0.43) $ (0.87) $ (0.59) $ 0.10
Per common share effect of
extraordinary item................ (0.12) (0.12)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) per common
share............................. $ (0.66) $ (0.55) $ (0.99) $ (0.59) $ 0.10
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Weighted average common shares and
common equivalent shares
outstanding....................... 60,925,000 53,574,000 56,470,000 43,949,000 32,253,000
=========== =========== =========== =========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE> 118
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK
SHARES --------------- TOTAL
----------------------- PAR VALUE AND DEFERRED SHAREHOLDERS'
CLASS A CLASS B PAID-IN CAPITAL COMPENSATION DEFICIT EQUITY
---------- ---------- --------------- ------------ --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992.............. 21,658,612 $ 70,318 $ (457) $ (5,539) $ 64,322
Shares issued:
For cash, net of costs.............. 4,217,761 17,008 17,008
In exchange for long-term notes
payable plus accrued interest..... 277,512 1,058 1,058
Deferred compensation................. 172 172
Net income............................ 3,329 3,329
---------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1993.............. 26,153,885 88,384 (285) (2,210) 85,889
Business Combination:
Shares issued:
To acquire MCLP................... 18,160,643 70,918 70,918
To acquire interests in
subsidiaries................... 39,761 160 160
GCC shares held by minority
interests......................... (1,370,929) (4,275) (4,275)
Deferred compensation................. 285 285
Net loss.............................. (25,960) (25,960)
---------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1994.............. 42,983,360 155,187 (28,170) 127,017
Shares issued:
For cash, net of costs.............. 12,665,905 143,002 143,002
In exchange for shareholder loans
plus accrued interest............. 1,245,998 14,068 14,068
For minority interests in GCC,
net............................... 896,210 9,944 9,944
In exchange for wireless
assets............................ 217,000 2,450 2,450
Upon exercise of stock
options........................... 38,762 78 78
Net loss.............................. (55,954) (55,954)
---------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1995.............. 58,047,235 324,729 (84,124) 240,605
Shares issued (unaudited):
For cash, net of costs.............. 10,664,800 88,567 234,949 234,949
Class B selling shareholders during
IPO............................... 1,985,200 (1,985,200)
Exchange of Class B shares for Class
A................................. 84,190 (84,190)
In exchange for wireless assets..... 595,309 7,117 7,117
Deferred compensation (unaudited)..... 1,829 (1,104) 725
Net loss (unaudited).................. (40,170) (40,170)
---------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------
Balance, June 30, 1996 (unaudited)...... 12,734,190 56,661,721 $ 568,624 $ (1,104) $(124,294) $ 443,226
========== ========== ========= ========== ======== =========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE> 119
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
JUNE 30, --------------------------------
------------------------- 1995 1994 1993
1995 --------- --------- --------
-----------
1996 (UNAUDITED)
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating activities:
Net income (loss)................................... $ (40,170) $ (29,253) $ (55,954) $ (25,960) $ 3,329
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization................... 33,972 21,900 49,456 25,670 5,399
Amortization of deferred interest............... 1,465
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of
debt......................................... 6,645 6,645
(Gain) loss on dispositions, net................ 573 (6,202) (10,102)
Employee equity compensation.................... 725 285 172
Other, net...................................... 708 96 527 163
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
of effects from consolidating acquired
interests:
Accounts receivable, net................... (4,929) (3,268) (5,748) (2,249) (2,303)
Inventory.................................. (10,957) 1,184 (239) (3,454) (150)
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets................................... (3,241) (162) (1,284) 4,843 111
Accounts payable........................... (539) 1,628 (272) (1,465) 354
Accrued liabilities........................ 3,066 (199) 6,421 5,082 1,110
Unearned revenue and customer deposits..... 814 1,350 (870) 2,299 360
--------- --------- -------- -------- --------
Net cash used in operating activities........... (20,551) (79) (745) (988) (255)
--------- --------- -------- -------- --------
Investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment.................. (89,825) (22,164) (79,464) (47,423) (25,113)
Purchase of wireless licenses and other............. (77,346) (134,735) (137,805)
Acquisition of wireless properties, net of cash
acquired.......................................... (40,102) (53,387) (60,700) (30,566) (25,661)
Proceeds from disposition of assets, net............ 10,163 19,739
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates............ 2,478 (240) (8,268) (2,364) (1,500)
Purchase of subsidiary stock, including fees........ (5,843) (5,842)
FCC deposit......................................... 1,500 (1,500)
--------- --------- -------- -------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities........... (203,295) (216,369) (293,579) (70,190) (32,535)
--------- --------- -------- -------- --------
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net......... 234,949 143,002 143,080 17,008
Additions to long-term debt......................... 548,800 363,000 438,000 214,729 20,726
Payment of debt..................................... (465,011) (276,492) (277,015) (135,264) (981)
Deferred financing costs............................ (12,735) (12,639) (12,798) (8,688) (541)
Loans from shareholders............................. 3,842 3,842
--------- --------- -------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by financing activities....... 306,003 220,713 295,109 70,777 36,212
--------- --------- -------- -------- --------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...... 82,157 4,265 785 (401) 3,422
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period........ 8,572 7,787 7,787 8,188 4,766
--------- --------- -------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.............. $ 90,729 $ 12,052 $ 8,572 $ 7,787 $ 8,188
========= ========= ======== ========= ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 120
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION:
Western Wireless Corporation (the "Company") provides wireless
communications services in the western United States principally through the
ownership and operation of cellular communications systems. In addition to the
cellular communications systems, the Company has acquired seven personal
communications services ("PCS") licenses covering seven Metropolitan Trading
Areas ("MTAs"). During the months of February and June 1996, the Company
initiated service in the Honolulu and Salt Lake City MTAs, respectively. In July
1996, the Company initiated PCS service in the Albuquerque MTA and plans to
initiate PCS service in the Portland MTA during August 1996. The Company intends
to initiate wireless services in the remaining MTAs by the end of the first
calendar quarter of 1997.
The Company was formed in July 1994 in a business combination (the
"Business Combination") among several companies, principally MARKETS Cellular
Limited Partnership ("MCLP") and General Cellular Corporation ("GCC"). The
Business Combination has been accounted for as a purchase with GCC deemed to be
the acquiring company. As a result, the financial results after the date of the
Business Combination reflect the consolidated operations of GCC and MCLP; all
financial results prior to such date reflect only the consolidated operations of
GCC, which is considered the Company's predecessor for accounting purposes. The
Company had previously reported this transaction as a pooling of interests. The
impact of restating the transaction as a purchase was to increase licensing
costs.
The Company expects to incur significant operating losses and to generate
negative cash flows from operating activities during the next several years
while it develops and constructs its PCS systems and builds a PCS customer base.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Principles of consolidation:
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company,
its wholly owned subsidiaries and its affiliate investments in which the Company
has a greater than 50% interest. All affiliate investments in which the Company
has between a 20% and 50% interest are accounted for using the equity method.
All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Markets operated under an Interim Operating Authority ("IOA") are not material
to the Company's operations. All IOA revenues and expenses are included within
the appropriate line items of the Company's Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
Unaudited interim financial statements:
The interim consolidated financial information contained herein is
unaudited but, reflects all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management,
necessary to a fair presentation of the financial position, results of
operations and cash flows for the periods presented. All such adjustments are of
a normal, recurring nature. Results of operations for interim periods presented
herein are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for the entire
year.
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and cash equivalents generally consist of cash, time deposits,
commercial paper and money market instruments. The Company invests its excess
cash in deposits with major banks, and money market securities of investment
grade companies from a variety of industries and, therefore, bears minimal risk.
These investments have original maturity dates not exceeding three months. Such
investments are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.
F-7
<PAGE> 121
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED):
Revenue recognition:
Service revenues based on customer usage are recognized at the time the
service is provided. Access and special feature service revenues are recognized
when earned. Sales of equipment, primarily handsets, are recognized when the
goods are delivered.
Inventory:
Inventory consists primarily of handsets and accessories. Inventory is
stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on a first-in, first-out
basis.
Property and equipment and depreciation:
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation commences once the
assets have been placed in service and is computed using the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which primarily range from
three to ten years.
Licensing costs and other intangible assets and amortization:
Licensing costs primarily represent costs incurred to apply for or acquire
FCC wireless licenses, including cellular licenses obtained by the Company
principally through acquisitions, and PCS licenses which were auctioned by the
FCC during 1995. Amortization of cellular licenses is computed using the
straight-line method over 15 years.
The Company's PCS licenses represent qualified assets pursuant to Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards 34; interest capitalizable as of December 31,
1995 was not material. During the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Company
capitalized interest in the amount of $2.4 million pertaining to the build out
of its PCS markets. Amortization of PCS licenses begins with the commencement of
service to customers and is computed using the straight-line method over 40
years. At December 31, 1995, operations had not commenced in any of the
Company's PCS markets.
In February and June 1996, respectively, the Company initiated commercial
operations in its Honolulu, Hawaii and Salt Lake City, Utah PCS markets.
Other intangible assets consist primarily of deferred financing costs.
Deferred financing costs are amortized using the effective interest rate method
over the terms of the respective loans.
Income taxes:
The Company accounts for deferred taxes using the asset and liability
method.
Net income (loss) per common share:
Net income (loss) per common share is calculated using the weighted average
number of shares of outstanding common stock and common stock equivalents during
the period. As required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"),
common shares issued by the Company in the year preceding the filing of an
initial public offering have been included in the calculation of shares used in
determining the net income (loss) per share as if they had been outstanding for
the entire period prior to, and including the interim period ended March 31,
1996, the effect of which is anti-dilutive. The calculation of shares used for
periods subsequent to this interim period have been calculated based on the
requirements of Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number 15. Due to the net
loss of the six months ended June 30, 1996, all options and warrants are
anti-dilutive, thus primary and fully diluted loss per share are equal.
F-8
<PAGE> 122
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED):
Interest rate swap and cap agreements:
As required under the Credit Facility (as defined in Note 6), the Company
enters into interest rate swap and cap agreements to manage interest rate
exposure pertaining to long-term debt. Interest rate swap agreements are
accounted for on an accrual basis. Amounts to be paid or received under interest
rate swap agreements are included as a component of interest expense in the
periods in which they accrue. Premiums paid for purchased interest rate cap
agreements are amortized to interest expense over the terms of the agreements.
Unamortized premiums are accounted for as assets in the consolidated balance
sheets. Amounts received under the interest rate cap agreements, if any, are
accounted for on an accrual basis and recognized as a reduction to interest
expense.
Supplemental cash flow disclosure:
Cash paid for interest was $21.7 million, $10.9 million and $0.2 million
for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
Cash paid for interest (net of amounts capitalized) was $19.6 million
(unaudited) and $12.7 million (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 1996
and 1995, respectively.
Non-cash investing and financing activities were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------
1995 1994 1993
SIX MONTHS ------- ------- ------
ENDED
-------------
JUNE 30, 1996
-------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Conversion of revolving debt to term
debt.................................... $ 200,000
Conversion of FCC deposit to wireless
license................................. $10,000
Issuance of common stock in exchange for
wireless properties..................... 7,117 2,450
Exchange of shareholder loans and accrued
interest for common stock............... 14,068
Shareholder loans to fund FCC deposit..... $10,000
Notes payable plus accrued interest
converted into common stock............. $1,058
</TABLE>
The Business Combination described in Notes 1 and 12 was also a non-cash
transaction involving the issuance of 18,160,643 shares of the Company's common
stock to acquire the assets and liabilities of MCLP and 39,761 shares of the
Company's common stock for interests in subsidiaries. During 1995, the Company
issued 896,210 shares of its common stock in exchange for minority interests in
GCC.
Concentration of credit risk:
The Company's customers are dispersed throughout rural areas of the western
United States. No single customer accounted for a significant amount of the
Company's sales, and there were no significant accounts receivable from a single
customer. The Company reviews the credit histories of potential customers prior
to extending credit and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The
Company maintains cash and cash equivalents in high credit quality financial
institutions. The Company believes that its risk from concentration of credit is
limited.
F-9
<PAGE> 123
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED):
Estimates used in preparation of financial statements:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Recently issued accounting standards:
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has recently issued Statement No.
121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed Of." This statement requires that long-lived assets and
certain identifiable intangible assets be reviewed to determine whether the
carrying amount is recoverable based on estimated future cash flows expected
from the use of the assets and cash to be received upon disposal of the assets.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has also recently issued Statement No.
123 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." This statement affects the
valuation and disclosure of stock-based transactions with employees. The Company
plans to use the pro forma disclosure alternative. The Company's adoption of
these standards in 1996 does not have any material impact on the financial
position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Property and equipment consists of (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------
1995 1994
JUNE 30, -------- --------
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Land, buildings and improvements................ $ 5,566 $ 2,879 $ 2,328
Wireless communications systems................. 214,769 165,825 124,165
Furniture and equipment......................... 27,230 16,273 7,391
-------- -------- --------
247,565 184,977 133,884
Less accumulated depreciation................... (74,508) (53,423) (25,098)
-------- -------- --------
173,057 131,554 108,786
Construction in progress........................ 123,712 62,138 11,862
-------- -------- --------
$ 296,769 $193,692 $120,648
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense was $30.2 million, $17.0 million and $4.1 million for
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
Depreciation expense was $21.4 million (unaudited) and $13.7 million
(unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
4. INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES:
At December 31, 1995, the Company's investments in unconsolidated
affiliates consisted of an interest in Sawtooth Paging, Inc. ("Sawtooth") and an
interest in Cook Inlet Western Wireless PV/SS PCS, L.P. ("Cook Inlet PCS").
The Company had approximately a 47% and 45% ownership interest in Sawtooth
as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Sawtooth is also owned 47% by
certain officers, one of
F-10
<PAGE> 124
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
4. INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES: -- (CONTINUED)
whom is also a director, of the Company. Subsequent to year end, the Company
purchased the remaining unowned portion of Sawtooth. (See Note 17).
In November 1995, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into an
agreement to form Cook Inlet PCS in order to participate in the FCC's C Block
auction of PCS licenses. Cook Inlet PCS intends to bid on, acquire, own, develop
and operate systems for any PCS licenses acquired during the C Block auction.
The continued existence of Cook Inlet PCS is contingent upon the successful
acquisition of at least one C Block license during the auction currently
underway. The Company has a 49.9% ownership interest in Cook Inlet PCS. At
December 31, 1995, the Company's investment in Cook Inlet PCS was approximately
$7.6 million. At June 30, 1996, the Company's investment in Cook Inlet PCS was
approximately $4.6 million (unaudited).
The assets, liabilities and results of operations of Sawtooth and Cook
Inlet PCS are not material to the Company.
5. ACCRUED LIABILITIES:
Accrued liabilities consist of (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------
1995 1994
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Accrued payroll and benefits................................. $ 5,551 $ 3,913
Accrued sales and property taxes............................. 3,236 1,613
Accrued interest expense..................................... 4,471 1,697
Other........................................................ 3,401 4,217
------- -------
$ 16,659 $ 11,440
======= =======
</TABLE>
6. LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt consists of (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
JUNE 30, ---------------------
1996 1995 1994
------------ -------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Credit Facility
Revolver (a).............................. $347,000 $197,000
Term Loan (b)............................. $200,000
10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006
(c)....................................... 200,000
NORTEL Facility (d)......................... 43,800 13,000
Other(e).................................... 2,671 2,487 4,528
-------- -------- --------
446,471 362,487 201,528
Less current portion........................ 941
-------- -------- --------
$446,471 $362,487 $200,587
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
(a) Credit Facility -- Revolver
On June 30, 1995, the Company entered into a credit facility with a group
of lenders (the "Credit Facility"). Pursuant to the Credit Facility, the banks
have agreed to make loans to the Company, on a revolving credit basis, in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $750 million during the
F-11
<PAGE> 125
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
6. LONG-TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED):
period ending December 30, 1998. On December 31, 1998, the loans convert to term
loans payable over five years.
Under the Credit Facility, interest is payable at the applicable margin in
excess of the prevailing Base Rate, Eurodollar or CD rate. The rate is selected
at the Company's option. The applicable margin is determined quarterly based on
the leverage ratio of the Company, excluding certain of its subsidiaries.
Interest is fixed for a period ranging from one month to one year, depending on
the type of loan, although if the Company selects the Base Rate option, the
interest rate will fluctuate during the period as the Base Rate fluctuates. At
December 31, 1995, all loans under the Credit Facility had been borrowed using
the Eurodollar rate option. The weighted average interest rate, including the
appropriate applicable margin, at December 31, 1995 was 7.41%. The Credit
Facility also provides for an annual fee of 0.5% of the unused commitment,
payable quarterly.
The weighted average interest rate, including applicable margin, for the
six months ended June 30, 1996 was 8.3% (unaudited).
The Credit Facility contains affirmative covenants, including among others,
maintenance of its licenses and properties, compliance with laws, insurance,
payment of taxes, payment of other indebtedness and delivery of financial and
other information. The Credit Facility requires that the Company, excluding
certain of its subsidiaries, comply with financial tests and maintain certain
financial ratios, including among others, maximum leverage, debt service and
fixed charges. As of June 30, 1996 and December 31, 1995, the unused portion of
the commitment under the Credit Facility was $750 million (unaudited) and $403
million, respectively.
The Credit Facility also contains certain restrictive covenants which
impose limitations on the operations and activities of the Company and certain
of its subsidiaries, including the incurrence of other indebtedness, the
creation of liens, the sale of assets, investments and acquisitions and payment
of dividends. The Credit Facility currently limits total investments by the
Company in its subsidiaries owning PCS licenses to $450 million and further
limits the total investment by the Company to $100 million (both of which are
exclusive of license acquisition costs of approximately $144 million and
exclusive of the proceeds of the NORTEL Facility (defined below)) in its PCS
subsidiaries until the PCS licenses granted by the FCC are final and
unappealable.
The repayment of the Credit Facility is secured by, among other things, the
grant of a security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company,
excluding, among other items, the capital stock and assets of the subsidiary
that is party to the NORTEL Facility.
Upon execution of the Credit Facility, the Company repaid all of its
outstanding indebtedness under its then existing revolving/term loan agreement
(the "Previous Agreement"). Pursuant to the Previous Agreement, the lenders
thereunder agreed to make loans to the Company on a revolving credit basis in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $325 million. The Previous Agreement
was collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The
weighted average interest rate on the outstanding principal under the Previous
Agreement at December 31, 1994 was 8.21%.
The Company incurred an extraordinary loss of approximately $6.6 million in
connection with the early repayment of the outstanding indebtedness under the
Previous Agreement during 1995. The loss primarily consisted of the write-off of
the related financing costs which had been deferred and only partially
amortized.
F-12
<PAGE> 126
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
6. LONG-TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED):
(b) Credit Facility -- Term Loan
On May 6, 1996, the Company amended the Credit Facility to increase the
Company's borrowing capacity. The increase took the form of a $200 million term
loan (the "Term Loan") which increased the maximum total borrowings under the
Credit Facility to $950 million. Additionally, the repayment terms and the
related covenant requirements were extended by one year.
(c) 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006
In May 1996, the Company sold $200 million principal amount of 10 1/2%
Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 for net proceeds of $193.0 million. The 2006
Notes were issued pursuant to the 2006 Notes Indenture. See "Use of Proceeds."
The 2006 Notes mature on June 1, 2006. Interest on the 2006 Notes accrues
and is payable semi-annually. The 2006 Notes are callable after 2001 and prior
thereto under certain circumstances. The Credit Facility prohibits the repayment
of all or any portion of the principal amount of the 2006 Notes prior to the
repayment of all indebtedness under the Credit Facility.
The 2006 Notes Indenture contains, among others, covenants with respect to
incurrence of indebtedness, issuance of preferred stock of subsidiaries,
restricted payments, distributions and transfers by subsidiaries, certain asset
dispositions, issuances and sales of capital stock of wholly-owned subsidiaries,
transactions with affiliates and related persons and mergers, consolidations and
certain sales of assets. The indebtedness covenant limits the incurrence of
indebtedness by the Company based on the Company's ratio of indebtedness to
EBITDA; provided, however, that such limitation does not prohibit, among other
exceptions, indebtedness incurred or committed by the Company for the
acquisition, construction or improvement of assets in the wireless
communications business.
The 2006 Notes are subordinate in right of payment to the Credit Facility
and the NORTEL Facility.
(d) NORTEL Facility
Effective June 30, 1995, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered
into a $200 million credit facility (the "NORTEL Facility") with Northern
Telecom Inc. ("NORTEL") which expires on December 31, 2003. The NORTEL Facility
bears interest at the subsidiary's option at either the higher of the prime rate
or the Federal Funds Rate, plus 0.625%, plus in either case a margin of 1.5%, or
the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus a margin of 2.5%. The NORTEL
Facility includes quarterly financial covenants which contain provisions
regarding the maintenance of operating cash flow ratios beginning September 30,
2000, total debt and minimum revenue levels and a minimum cash coverage ratio.
The NORTEL Facility also contains certain restrictive covenants which impose
limitations on the operations and activities of the subsidiary, including limits
on new indebtedness, sale of existing assets, permitted investments and business
acquisitions and payment of cash dividends by the subsidiary. The NORTEL
Facility also provides for interest only payments through September 30, 2000,
and includes mandatory prepayment clauses contingent upon specific operating
results. The NORTEL Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the
subsidiary's assets and the stock of such subsidiary.
Commencing September 30, 2000, and at the end of each calendar quarter
thereafter, the subsidiary is required to make payments on the principal amount
outstanding under the NORTEL Facility in increasing quarterly installments.
F-13
<PAGE> 127
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
6. LONG-TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED):
As of December 31, 1995, the unused portion of the commitment under the
NORTEL Facility was $187 million. Outstanding borrowings at December 31, 1995,
were drawn under the LIBOR rate option with a weighted average interest rate of
8.43%.
As of June 30, 1996, the unused portion of the commitment under the NORTEL
Facility was $156 million (unaudited). Outstanding borrowings at June 30, 1996
were drawn under the LIBOR rate option with a weighted average interest rate of
8.0% (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
(e) Other
At December 31, 1995 and 1994, the Company had other debt of approximately
$2.5 million and $4.5 million, respectively.
During the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Company incurred costs that
were deferred, in the amount of approximately $12.7 million (unaudited), which
related to the Senior Subordinated Notes issuance and the amendment to the
Credit Facility.
The Company amended the Credit Facility in May 1996 to allow, among other
things, an increase of $200 million to the Credit Facility by the inclusion of a
term loan in such amount and to amend the existing repayment terms and financial
covenants.
The aggregate amounts of principal maturities of the Company's debt are as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AS OF
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995
------------------------------------------------ ------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996....................................... $ 0 $ 0
1997....................................... 17 0
1998....................................... 2,528 2,487
1999....................................... 45 24,290
2000....................................... 5,179 46,410
Thereafter................................. 438,702 289,300
-------- --------
$ 446,471 $ 362,487
======== ========
</TABLE>
7. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
The Company uses various financial instruments as part of its overall
strategy to manage the Company's exposure to market risks associated with
interest rate fluctuations. The Company has only limited involvement with these
financial instruments, and does not use them for trading purposes. Interest rate
swaps allow the Company to raise long-term borrowings at variable rates and swap
them into fixed rates for shorter durations. This enables the Company to
separate interest rate management from debt funding decisions. Interest rate cap
agreements are used to reduce the potential impact of increases in interest
rates on borrowings based upon variable interest rates. These transactions do
not subject the Company to risk of loss because gains and losses on these
contracts are offset against losses and gains on the underlying liabilities. No
collateral is held in relation to the Company's financial instruments.
At December 31, 1995, the Company had entered into interest rate caps and
swaps with a total notional amount of $375 million, of which $185 million was of
a short-term duration. The remaining $190 million had initial terms ranging from
three to 3 1/2 years and effectively converted $190 million of variable rate
debt to fixed rate. The weighted average interest rate under these agreements
was approximately 6.75% at December 31, 1995. Total net expense incurred during
the year ended December 31, 1995 for the Company's interest rate caps and swaps
was approximately $0.5 million.
F-14
<PAGE> 128
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
7. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED):
The amount of unrealized loss attributable to changing interest rates at
December 31, 1995 was immaterial.
At December 31, 1994, the Company had interest rate protection in the form
of interest rate caps covering $105 million of the outstanding balance under the
Previous Agreement. Total net expense incurred during the year ended December
31, 1994 for the Company's interest rate caps and swaps was approximately $0.3
million. The amount of unrealized loss attributable to changing interest rates
at December 31, 1994 was immaterial.
At June 30, 1996, the Company had interest rate swap and cap agreements
with a total notional amount of $205 million (unaudited), all of which was of a
long-term nature. Total net expense incurred for the six months ended June 30,
1996 was approximately $0.4 million (unaudited).
8. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
The Company's carrying value of financial instruments approximated fair
value. The estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments has been
determined using available market information and appropriate valuation
methodologies. The fair value of derivative positions were determined by
obtaining market quotes.
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:
Commitments:
The Company leases various facilities, cell site locations, rights-of-way
and equipment under operating lease agreements. The leases expire at various
dates through the year 2036. Some leases have options to renew for additional
periods up to 30 years. Certain leases require the Company to pay property
taxes, insurance and normal maintenance costs. Significantly all of the
Company's leases have fixed minimum lease payments. The Company has no
significant capital lease liabilities.
Future minimum payments required under operating leases and agreements that
have initial or remaining noncancellable terms in excess of one year, are
summarized below (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AS OF
JUNE 30, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1996
------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
1996................................... $ 3,707 $ 5,429
1997................................... 6,903 4,914
1998................................... 5,921 4,261
1999................................... 4,948 3,388
2000................................... 4,238 2,604
Thereafter............................. 7,759 5,828
------- -------
$33,476 $26,424
======= =======
</TABLE>
Aggregate rental expense for all operating leases was approximately $4.8
million, $2.2 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively.
In order to ensure adequate supply of certain inventory requirements, the
Company has committed to purchase from a supplier a minimum number of PCS and
dual-mode handsets totaling approximately $43.7 million prior to October 1999.
No orders had been placed as of December 31, 1995. At June 30, 1996 the Company,
under this agreement, had purchased $20.5 million (unaudited), of which $8.1
million (unaudited) was outstanding.
F-15
<PAGE> 129
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES -- (CONTINUED):
In December 1995, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into an
agreement with this supplier to purchase a minimum of $50 million of wireless
communications equipment and services for the Company's PCS systems prior to
December 31, 1998. The Company has an option to extend the purchase commitment
period to four years by increasing the minimum purchase commitment to $100
million. In exchange for meeting minimum purchase milestones, the Company will
receive volume discounts in the form of credit memos from the supplier which may
be used at the Company's option against either the most recent payment owed to
the supplier or future purchases. The purchase agreement is valid through
December 2005. At December 31, 1995, the Company had outstanding purchase orders
totaling approximately $16 million under the agreement. At June 30, 1996 the
Company, under this agreement, had purchased $27.1 million (unaudited), of which
$22.1 million (unaudited) was outstanding.
In connection with the NORTEL Facility, a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company entered into an agreement with NORTEL to purchase $200 million of PCS
network equipment and related services. At December 31, 1995, under this
agreement, the Company had purchased approximately $22.5 million and had
outstanding purchase orders totaling approximately $3.2 million. The agreement
expires June 30, 2000. At June 30, 1996, the Company had purchased, net of
canceled and amended purchase orders, approximately $80.9 million (unaudited)
under this agreement, of which approximately $55.9 million (unaudited) was
outstanding.
The Company has various other purchase commitments for materials, supplies
and other items incident to the ordinary course of business. In the aggregate,
such commitments are not at prices in excess of current market value.
Contingent liabilities:
The Company is involved in various lawsuits arising in the normal course of
business, none of which is expected to have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial position, cash flows, liquidity or results of operations.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to extensive and
changing federal, state and local laws and regulations with regard to
environmental matters. To date the Company has not identified any potential
liabilities pertaining to environmental cleanup on properties owned or operated
by the Company.
F-16
<PAGE> 130
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
10. INCOME TAXES:
Significant components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------
1995 1994
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards........................... $ 37,666 $ 20,494
Other temporary differences................................ 5,589 3,834
-------- --------
Total deferred tax assets.................................... 43,255 24,328
Valuation allowance.......................................... (34,083) (18,261)
-------- --------
9,172 6,067
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and wireless licenses basis differences........... (9,172) (6,067)
-------- --------
$ 0 $ 0
======== ========
</TABLE>
For tax purposes, the Company had available at December 31, 1995, net
operating loss carryforwards for regular tax purposes of approximately $94
million which will expire in 2002 through 2010. The Company may be limited in
its ability to use these carryforwards in any one year due to ownership changes
that preceded the Business Combination. The change in the valuation allowance
was an increase of $15.8 million in 1995 and decreases of $4.7 million and $0.3
million in 1994 and 1993, respectively.
Management believes that, based on a number of factors, the available
objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realization of
the net deferred tax assets. Such factors include recurring operating losses
resulting primarily from the development of the Company's PCS business and
expected increased competition from new entrants into the Company's existing
markets. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been provided for the net
deferred tax assets of the Company.
The difference between the statutory tax rate of approximately 40% (35%
federal and 5% state net of federal benefits) and the tax benefit of zero
recorded by the Company is primarily due to the Company's full valuation
allowance against its net deferred tax assets.
11. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
(a) Business Combination
On July 29, 1994, certain shareholders in GCC, holding approximately 95% of
the then outstanding stock of GCC, and holders of all MCLP partnership interests
exchanged their ownership interests for common stock of the Company in the
Business Combination. The participating GCC shareholders exchanged 23,384,345
shares of GCC common stock in a one-for-one exchange for common stock in the
Company. Under the terms of the Business Combination, the MCLP partnership
interests received 18,160,643 shares of common stock in the Company, net of
661,609 shares of GCC stock owned by MCLP. GCC directly and indirectly owned
MCLP partnership interests of approximately 9.9% which were converted into
2,059,352 shares of common stock of the Company. These shares are excluded from
those outstanding for each of the periods presented. GCC's investment in MCLP
had been recorded at a cost of $8.3 million. The fair value of common
F-17
<PAGE> 131
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
11. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY -- (CONTINUED):
stock of the Company issued to acquire the non-GCC partnership interests in MCLP
was $70.9 million.
The Company recorded a provision for restructuring costs in 1994 of
approximately $2.5 million, primarily related to the elimination of duplicative
headquarters and other facilities and employee relocation costs.
(b) GCC Minority Interest
During 1995 and 1994, subsequent to the Business Combination, the Company
completed two cash redemptions of the remaining shares (the "Redemptions") of
GCC's common stock. In addition, as part of the 1995 Redemption, the Company
issued 896,210 shares of the Company's common stock for GCC common stock in a
one-for-one exchange.
These redemptions eliminated all minority interest positions in the equity
of GCC. The cost in excess of the carrying amounts of the minority interests
acquired increased licensing costs and other intangible assets by approximately
$11 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.
(c) Stock Option Plan
On September 20, 1994, the Board of Directors of the Company established
the 1994 Management Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") which became
effective November 17, 1994. The Plan was amended by the Board of Directors on
September 15, 1995, and approved as adopted and amended by the shareholders of
the Company on November 16, 1995. The Plan, as amended, provides for the
issuance of up to 5,890,000 shares of common stock as either Nonstatutory Stock
Options or as Incentive Stock Options. The terms and conditions of options
granted under the Plan, including all vesting provisions, are at the discretion
of the Administrator of the Plan. The Plan provided for the conversion to stock
options of the Company for the stock options issued under a plan previously
created by GCC and for the conversion of unvested rights to ownership in MCLP by
its B Unit holders, as well as new options granted by the Company in the normal
course of business subsequent to the Business Combination.
As of July 29, 1994, GCC had granted options to purchase 1,061,251 shares
of GCC stock at an average of approximately $2.98 per share; 545,629 of such
options were fully vested as of that date. The Business Combination
automatically accelerated the vesting of the remaining options under the terms
of the GCC Option Plan. All such options were converted into options to purchase
common stock of the Company.
F-18
<PAGE> 132
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
11. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY -- (CONTINUED):
Options granted, exercised and canceled under the above Plans are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding, beginning of period......... 2,181,514 760,272 504,814
Options granted.......................... 1,453,125 1,112,900 263,500
Options issued for conversion of unvested
MCLP B units........................... 322,013
Options exercised........................ (38,762)
Options canceled......................... (57,469) (13,671) (8,042)
------------- ------------- -------------
Outstanding, end of period............... 3,538,408 2,181,514 760,272
============= ============= =============
Price of options:
Granted during period.................... $11.29-$12.90 $1.10-$ 9.68 $ 4.03
Exercised during period.................. $ 1.61-$ 4.03 N/A N/A
Canceled during period................... $ 1.10-$ 9.68 $1.61-$ 3.23 $1.61-$ 4.03
Options exercisable...................... 1,582,012 1,383,264 232,944
Options available for future grant....... 2,312,830 3,708,486 5,129,728
Exercise price of outstanding options.... $ 1.10-$12.90 $1.10-$ 9.68 $1.61-$ 4.03
</TABLE>
(d) Stock Issuances
In November 1995, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the number
of authorized shares of the Company's common stock from 25 million to 300
million.
During 1995, a wholly owned subsidiary issued 4,300,001 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock to certain existing shareholders of the Company at $35.00 per
share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $150 million, which was comprised
of approximately $14 million of converted debt to shareholders and approximately
$136 million in cash. The preferred stock in the subsidiary was converted into
common stock of the Company on a one for 3.1 basis. Additionally, the Company
sold 581,901 shares of common stock at $11.29 per share for cash during 1995 to
existing shareholders.
In November 1993, the Company completed a rights offering to existing
shareholders, pursuant to which shareholders subscribed for 3,875,273 shares of
common stock at $4.03 per share, for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately
$14.5 million and $1.1 million through the conversion of outstanding notes
payable and accrued interest to shareholders of the Company, less offering
expenses.
In February 1993, the Company sold 620,000 shares of common stock for
aggregate proceeds of $2.5 million.
Subsequent to December 31, 1995, the Company sold 88,567 shares of its
common stock to an officer of the Company at $11.29 per share for aggregate
proceeds of approximately $1.0 million.
During the second quarter of 1996, 10,664,800 shares of common stock were
issued and approximately $233.9 million in net proceeds were received by the
Company under a registration statement of the Company's Class A Common Stock
filed with the SEC.
F-19
<PAGE> 133
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
12. ACQUISITION OF MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP:
On July 29, 1994, the Company acquired MCLP in the Business Combination in
exchange for 18,160,643 shares of common stock of the Company. The Business
Combination was accounted for using the purchase method.
The purchase price of MCLP was determined as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Fair value of shares issued to non-GCC interests....................... $ 70,918
GCC's investments in MCLP.............................................. 8,250
MCLP's long-term debt assumed.......................................... 59,590
Transaction fees and other............................................. 1,310
--------
$140,068
=========
The purchase price was allocated as follows (in thousands):
Cash acquired.......................................................... $ 11,726
Working capital and tangible assets acquired........................... 37,346
Licenses and other intangible assets................................... 90,996
--------
$140,068
=========
</TABLE>
The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of
operations of the Company as if the Business Combination occurred on January 1,
1993. These results include certain adjustments to conform with the Company's
accounting policies, increased amortization expense and the elimination of the
provision for nonrecurring restructuring costs related to the Business
Combination. These results are not necessarily indicative of the results that
actually would have
F-20
<PAGE> 134
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
12. ACQUISITION OF MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP -- (CONTINUED)
been attained if the Business Combination had been in effect at the beginning of
1993 or which may be attained in the future (in thousands, except per share
data):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------
1993
-----------
1994 (UNAUDITED)
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Subscriber revenues.............................................. $ 47,410 $ 17,310
Roamer revenues.................................................. 19,985 11,345
Equipment sales.................................................. 9,207 4,109
-------- --------
Total revenues........................................... 76,602 32,764
-------- --------
Operating expenses:
Cost of service.................................................. 15,961 7,692
Cost of equipment sales.......................................... 13,758 5,862
General and administrative....................................... 18,600 10,712
Sales and marketing.............................................. 23,099 11,398
Depreciation and amortization.................................... 33,389 13,102
-------- --------
Total operating expenses................................. 104,807 48,766
-------- --------
Operating loss..................................................... (28,205) (16,002)
Other income (expense):
Interest and financing expense................................... (13,113) (5,202)
Gain on dispositions, net........................................ 6,202 6,357
Other income (expense)........................................... 657 (120)
-------- --------
Net loss................................................. $ (34,459) $ (14,967)
======== ========
Net loss per common share.......................................... $ (0.66) $ (0.30)
======== ========
</TABLE>
F-21
<PAGE> 135
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
13. OTHER ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS:
Acquisitions:
The following table summarizes the cellular market acquisitions of the
Company for each of the three years ended December 31 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MARKET
Kansas 14 RSA............................. April
South Dakota 3 RSA........................ May
Kansas 8 RSA.............................. May
South Dakota 1 RSA(a)..................... December
Nevada 5 RSA.............................. January
South Dakota 8 RSA........................ April
Nebraska 3 RSA............................ August
Kansas 4, 9 and 10 and Missouri 9 RSAs.... November
Minnesota 3 RSA........................... December
Sioux Falls, SD MSA....................... May
South Dakota 7 RSA........................ July
Odessa, TX MSA and New Mexico 6 RSA....... October
Nebraska 9 and 10 RSAs.................... November
Purchase price including cash and
liabilities assumed:
Cash paid................................. $38,600 $40,800 $16,200
========= ========= =========
Liabilities assumed....................... $ 500 $ 2,500 $25,500
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) 217,000 shares of common stock were issued at $11.29 per share as part of
the South Dakota 1 acquisition.
With the exception of the South Dakota 1, South Dakota 8 and the Nebraska 9
and 10 RSA acquisitions which were stock purchases, the above transactions were
asset purchases. All of these transactions were accounted for using the purchase
method. Approximately 95% of the total purchase price of each acquisition has
been allocated to licensing costs. Acquisitions of additional minority interests
in owned markets are not reflected above. The results of operations of the
properties acquired are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
from the date of acquisition.
In September 1993, the Company entered into an agreement to operate the
cellular system in the Abilene, TX MSA market. Pursuant to that agreement, the
Company funded the build-out of the system and operated the system throughout
the remainder of 1993 and 1994. In February 1994, the Company agreed to buy the
system subject to approval from the FCC. The transfer of the license was
approved by the FCC in November 1994, at which time the Company was obligated to
pay $16.1 million. This amount was paid in January 1995.
In June 1996, the Company acquired the operations and the cellular license
for the Kansas 3, RSA for approximately $4.1 million in cash. The transaction
was accounted for using the purchase method.
F-22
<PAGE> 136
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
13. OTHER ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS -- (CONTINUED):
Exchanges:
In July 1995, a subsidiary of the Company exchanged its cellular assets in
the Minnesota 5 RSA market, Minnesota 3 RSA market, a portion of the Minnesota 2
RSA market (Beltrami County), its majority interest in the Alton, IL MSA market,
minority interests in the Wausau and Eau Claire, WI MSA markets and $3.0 million
in cash for the cellular assets and license for the Lubbock, TX MSA market.
There was no gain or loss recognized on the transaction.
In November 1994, the Company exchanged the assets in Hood River Cellular
Telephone Company, a subsidiary of the Company, which included the cellular
licenses of the Oregon 2 and Washington 7 RSA markets, in return for the assets
and license in the Pueblo, CO MSA market and approximately $2.4 million in cash.
There was no gain or loss recognized on the transaction.
In July 1994, a subsidiary of the Company exchanged its Chico, CA MSA
market for the Texas 3 and Texas 8 RSA markets. As part of the same agreement, a
subsidiary of the Company obtained the Sioux City, IA MSA market and
approximately $4.5 million in cash. As a result of the transaction, a gain of
approximately $2.9 million was recognized.
In September 1993, the Company exchanged its majority interest in the
Alexandria, LA MSA market, together with the Company's minority interest in the
Lake Charles, LA MSA market and approximately $7.2 million in cash, for the
majority interest and certain minority interests in the Lincoln, NE MSA market.
There was no gain or loss recognized on the transaction.
In March 1993, pursuant to an agreement between the Company and MCLP, the
Company exchanged its Wyoming 2, Montana 4 and Montana 7 RSA markets along with
certain minority interests and cash in the amount of $1.3 million for the Rapid
City, SD MSA market and the South Dakota 5 and South Dakota 6 RSA markets.
Dispositions:
In April 1994, the assets of Lawton Cellular License Corporation, a
subsidiary of the Company, were sold including the cellular license for the
Lawton, OK MSA market for approximately $7.3 million in cash and marketable
securities. As a result of the transaction, the Company recorded a gain of
approximately $3.3 million.
In April 1993, the Company sold its Texas 4 market for approximately $0.5
million in cash, recording a gain of approximately $0.1 million. In addition,
the assets of Potomac Valley Cellular Partnership, the cellular licensee for the
Cumberland, MD/WV wireline MSA market, were sold for cash and marketable
securities. As a result of the transaction, the Company recorded a gain of
approximately $2.1 million.
In March 1993, the Company sold its majority interest in the Burlington, NC
MSA market and certain other minority interests for approximately $10.1 million
in cash. As a result of the transaction, the Company recorded a gain of
approximately $5.5 million.
During 1993, the Company sold certain of its minority interests in various
markets. As a result of these transactions, the Company recorded a gain of
approximately $2.4 million.
Pro forma unaudited consolidated operating results of the Company and the
above transactions (including the acquisition of MCLP which is discussed in Note
12) for the years ended Decem-
F-23
<PAGE> 137
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
13. OTHER ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS -- (CONTINUED):
ber 31, 1995 and 1994, assuming the acquisitions and dispositions, had been made
as of January 1, 1994, are summarized below (in thousands, except per share
amounts):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------
1995 1994
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues..................................................... $149,547 $ 89,945
======== ========
Loss before extraordinary item............................... $(49,840) $(44,043)
Extraordinary loss........................................... (6,645)
-------- --------
Net loss................................................ $(56,485) $(44,043)
======== ========
Loss per common share before extraordinary item.............. $ (0.88) $ (1.00)
Per common share effect of extraordinary item................ (0.12)
-------- --------
Net loss per common share............................... $ (1.00) $ (1.00)
======== ========
</TABLE>
These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only
and include certain adjustments such as additional depreciation and amortization
expense resulting from allocating a portion of the purchase price to fixed and
wireless assets, and increased interest expense. They do not purport to be
indicative of the results of operations which actually would have resulted had
the combinations been in effect on January 1, 1994 or of future results of
operations of the consolidated entities.
14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
The Company has an employee savings plan (the "Savings Plan") that
qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code. After one year of full-time employment (1,000 hours), an employee
is eligible to participate in the Savings Plan. Under the Savings Plan,
participating employees may defer a portion of their pretax earnings, up to the
Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. The Company matches 50% of
each employee's contribution up to 6% of their total compensation. The Company's
contributions are fully vested upon the completion of three years of service.
The Company's contributions were approximately $0.4 million, $0.1 million and
$0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
F-24
<PAGE> 138
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
15. SELECTED QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED):
Selected quarterly consolidated financial information for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOSS
BEFORE
LOSS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY NET LOSS
TOTAL OPERATING EXTRAORDINARY ITEM PER PER COMMON
QUARTER ENDED(1) REVENUES LOSS ITEM NET LOSS COMMON SHARE SHARE
- ----------------------- -------- --------- ------------- -------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
March 31, 1994......... $ 6,989 $ (5,441) $ (6,613) $ (6,613) $(0.20) $(0.20)
June 30, 1994.......... 9,135 (2,493) (488) (488) (0.01) (0.01)
September 30, 1994..... 23,289 (5,645) (5,938) (5,938) (0.11) (0.11)
December 31, 1994...... 23,695 (9,989) (12,921) (12,921) (0.25) (0.25)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total 1994... $ 63,108 $ (23,568) $ (25,960) $(25,960)
======= ======= ======= =======
March 31, 1995......... $ 26,084 $ (7,766) $ (12,463) $(12,463) $(0.24) $(0.24)
June 30, 1995.......... 34,613 (4,023) (10,145) (16,790) (0.19) (0.31)
September 30, 1995..... 42,120 (3,749) (11,135) (11,135) (0.19) (0.19)
December 31, 1995...... 43,738 (8,397) (15,566) (15,566) (0.25) (0.25)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total 1995... $146,555 $ (23,935) $ (49,309) $(55,954)
======= ======= ======= =======
March 31, 1996......... $ 46,035 $ (10,505) $ (18,574) $(18,574) $(0.31) $(0.31)
June 30, 1996.......... 58,569 (13,158) (21,596) (21,596) (0.35) (0.35)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total 1996... $104,604 $ (23,663) $ (40,170) $(40,170)
======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Acquisitions and dispositions referenced in Notes 12 and 13 will affect the
comparability of the information presented from period to period.
16. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
Cook Inlet Western Wireless PV/SS PCS, L.P.:
In 1995, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company formed a limited
partnership with Cook Inlet PV/SS PCS Partners, L.P. (the "General Partner"). A
6.7% shareholder of the Company is also a limited partner of the General
Partner.
Shareholder loans:
During 1994 and 1995, certain shareholders entered into bridge loan
agreements with a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. During 1995, the
bridge loans, together with accrued interest thereon, were exchanged for shares
of the Company's common stock.
During 1995, certain officers, one of whom is a director, of the Company
who are also shareholders of Palouse and Sawtooth provided Palouse and Sawtooth
with short-term financing which was repaid by the Company subsequent to year end
as a result of the merger discussed in Note 17 below.
Goldman, Sachs & Co.:
In connection with the debt and equity offerings the Company paid total
underwriting fees during the three months ended June 30, 1996 of approximately
$23.3 million. Goldman, Sachs & Co., an affiliate of a shareholder of the
Company, was the lead underwriter on both offerings.
F-25
<PAGE> 139
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS AND PENDING TRANSACTIONS:
In May 1996 the Company's common stock was split into 3.1 shares of common
stock for each share of the then-existing common stock. The Company's
consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been retroactively restated
to reflect the stock split for all periods presented.
On December 29, 1995, the shareholders of the Company, Palouse and Sawtooth
approved the merger of Palouse and Sawtooth into wholly owned subsidiaries of
the Company. Subsequent to year end, shareholders of Palouse and Sawtooth
exchanged their shares for 515,561 and 79,748 shares of the Company's common
stock, respectively. Certain shareholders of Palouse and Sawtooth were also
officers and shareholders of the Company. The holder of the controlling
interests in Palouse and Sawtooth did not hold a controlling interest in the
Company. The Company accounted for the transaction as a stock purchase. In
addition, the Company paid approximately $3.1 million and $0.3 million of
outstanding debt of Palouse and Sawtooth, respectively.
Subsequent to December 31, 1995, the Company recorded deferred compensation
of approximately $1.8 million upon the issuance of 85,250 options to purchase
shares of common stock to an officer of the Company at an exercise price of
$1.13 per share.
In June 1996, the Company purchased a Denver MTA PCS wireless license for
$66.1 million. This transaction was accounted for as an asset purchase.
On October 20, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase the
assets of the wireless communications system of the Fargo, ND MSA and the North
Dakota 3 RSA IOA for cash of approximately $31.5 million. This transaction was
completed on January 23, 1996.
18. REINCORPORATION AND COMMISSION REGISTRATION STATEMENT:
In May 1996 the Company effected a recapitalization pursuant to which the
Company reclassified its 300 million shares of authorized capital stock into two
classes of common stock, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each
without par value, and 50 million shares of preferred stock. Subsequently, the
Company effected a reincorporation merger pursuant to which it merged with and
into a wholly owned Washington subsidiary.
In March 1996, the Company filed registration statements with the
Commission relating to offerings of the Company's Class A Common Stock, no par
value, and 10 1/2% Notes. An affiliate of the Company acted as an underwriter in
the offerings.
F-26
<PAGE> 140
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED TO BALANCE
BEGINNING COSTS AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS AT END OF
DESCRIPTION OF PERIOD EXPENSES ACCOUNTS(1) (2) PERIOD
- ----------------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended December 31, 1995............. $ 1,772 $ 4,558 $ 892 $ (4,422) $ 2,800
====== ====== ==== ======= ======
Year ended December 31, 1994............. $ 476 $ 1,885 $ 638 $ (1,227) $ 1,772
====== ====== ==== ======= ======
Year ended December 31, 1993............. $ 298 $ 546 $ 286 $ (654) $ 476
====== ====== ==== ======= ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Represents market acquisitions and dispositions and late fees.
(2) Write-offs, net of bad debt recovery.
F-27
<PAGE> 141
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
TO MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MARKETS
Cellular Limited Partnership (a Delaware limited partnership) and subsidiary
companies as of June 30, 1994, December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, partners' capital and cash flows for the
six months ended June 30, 1994, the year ended December 31, 1993, and the period
from October 6, 1992 (inception) to December 31, 1992. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of MARKETS Cellular Limited
Partnership and subsidiary companies as of June 30, 1994, December 31, 1993 and
1992, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the six
months ended June 30, 1994, the year ended December 31, 1993, and the period
from October 6, 1992 (inception) to December 31, 1992, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Seattle, Washington,
March 15, 1996
F-28
<PAGE> 142
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1994 1993 1992
------------ ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................... $ 11,726,000 $ 1,390,000 $ 3,026,000
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $436,000, $397,000
and $84,000, respectively................ 4,162,000 2,574,000 522,000
Inventory................................... 839,000 413,000 83,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets... 1,035,000 1,783,000 206,000
------------ ------------ -----------
Total current assets................ 17,762,000 6,160,000 3,837,000
Property and equipment, net of accumulated
depreciation of $7,737,000, $4,335,000 and
$280,000, respectively...................... 40,887,000 35,212,000 12,088,000
Licensing costs and other intangible assets,
net of accumulated amortization of
$5,731,000, $3,664,000 and $275,000,
respectively................................ 56,537,000 57,189,000 25,493,000
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates...... 3,445,000 3,367,000 2,079,000
Cellular properties pending disposition,
net......................................... 10,884,000
Other assets.................................. 1,200,000 1,023,000 1,512,000
------------ ------------ -----------
$119,831,000 $102,951,000 $55,893,000
============ ============ ===========
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable............................ $ 4,923,000 $ 1,855,000 $ 464,000
Accrued liabilities......................... 3,545,000 1,573,000 733,000
Accounts payable, affiliates................ 1,618,000
Construction accounts payable............... 865,000 1,196,000 1,553,000
Unearned revenue and customer deposits...... 1,368,000 804,000 65,000
Current portion of long-term debt........... 593,000 239,000 3,146,000
------------ ------------ -----------
Total current liabilities........... 11,294,000 5,667,000 7,579,000
Long-term debt, including deferred interest,
net of current portion...................... 58,997,000 57,584,000 5,051,000
Commitments (Note 5)
Minority interests in equity of consolidated
subsidiaries................................ 76,000 56,000 15,000
Partners' capital............................. 49,464,000 39,644,000 43,248,000
------------ ------------ -----------
$119,831,000 $102,951,000 $55,893,000
============ ============ ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-29
<PAGE> 143
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
--------------------------- OCTOBER 6, 1992
JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED (INCEPTION) TO
1994 DECEMBER 31, 1993 DECEMBER 31, 1992
------------ JUNE 30, ----------------- -----------------
1993
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Subscriber revenues............... $ 8,260,000 $ 1,718,000 $ 6,205,000 $ 249,000
Roamer revenues................... 3,101,000 831,000 4,060,000 412,000
Equipment sales................... 1,682,000 934,000 1,765,000 69,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total revenues............. 13,043,000 3,483,000 12,030,000 730,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating expenses:
Cost of service................... 2,658,000 1,076,000 3,382,000 384,000
Cost of equipment sales........... 2,312,000 1,150,000 2,329,000 69,000
General and administrative........ 4,833,000 1,270,000 4,459,000 687,000
Sales and marketing............... 4,546,000 1,640,000 5,297,000 290,000
Depreciation and amortization..... 6,024,000 3,040,000 7,701,000 555,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total operating expenses... 20,373,000 8,176,000 23,168,000 1,985,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating loss...................... (7,330,000) (4,693,000) (11,138,000) (1,255,000)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Other income (expense):
Interest and financing expense.... (2,454,000) (734,000) (2,960,000) (156,000)
Loss on disposition of cellular
equipment....................... (3,704,000) (3,745,000)
Other, net........................ (1,751,000) (608,000) (451,000) 91,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total other income
(expense)................ (4,205,000) (5,046,000) (7,156,000) (65,000)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net loss................... $(11,535,000) $ (9,739,000) $ (18,294,000) $ (1,320,000)
============ ============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-30
<PAGE> 144
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LIMITED PARTNERS
GENERAL ----------------------
PARTNER UNITS AMOUNTS TOTAL
--------- ----- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Partners' cash contributions.......... $ 750,000 1,236 $ 30,738,000 $ 31,488,000
Partners' property contributions...... 532 13,292,000 13,292,000
Offering and syndication costs........ (212,000) (212,000)
Net loss.............................. (19,000) (1,301,000) (1,320,000)
--------- ----- ------------ ------------
Balance at December 31, 1992.......... 731,000 1,768 42,517,000 43,248,000
Partners' cash contributions........ 567 14,690,000 14,690,000
Net loss............................ (261,000) (18,033,000) (18,294,000)
--------- ----- ------------ ------------
Balance at December 31, 1993.......... 470,000 2,335 39,174,000 39,644,000
Partners' cash contributions........ 35,000 772 19,220,000 19,255,000
Conversion of note and accrued
interest to equity............... 298,000 298,000
Class B unit awards recorded as
compensation expense............. 1,459,000 1,459,000
Partnership interests granted in
payment of fee................... 343,000 343,000
Net loss............................ (134,000) (11,401,000) (11,535,000)
--------- ----- ------------ ------------
Balance at June 30, 1994.............. $ 371,000 3,107 $ 49,093,000 $ 49,464,000
========= ===== ============ ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-31
<PAGE> 145
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
--------------------------- OCTOBER 6, 1992
JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED (INCEPTION) TO
1994 JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31, 1993 DECEMBER 31, 1992
------------ 1993 ----------------- -----------------
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating activities:
Net loss..................................... $(11,535,000) $ (9,739,000) $ (18,294,000) $ (1,320,000)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization............ 6,024,000 3,040,000 7,701,000 555,000
Deferred interest and financing costs.... 2,425,000 646,000 2,142,000 11,000
Class B unit awards...................... 1,459,000
Partnership interests granted in payment
of fee................................ 343,000
Loss on disposition of cellular
equipment............................. 3,704,000 3,745,000
Minority interests in net loss of
consolidated subsidiaries............. 72,000 (3,000) (12,000) (76,000)
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities, net of effects from
consolidating acquired interests:
Accounts receivable, net............ (1,588,000) (1,101,000) (1,888,000) 33,000
Other current assets................ (989,000) (888,000) (1,591,000) (32,000)
Current liabilities................. 4,485,000 2,047,000 2,263,000 836,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities............................... 696,000 (2,294,000) (5,934,000) 7,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Investing activities:
Acquisition of cellular properties, net of
cash acquired.............................. (1,359,000) (10,208,000) (10,208,000) (24,840,000)
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates..... (150,000) (1,288,000) (266,000)
Purchase of property and equipment........... (7,576,000) (18,342,000) (27,657,000) (1,679,000)
Proceeds from disposition of assets, net..... 1,307,000 2,514,000
Additions to licensing costs and other
assets..................................... (986,000) (1,923,000) (2,491,000) (1,614,000)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing activities...... (10,071,000) (29,166,000) (39,130,000) (28,399,000)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Financing activities:
Partner cash contributions, net of
syndication costs.......................... 19,255,000 7,320,000 14,690,000 31,276,000
Additions to long-term debt.................. 635,000 29,828,000 36,532,000 250,000
Payment of debt.............................. (179,000) (4,981,000) (5,630,000)
Purchase of interest rate caps............... (546,000)
Repayment of accounts payable, affiliates.... (1,618,000) (1,618,000) (108,000)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by financing
activities............................... 19,711,000 30,549,000 43,428,000 31,418,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents.................................. 10,336,000 (911,000) (1,636,000) 3,026,000
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
period....................................... 1,390,000 3,026,000 3,026,000 0
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period....... $ 11,726,000 $ 2,115,000 $ 1,390,000 $ 3,026,000
============ ============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-32
<PAGE> 146
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. PARTNERSHIP ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS:
General:
MARKETS Cellular Limited Partnership ("MCLP" or the "Partnership") was a
Delaware limited partnership with PN Cellular Limited Partnership as the General
Partner ("GP"). The Partnership was formed on October 6, 1992. On July 29, 1994,
the Partnership was combined with General Cellular Corporation ("GCC") in a
business combination (the "Business Combination"), which was accounted for as a
purchase of the Partnership by GCC. Concurrent with the Business Combination,
Western Wireless Corporation (the "Company") became the successor entity. These
consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of MCLP through June
30, 1994. The results of operations of MCLP from July 1, 1994, to July 29, 1994,
are not significant.
The Partnership was principally engaged in the ownership and operation of
cellular communications systems. Cellular licenses are awarded by the Federal
Communications Commission ("FCC") in either Metropolitan Statistical Areas
("MSAs") or Rural Service Areas ("RSAs"). The Partnership had operations in the
states of Colorado, Idaho, Minnesota, Montana, North Dakota, Oregon, Washington
and Wyoming.
Organization:
The Partnership was comprised of Class A limited partners ("Class A LPs"),
Class B limited partners ("Class B LPs") and the General Partner. At December
31, 1992, a total of 3,004 Class A units were subscribed by Class A LPs at a
cost of $25,000 per unit. The Partnership Agreement authorized the sale of an
additional 103 units which were subscribed in 1993 at a cost per unit of
$25,000, plus an additional $5,000 per unit for the right to purchase the Class
A units. The $5,000 per unit was payable at the subscription date. The Class A
LPs (other than Class A LPs contributing cellular assets in exchange for Class A
units) were required to purchase at least one-half of their subscribed units
upon becoming Class A LPs.
The GP had the discretion to issue up to 2,320 Class B units in the
Partnership during the term of the Partnership to employees and persons who
performed services on behalf of the Partnership. The Class B units had no cash
purchase price. At June 30, 1994, 1,933 Class B units had been issued, of which
548 Class B units had vested and 1,385 Class B units had not yet vested. In
connection with the Business Combination, the 548 vested Class B units converted
into shares of the Company common stock; the 1,385 unvested Class B units became
automatically vested and were converted to fully vested options to purchase
shares of the Company common stock. Compensation expense of $1,459,000 was
recognized related to these units vesting.
Allocation of profits, losses and distributions:
Profits and losses of the Partnership were generally allocated as follows:
(1) To the GP and Class A LPs in proportion to their capital contributions
and the Preferred Return of 10% per annum on their capital
contributions,
(2) Next, to the Class B LPs 3.093% of the aggregate amount of the
Preferred Return of the GP and Class A LPs,
(3) Next, of the remaining amounts to be allocated -- 84% to the Class A
LPs, 3% to the Class B LPs and 13% to the GP.
F-33
<PAGE> 147
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Principles of consolidation:
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Partnership, its wholly owned subsidiaries and its affiliate investments in
which the Partnership has a greater than 50% interest. All affiliate investments
in which the Partnership has between a 20% and 50% interest are accounted for
using the equity method. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated.
Unaudited interim financial statements:
The interim consolidated financial information contained herein is
unaudited but, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments which are
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of
operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Results of operations for
interim periods presented herein are not necessarily indicative of results of
operations for the entire year.
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, deposits in banks and
highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of less than three
months. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents reported in the balance
sheets approximates fair market value.
Revenue recognition:
Service revenues based on customer usage are recognized at the time the
service is provided. Access and special feature service revenues are recognized
when earned. Sales of equipment, primarily handsets, are recognized when the
goods are delivered.
Inventory:
Inventory consists primarily of handsets and accessories. Inventory is
stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on a first-in, first-out
basis.
Property and equipment and depreciation:
Property and equipment were stated at cost. Depreciation was computed using
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which
ranged from three to ten years.
Licensing costs and other intangible assets and amortization:
Licensing costs primarily represented costs incurred to develop or acquire
cellular licenses. Amortization began with the commencement of service to
customers and was computed using the straight-line method over 15 years.
Intangible assets primarily included deferred financing costs and organization
costs, which included legal and other direct costs of certain acquisitions.
Using the effective interest rate method, deferred financing costs were
amortized over the life of the loan and organization costs were amortized over
five years.
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates:
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates reflected MCLP's investment in
Stanton Communications, Inc. ("SCI") and Sawtooth Paging, Inc. ("Sawtooth").
These investments were stated at cost and adjusted for the Partnership's share
of undistributed earnings and losses. The excess of
F-34
<PAGE> 148
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: -- (CONTINUED)
the Partnership's investment in SCI over the underlying book value of the net
assets was amortized using the straight-line method over 40 years. The assets,
liabilities and results of operations of SCI and Sawtooth were not material to
MCLP. Sawtooth was also owned 45% by managing partners of the Partnership.
Cellular properties pending disposition, net:
At December 31, 1992, the Partnership had agreements to trade certain
cellular assets for other cellular assets, pending approval for the transfers of
licenses. Accordingly, the assets of the cellular systems to be traded, net of
any related liabilities, and the results of operations related to those assets
were classified separately in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
statements of operations. For the period from October 6, 1992 to December 31,
1992, and the year ended December 31, 1993, the results of operations related to
these assets were not material. At December 31, 1993, the Partnership had
consummated the trades.
Other assets:
Included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are assets, net
of liabilities, attributable to markets in which MCLP had an Interim Operating
Authority ("IOA") issued by the FCC. MCLP had IOAs which were granted by the FCC
in January 1993 for Wyoming 4 and North Dakota 3. In February 1994, the FCC
granted MCLP IOAs for Idaho 3 and Montana 3. MCLP management believes that
amounts capitalized relating to IOAs are realizable either through operations,
sale to the permanent licensee or ultimate acquisition of the license.
During 1992, MCLP managed certain cellular properties prior to ownership.
Included in other assets were advances to those properties still under
management agreements at December 31, 1992. Costs incurred by the Partnership
for managed properties prior to ownership were reflected as other income
(expense) in the 1992 Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Offering and syndication costs:
Costs incurred directly relating to the offering of the Class A LP units
were treated as a reduction of the capital contributed by the Limited Partners.
Federal income taxes:
The Partnership was not subject to federal income taxes since all taxable
income or loss accrued to the individual partners. No provision was made in the
statements of operations for federal income taxes.
Since the Partnership had losses since inception, there would have been no
tax benefit recorded had the Partnership been a taxable entity.
Other:
Accrued liabilities included $867,000 and $628,000 of accrued employee
expenses at June 30, 1994, and December 31, 1993, respectively. Other current
assets at December 31, 1993, included $1,237,000 of cellular communications
equipment credits.
F-35
<PAGE> 149
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: -- (CONTINUED)
Concentration of credit risk:
The Partnership's customers were dispersed throughout rural areas of the
western United States. No single customer accounted for a significant amount of
the Partnership's revenues, and there were no significant accounts receivable
from a single customer. The Partnership reviewed the credit histories of
potential customers prior to extending credit and maintains allowances for
potential credit losses. The Partnership maintained cash and cash equivalents in
high credit quality financial institutions. The Partnership believed that its
risk from concentration of credit was limited.
Interest rate swap and cap agreements:
As required by the loan agreement with AT&T Credit Corporation, the
Partnership entered into interest rate cap agreements to manage interest rate
exposure pertaining to long-term debt. Premiums paid for purchased interest rate
cap agreements were amortized to interest expense over the terms of the
agreements. Unamortized premiums were accounted for as assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amounts received under the interest rate cap
agreements, if any, were accounted for on an accrual basis and recognized as a
reduction to interest expense.
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Non-cash investing and financing activities were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OCTOBER 6, 1992
SIX MONTHS YEAR ENDED (INCEPTION) TO
ENDED JUNE 30, 1994 DECEMBER 31, 1993 DECEMBER 31, 1992
------------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Issuance of partnership units in
exchange for property................. $13,292,000
Acquisition of cellular market in
exchange for debt assumed............. $ 1,680,000
Conversion of note and accrued interest
to partners' capital.................. $ 298,000
</TABLE>
Estimates used in preparation of financial statements:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-36
<PAGE> 150
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Property and equipment consisted of the following at June 30, 1994 and
December 31, 1993 and 1992:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER DECEMBER
JUNE 30, 31, 31,
1994 1993 1992
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cellular property and equipment..... $38,698,000 $34,829,000 $ 9,902,000
Office equipment and improvements... 1,725,000 1,211,000 561,000
Automotive equipment................ 461,000 346,000 129,000
----------- ----------- -----------
40,884,000 36,386,000 10,592,000
Less accumulated depreciation....... (7,737,000) (4,335,000) (280,000)
----------- ----------- -----------
33,147,000 32,051,000 10,312,000
Construction in progress............ 7,740,000 3,161,000 1,776,000
----------- ----------- -----------
$40,887,000 $35,212,000 $12,088,000
=========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense was $2.1 million and $1.7 million (unaudited) for the
six months ended June 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and $4.3 million and $0.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1993 and the period from October 6, 1992
(inception) to December 31, 1992, respectively.
F-37
<PAGE> 151
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
4. LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt at June 30, 1994 and December 31, 1993 and 1992 consisted of
the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1994 1993 1992
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Loan agreement with AT&T Credit Corporation;
interest payable at 90 day commercial paper rate
plus 4.5%, including deferred interest of
$3,869,000 (9.02% total interest rate at June 30,
1994) and $1,975,000 at June 30, 1994 and December
31, 1993, respectively........................... $ 47,733,000 $ 45,208,000
Purchase money and working capital notes payable to
AT&T Credit Corporation; interest payable
quarterly at 9.5% per annum. Notes refinanced in
1993.............................................. $ 460,000
Purchase money and working capital notes payable to
vendors; interest payable at the prime rate plus
2%. Notes repaid in 1993.......................... 4,770,000
Purchase money and working capital notes payable to
vendor; interest payable monthly at the Morgan
Guaranty Base Rate plus 2% (9.25% total interest
rate at June 30, 1994); all of the assets and
license of Oregon 2 RSA and partnership interest
in Hood River Cellular Telephone Company were
pledged as collateral; due 1994 to 1998........... 2,511,000 2,523,000 1,956,000
Purchase money and working capital note payable to
vendor; interest payable monthly at the Chase
Manhattan Bank's prime rate plus 2% (9.25% total
interest rate at June 30, 1994); all of the assets
and license of Minnesota 5 RSA and partnership
interest in KETS Partnership were pledged as
collateral; due April 30, 1997.................... 3,500,000 3,500,000
Subordinated seller and other notes with interest
rates ranging from 7% to 10%, maturing to 2002.... 5,846,000 6,592,000 1,011,000
----------- ----------- ----------
59,590,000 57,823,000 8,197,000
Less current portion................................ 593,000 239,000 3,146,000
----------- ----------- ----------
$ 58,997,000 $ 57,584,000 $ 5,051,000
=========== =========== ==========
</TABLE>
These loans were substantially refinanced with borrowings of the Company
concurrent with the Business Combination in July 1994.
The aggregate amounts of principal maturities of long-term debt as of June
30, 1994 prior to the refinancing which occurred concurrent with the Business
Combination were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE MONTH PERIODS
ENDING JUNE 30,
--------------------
<S> <C>
1995..................................... $ 593,000
1996..................................... 2,788,000
1997..................................... 13,330,000
1998..................................... 9,973,000
1999..................................... 10,054,000
Thereafter............................... 22,852,000
--------------------
$ 59,590,000
=================
</TABLE>
F-38
<PAGE> 152
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
4. LONG-TERM DEBT: -- (CONTINUED)
Total interest paid in cash amounted to $437,000 and $88,000 (unaudited)
for the six months ended June 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and $739,000 and
$57,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993 and the period from October 6, 1992
to December 31, 1992, respectively.
5. COMMITMENTS:
Operating leases:
The Partnership had operating leases principally for facilities, cell
sites, and office space and other operating agreements with remaining terms of
between one and fourteen years. Some leases had options for additional periods.
Certain leases provided for payment by the lessee of taxes, maintenance and
insurance.
Future minimum payments required under operating leases and agreements that
had initial or remaining noncancellable terms in excess of one year at June 30,
1994, are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
Remainder of 1994............................... $ 351,000
1995............................................ 639,000
1996............................................ 398,000
1997............................................ 341,000
1998............................................ 195,000
Thereafter...................................... 177,000
----------
$2,101,000
==========
</TABLE>
Total rent expense amounted to $421,000 and $264,000 (unaudited) for the
six months ended June 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and $591,000 and $59,000
for the year ended December 31, 1993, and the period from October 6, 1992 to
December 31, 1992, respectively.
F-39
<PAGE> 153
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
6. ACQUISITIONS:
The following table summarizes the cellular market acquisitions of the
Partnership for the six months ended June 30, 1994, the year ended December 31,
1993, and the period from October 6, 1992 (inception) to December 31, 1992.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS OCTOBER 6, 1992
ENDED JUNE YEAR ENDED (INCEPTION) TO
30, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1994 1993 1992
---------- ------------ ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Asset Purchases:
Grand Forks, ND MSA................................ October
North Dakota 2 RSA................................. October
CIS-2 (Bismarck, ND MSA -- 75.2% and
Montana 2 RSA)................................... November
Colorado 8 RSA..................................... November
Montana 10 RSA..................................... November
CIS-1 (Rapid City, SD MSA, Montana 8 RSA,
and South Dakota 6 RSA).......................... December
CIS-3 (South Dakota 5 RSA)......................... December
Montana 1 RSA...................................... December
Montana 6 RSA...................................... December
Montana 9 RSA...................................... December
North Dakota 1 RSA................................. January
North Dakota 4 RSA................................. January
North Dakota 5 RSA................................. February
GCC Trade (Montana 4 RSA,
Montana 7 RSA and Wyoming 2 RSA)................. March
Minnesota 1 and 2 RSAs............................. May
Minnesota 5 RSA.................................... May
Montana 5 RSA -- (99%)............................. June
Colorado 5 RSA..................................... September
Washington 7 RSA................................... June
Stock Purchases:
CIS-2 (Great Falls, MT MSA -- 54.8%)............... November
CIS-1 (Billings, MT MSA -- 63.5%).................. December
</TABLE>
Purchase price including cash paid and liabilities assumed at closing are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash paid at closing............................. $1,359,000 $11,208,000 $23,867,000
Liabilities assumed.............................. 16,717,000 5,823,000
---------- ----------- -----------
$1,359,000 $27,925,000 $29,690,000
========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
All of the acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method. The
results of operations from the properties acquired are included in the
consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. Results of
operations prior to the date of acquisition were not significant in relation to
the Partnership's results of operations.
F-40
<PAGE> 154
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
6. ACQUISITIONS: -- (CONTINUED)
During the six months ended June 30, 1994, the Partnership purchased
minority interests in the Billings, MT MSA and Great Falls, MT MSA from minority
partners for a total cash purchase price of $250,000.
During 1993, the Partnership purchased minority interests in the Bismarck,
ND MSA, Billings, MT MSA and Great Falls, MT MSA from minority partners for a
total cash purchase price of $437,000.
The September 1993 acquisition of Colorado 5 was a non-cash transaction as
the $1.7 million purchase price was directly applied to the loan agreement with
AT&T Credit Corporation.
During 1992, the Partnership purchased a number of cellular systems and
assets from subsidiaries of Cellular Information Systems, Inc. ("CIS"). Those
purchases occurred in November and December 1992 and are aggregated for the
purposes of this disclosure.
In December 1992, the Partnership purchased an additional 47.8% of Hood
River Cellular Telephone Company (Oregon 2 RSA) in exchange for 50 Class A LP
units and $8,000 in cash paid to the Partnership.
7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
General Cellular Corporation:
John W. Stanton was Chief Executive Officer of both MCLP and GCC. GCC owned
a 9.9% interest in PN Cellular Limited Partnership (MCLP's general partner) and
had subscribed for 300 limited partnership units in MCLP. MCLP owned 40% of SCI
which owned approximately 4.7% of the stock of GCC. During 1993, MCLP purchased
a direct interest in GCC representing approximately a 0.65% ownership interest.
MCLP exchanged the Rapid City, SD MSA market and the South Dakota 5 and
South Dakota 6 RSA markets that it acquired from CIS for GCC's Wyoming 2,
Montana 4 and Montana 7 RSA markets, GCC's minority interests in the Billings
and Great Falls, MT MSA markets and a cash payment of approximately $1,300,000.
No gain or loss was recorded on the transaction.
In 1993, MCLP sold certain decommissioned cellular equipment to GCC for a
cash price of $976,000.
McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc. ("McCaw"):
Mr. Stanton was a director of McCaw, now known as AT&T Wireless Services,
Inc., until May 1994. During 1992 and 1993, the Partnership and its predecessors
entered into a series of agreements with McCaw to purchase services in six of
MCLP's markets utilizing McCaw facilities located in Oregon, Idaho and Colorado.
Services provided included leasing switch capacity, roamer coordination and
billing. The majority of the agreements had a five-year term with options to
renew. The total amounts paid by the Partnership and its predecessors for
services rendered by McCaw during the six months ended June 30, 1994, the year
ended December 31, 1993 and the period from October 6, 1992, to December 31,
1992, were approximately $200,000, $524,000 and $262,000, respectively.
F-41
<PAGE> 155
MARKETS CELLULAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS: -- (CONTINUED)
Reimbursement to Mr. Stanton/Ms. Gillespie:
During 1992, Mr. Stanton and Theresa Gillespie advanced funds to the
Partnership and its predecessors. Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, MCLP
agreed to repay Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie $3,412,000. As of December 31,
1992, Mr. Stanton and Ms. Gillespie were still owed $1,618,000. During 1992,
interest was accrued, but not paid, at the rate of 5.5%. In January 1993, the
$1,618,000 was repaid, plus accrued interest in the amount of $27,000.
GS Capital Partners, L.P. ("GS Capital"):
GS Capital was the largest limited partner in MCLP. Pursuant to the
Partnership Agreement, GS Capital loaned the Partnership $250,000 at an interest
rate of 10%. The principal and accrued interest was payable on December 31,
2002. At June 30, 1994, and December 31, 1993 and 1992, approximately $48,000,
$32,000 and $6,000, respectively, in interest had accrued on the loan. This note
was converted to equity in connection with the Business Combination.
The Goldman Sachs Group, L.P.:
In connection with the Business Combination, the Partnership granted
partnership interests to The Goldman Sachs Group, L.P. valued at $343,000 in
payment of a fee for advisory services.
Interest Rate Cap Transactions:
During 1993, the Partnership purchased interest rate protection through
interest rate cap transactions. These purchases were made from two affiliates of
MCLP partners. One purchase was executed with Goldman, Sachs & Co. pursuant to
which Goldman, Sachs & Co. was paid $126,000. The other transactions were with
Toronto Dominion Bank at a total cost of $420,000. The cost of the interest rate
caps is recorded as a prepaid expense and amortized over the term of the
contract, generally four to five years.
F-42
<PAGE> 156
WESTERN WIRELESS CORPORATION
All tendered Original Notes, executed Letters of Transmittal, and other
related documents should be directed to the Exchange Agent. Requests for
assistance and for additional copies of the Prospectus, the Letter of
Transmittal and other related documents should be directed to the Exchange
Agent.
The Exchange Agent
for the Exchange Offer is
HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA
c/o Harris Trust Company of New York
By Facsimile:
(212) 701-7636
or (212) 701-7640
Attention: Reorganization Department
Confirm by telephone:
(212) 701-7624
By Registered or Certified Mail:
Harris Company of California
c/o Harris Trust Company of New York
Wall Street Station
P.O. Box 1023
New York, NY 10268-1023
Attention: Reorganization Department
By Hand:
Harris Trust Company of California
c/o Harris Trust Company of New York
Receive Window
77 Water Street, 5th Floor
New York, NY 10005
Attention: Reorganization Department
By Overnight Courier:
Harris Trust Company of California
c/o Harris Trust Company of New York
77 Water Street
New York, NY 10005
Attention: Reorganization Department
